FAQs • Maricopa County, AZ • CivicEngage

1. Is there a charge to turn in a pet that I have found?: We do not charge for stray dogs; there is a $96 fee for stray cats. If you are surrendering an owned animal, there is a $75 per animal fee. For more information, visit our services and fees area.
Return to Animal Care & Control

2. I found an injured dog/cat. What can I do?: f you have found an animal that has been hit by a car or has a life-threatening injury, please call the Arizona Humane Society at 602-997-7585, Ext 2073. Or, if you live in Peoria, Surprise, El Mirage, Youngtown, Avondale, Mesa, Buckeye or Wickenburg, please call your local police department. Return to Animal Care & Control

▼
Animal Care & Control - Licensing

1. Why Should I License My Dog?

There are many benefits that highlight the importance of licensing your dog every year:

It’s the law. In Maricopa County, all dogs over three months of age are required by law to be licensed and vaccinated against rabies. The tag you receive the first time your dog is licensed should always be attached to their collar – it is proof that your dog has been licensed and will help you avoid a citation and fees for failure to license.
Helps prevent rabies. Dogs must have a current rabies vaccination to apply for, or renew, a dog license in Maricopa County. Rabies is a potentially fatal disease for humans and animals, and due to widespread vaccinations, there has not been a confirmed case of rabies in a dog in Maricopa County for over 40 years.
Free ride home! If your dog is picked up at large by an Animal Control Officer, having a current license and contact information on file means your dog will be returned directly to you that same day (when possible), without your dog having to come into the shelter.
It’s life-saving. The fees collected from licensing directly support the daily care of the 30,000 animals that enter the shelter each year; licensing your dog helps all the other dogs and cats at MCACC that are waiting to find their forever homes too.
Your dog will be safer. When you license your dog, you are registered as the dog’s owner and your information is entered into our database – if your dog is ever lost, this helps us to more quickly reunite you with your dog. Also, MCACC follows a minimum of 120 hours for Hold-Notify of a licensed dog that comes into the shelter, compared to a minimum stray hold of 72 hours, giving you more time to find your lost pet.
It can save you money. If your licensed dog is lost and picked up by MCACC but we are unable to reach you, the first 24 hours at the shelter will be at no charge. Also, if a licensed dog bites someone, it may be eligible for home quarantine, rather than being quarantined at the dog owner’s expense in our facility or at a veterinary hospital.

2. What Are the Licensing Fees & Penalties?

The term of a dog license is based on the month and day of the most current rabies vaccination certificate on record; licenses are renewed annually, even if your dog’s vaccinations are still current.

A completed rabies vaccination certificate will include the following:
- Owner’s name and address
- Pet information (name, breed, color, age, etc.)
- Administration date for the rabies vaccination
- Manufacturer and serial/lot number of the vaccination used
- Term of the vaccination or date the next vaccination is due
- Veterinarian hospital/clinic where the dog was vaccinated
- ID/license number and signature of the veterinarian administering the vaccination
Licensing fees:
- Spayed/neutered dogs: $22 (discount of $3 for each license completed online)
- Unaltered/intact dogs: $55 (discount of $5 for each license completed online)
- Senior discounted rate for owners 65 years of age or older: $10 for each spayed/neutered dog (no additional discounts for completing online); $10 fee per dog applies to all altered dogs in the household registered to an owner 65 years of age or older
Licensing penalties:
- Late fees accrue every 30 days at a rate of $3 a month for an altered dog and $6 a month for an unaltered dog
- Unaltered/intact dogs under 1 year of age are charged $55 for their initial licensing, and once altered, they will be eligible for the $22 renewal rate the following year
- You will need to renew your dog license by mail or in person if you receive an adjustment or waiver of late fees or penalties
- State statute requires all dogs over three months of age that reside within Maricopa County for at least thirty consecutive days of each calendar year be licensed and vaccinated

3. What do I Need to Start?

When starting your application, please be prepared with the following:

Completed rabies vaccination certificate (if required)
Up-to-date contact information
Fee payment method (credit card for online, check or money order for mail, all options for in person)

First time licensing your dog? Follow this step-by-step guide.

Adding a new dog under your account? Follow this step-by-step guide.

For additional information and assistance, contact us by email or by phone at 602-506-7387 (option "5" for licensing)

4. How Can I Get or Renew a License?

First Time Renewing your dog’s license? Follow this step-by-step guide.

You have several options to request a new license or submit your renewal:

Online – complete the application online and receive a discount on the licensing fee
By Mail* – download and print the application then mail it in with any required documentation and your payment method
In Person – visit our shelter to complete the process in person with a member of our dedicated team

*Please Note - Our Licensing mailing address is different than our shelter locations:
Maricopa County Animal Care and Control
Licensing Section
P.O. Box 52014
Phoenix, AZ 85072

▼
Animal Care & Control - Lost Pet

1. I lost my pet. Do you have him?: Due to the large volume of animals that we take in, we are unable to tell you over the phone or by email if we have your pet in our care. As we don't want to give you wrong information, please visit both our West and East Valley Animal Care Centers every two days to look for your lost pet. You can also use our Interactive Search Tool as a resource in the search for your lost pet.
Return to Animal Care & Control

2. How long does MCACC keep stray dogs or cats?: By law, we are required to hold stray animals for 72 hours. This allows time for an owner to claim their lost pet. Return to Animal Care & Control

3. What happens if the dog or cat is not claimed?: Our staff evaluates each animal and if they are physically and mentally healthy, the animals will be sent to a rescue group or put up for adoption. Return to Animal Care & Control

▼
Animal Care & Control - Pet Adoption

1. I saw a pet on TV. How do I adopt him?

Our media pets are either available on the same day, or the day following when they make their appearance. If more than one person/family is interested in adopting a media pet, a drawing will be held for the adopter. You must be present to enter the drawing. Please call 602-506-PETS (7387) for more information about the specific pet and where he/she is available for adoption. Here are some of our regular media spots:

Every Saturday on 3TV's "Good Morning Arizona"

Every other Thursday on Arizona Midday

Every Saturday on ABC 15 Mornings

Every other Wednesday at the Board of Supervisors meeting on Channel 11

Return to Animal Care & Control

2. I'm looking for a particular breed, can you tell me if you have any at your shelter?: Due to the large volume of animals that we take in, we are unable to tell you over the phone or by email if we have the particular breed you are seeking. To see what animals are currently at our shelters please visit our Adoption page. Return to Animal Care & Control

3. I adopted an animal at your shelter and he is now sick. What can I do?: Although all pets adopted from Maricopa County Animal Care and Control (MCACC) have had their basic vaccinations and spay/neuter surgery, we cannot guarantee the health of any adopted animal. When you adopt your dog or cat from us, we will provide you with a list of valley veterinarians who will provide a free health check within 10 days of adoption. Please check your adoption paperwork for the list and take your pet in for the checkup. Not all animal diseases have symptoms right away, but a veterinarian will be able to identify any health-related problems.

Unfortunately, MCACC does not have veterinary staff available to provide medical help once a pet is adopted. If your pet is showing signs of illness, take him or her to a veterinarian for treatment. Remember, most illnesses can be easily treated if they are diagnosed early. If you wait to provide treatment for your pet, you risk your pets health and a larger vet bill. If your pet is having complications related to the spay/neuter surgery, please call us at 602-506-PETS (7387). Return to Animal Care & Control

▼
Animal Care & Control - Pet Care Services

1. Why Spay/Neuter?

Spaying/neutering benefits pets in a number of ways.

Spaying prevents uterine infections and breast cancer in female dogs and cats; neutering prevents testicular cancer in male dogs and cats.
Neutered dogs and cats are less aggressive; studies show that most dog bites involve dogs that have not been altered.
The cost of paying for spay/neuter surgery is far less than the cost of caring for a litter of puppies or kittens.

Spay/neuter remains the most effective method to reduce cats and dogs entering local shelters and euthanasia.

2. Why vaccinate through a vet?: Vaccinations must be stored at certain temperatures to remain viable - buying and transporting the vaccine yourself increases the chances that it will be exposed to temperatures that will render it ineffective. In addition to vet-obtained vaccinations being monitored more carefully, vaccinating through a vet service will also provide proof-of-vaccination given by a veterinarian, which is often required by facilities your pet may visit.

▼
Animal Care & Control - Recurring Donations

17. Where are the animal care centers located?

1. What payment methods are accepted?: Credit and debit cards, including Visa, MasterCard, Discover and American Express

2. Why do I have to create an account?: The account is needed to schedule the recurring donations. Maricopa County works hard to ensure that your personal information is safe and remains safe. Creating an account is one secure way to store your personal information so that no one has access to it. We contract with a third-party company that specializes in safeguarding personal information.

3. How do I create an account?: You will start with clicking on the link to Sign Up and enter your Date of Birth in this format YYYYMMDD and your Last Name.

4. Why do I have to use my birthdate to create an account?: Your birth date is used to create a unique account number. It is not used to identify you in any way and is not used as a form of identification. (Please note you will have to scroll through the list by groups of 10 to find your birth year and then search for your birth month and birthday.)

5. How do I complete my personal account?: Once you have entered your birthdate and last name, you will create a unique User ID and Password. These are used to log back into your account. Please note, your user ID is case sensitive. You will be asked for a hint question that only you know the answer to if you forget your password. You will then be asked for your contact information, including address, phone number and email. You must also approve the terms and conditions of MCACC’s donation policies. Once completed, your account will be created. Please safeguard the information for future reference.

6. How do I set up a recurring donation after my account has been set up?: First you must enter your credit card information. There are two ways to do this. After logging in, click Add Auto Pay Rule to the far right, then select a payment method and enter your card number. Conversely, you may click the Method of Payment link on the home screen, then the Method of Payment button and then enter the credit card number.

7. Once my credit card has been selected, what’s the next step?: It’s important to set up the amount of donation you desire and frequency. Under the Auto Pay Rule link, select the amount of payment (the minimum amount is $10). Then select the date you want to start payments (by day and month) and when you want to stop payments (by day and month). Then select frequency (weekly, biweekly, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually and annually). Include information to accept authorization/store data.

8. How do I cancel my monthly donations?: All recurring donations have a time limitation. You will be asked to designate a specific time to donate. Once that time has passed, you will receive an email noting that the recurring donation is passing. If at any time you decide to cancel the recurring donation before the time limitation, you can simply choose to cancel your donation. Please note, if you remove the scheduled event the same day, the transaction may have already been processed.

9. Is my payment information safe and secure?: Yes, your payment information is protected by PCI DSS. The Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) is the information security standard for organizations that handle branded credit cards. The PCI Standard is mandated by the card brands but administered by the Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council.

10. Can I make a gift “In Honor of” or “In Memory Of” someone?: Yes. Once you have made your donation, please email ACCDonations@Maricopa.Gov and indicate how you would like your gift to be recognized. Please make sure to include the person’s name, address and any other information you would like on the acknowledgment card.

11. How do I fix a mistake on a donation?: Please contact ACCDonations@Maricopa.Gov to help with technical issues.

12. How do I get a receipt if I can’t locate one?: When you donate online, an e-receipt will automatically be generated from noreplymcfis@maricopa.gov and emailed to the email address you have provided. If you can’t find your e-receipt, please check your spam filter. If you still can’t find the receipt, please contact ACCDonations@Maricopa.Gov for help.

13. Is my gift tax deductible?: Yes. Please contact us if you have questions at ACCDonations@Maricopa.Gov

14. What is the shelter’s federal Employer Identification Number?: The shelter’s EIN is 86-6000472.

15. Are there any fees associated with my donations?: Yes, but we have elected to absorb those fees in your donation.

16. How do I contact the shelter?: Visit our website or call 602-506-PETS (7387) for information about events, licensing, pet adoptions and more.

Locations:

West Valley Animal Care Center, 2500 S. 27^th Ave., Phoenix, AZ 85009
East Valley Animal Care Center, 2630 W. Salado Parkway, Mesa, AZ 85201.

▼
Animal Care & Control - Services & Fees

1. What can I do about my neighbor's barking dog?: Barking dog issues are addressed through the local noise ordinances of the city or town. If you have a barking dog issue and the owner resides in an unincorporated area, you may call Maricopa County Animal Care and County (MCACC) at 602-506-7387. Please be prepared with the address of where the dog(s) reside. You must provide your full name, address and telephone number to file a complaint. Anonymous calls are not accepted. Return to Animal Care & Control

2. My neighbor is not taking care of his pets and I think he is abusing them. Can you help?: Maricopa County Animal Care and County (MCACC) does not have the legal authority to investigate animal cruelty complaints. Suspicions of animal cruelty or neglect should be reported to your local law enforcement agency. If you live in an unincorporated area of Maricopa County, call the Maricopa County Sheriff's Office at 602-876-1000. Return to Animal Care & Control

3. What can I do about a dead animal on the road?: Maricopa County Animal Care and County (MCACC) does not take reports of dead dogs and cats. Citizens should contact the city where the deceased animal was found and ask for the phone number of the appropriate agency to handle dead animal pickup. Return to Animal Care & Control

▼
Animal Care & Control - Shelter Plans

4. What kind of service can I expect from Maricopa County Animal Care and Control moving forward?

1. Why is Maricopa County closing the current east shelter?: It is the mission of the Board of Supervisors and the experienced professionals at Maricopa County Animal Care and Control to not only save the lives of more animals at our shelters, but also to ensure their well-being while sheltered. MCACC seeks to create an environment that minimizes stress on animals, visitors/adopters, and staff. The current east shelter falls short of our high standards for animal care. Therefore, that shelter will eventually close and a new facility in the East Valley will replace it. This new shelter will offer all services currently available at the Rio Salado location. A timeline has not been determined, but making this change will improve the quality of care animals receive countywide as well as the experience of those who would like to adopt.

2. Where will the new East Valley shelter be located?: Animal Care and Control wants to spend every dollar it gets on things that directly impact animal welfare. Maricopa County’s East Valley campus at Baseline Road and Mesa Drive offers an ideal location for a new animal shelter because there are no land costs. The county owns the site and there’s space available and infrastructure in place for additional services. The campus is located off the highway (US 60) with adjacent bus routes, making it easily accessible for visitors, staff, and volunteers. A specific site on the campus has not been chosen at this time.

3. What happened to plans to consolidate all shelter services in the current Durango location?: Maricopa County staff and contracted architects considered a significant remodel and expansion of the west shelter as a way to provide a best-in-class adoption experience for residents and the best possible care for animals. During the design process, it became clear that trying to expand the existing facility would present too many obstacles to be a viable long-term solution. These obstacles included a long construction timeline that would have caused significant disruption to animal care operations. In the end, county leaders believe a multiple-shelter solution—so long as it includes a replacement for the current east shelter—will be better for animal welfare and the customer experience.

Saving lives has been, and will continue to be, the primary mission of Maricopa County Animal Care and Control. In August 2018, 96% of the more than 2,700 animals that came into our shelters were adopted or relocated. Two years ago, the live-release rate was 84%

Animal intake in Maricopa County has declined 13% every year for the last five years, creating the possibility for a different approach to animal welfare that emphasizes service and prevention, not just sheltering. Our priorities include: increasing the quality of care we provide; reducing the length of stay for animals; improving the experience for customers who want to adopt; providing more resources to reunite people with their pets; and, addressing the challenges that lead people to give up their pets in the first place.

5. What will these changes to county animal shelters cost?: In 2017, the Maricopa County Board of Supervisors approved $1.8 million to study and design a possible renovation and expansion of the Durango shelter. A little more than $300,000 of that amount has been spent to study operations at the Durango shelter. These findings will be used as the county considers both future improvements to the Durango shelter as well as designs for the new east shelter.

6. How does the Maricopa County Sheriff’s Office MASH unit fit into this?: If you have questions about the future of the MASH unit, contact the Maricopa County Sheriff’s Office.

▼
Cave Creek Landfill

1. Are there health risks presented by the contaminated groundwater?: There are no known health risks from the groundwater. The groundwater is located over 600 feet below ground surface (ft bgs) and there is no exposure pathway to this water.

The water is not part of the potable (drinkable) water supply. The nearest drinking water wells are over 1 mile to the southeast and are screened at a much deeper (more than 1,000 feet below ground surface) level. These are City of Phoenix wells that are regularly tested for safe drinking water parameters.

2. Who is responsible for the monitoring and clean up?: The Consent Order from the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) requires that Maricopa County be responsible for monitoring and remediating the groundwater contamination, as necessary.

3. Are there monitoring wells in place to track and test the contamination?: There are a number of monitoring wells installed as part of the characterization activities and several more in the planning phase. Locations can be seen in the "Maps & Images" section.

4. Is Maricopa County committed to remediating the problem?: Yes. Maricopa County is handling this as an environmental liability claim and committed to continuing characterization and remediation activities until they are no longer needed.

▼
Community Emergency Notification System

1. Are these alerts the same as the Amber Alerts and Weather Alerts we are already receiving?: No. The "tonal" alerts you receive on your cell phone are through a different system. This system will call your phone with a recorded message.

2. How will CENS appear on Caller ID?: Your caller ID will show "REVERSE911CALL" as the caller, with a 480 area code. The CENS system is based in the East Valley, which is why you will see the 480 area code.

3. How does the system work with answering machines or voice mail?: The system is designed to leave a message on voice mail or an answering machine.

4. How does CENS handle non-English speaking and Deaf communities?: The message is recorded at your local 911 call center. The dispatcher will record the message in the necessary languages. CENS now has text capabilities. You opt in to receiving text messages along with voice recordings. The system also has TTY capability for the hearing impaired. There is TTY detection equipment that will bypass the voice-recorded portion when a TTY or TDD is detected. If you are using a relay service. Messages will go to the relay service and sent to you via a video message.

5. Should I call 911 if I need more information?: No, 911 should only be called when you have an emergency. The emergency notification recording will give you instructions to follow.

6. What if the phone is busy when the system calls?: The system is designed to call back if the line is busy or if there is no answer. The system will wait five minutes before a second callback is made.

7. What happens if a resident moves or a new phone is installed?: Residents that add or change information for a land line phone serviced by Qwest/Century Link, Cox or other local phone companies will have the information updated within the 911 database. Residents that self register their Cell or VoIP phones will need to update their address at the Self Registration Portal.

8. What will the CENS call tell me?: Each notification call will be different. The primary agency handling the emergency will make the recording you will hear. It is important to follow the instructions on the recording.

9. Who will use CENS?: The CENS program is available to all law enforcement and fire agencies in the Maricopa Region. The Maricopa Region extends from Wickenburg to Apache Junction.

10. Will CENS work with cell phones and VoIP phones?: Unlike a landline phones, cell phones and VoIP phones are not part of the 911 database. You now have the option to register your cell phone or VoIP phone with the CENS system. You will only receive CENS notifications based on the address you provide when you register your cell and or VoIP phone.

11. ¿Son estas alertas las mismas que las alertas Las alertas ámbar y climáticas que ya están recibiendo?: No. Las alertas "tonales" recibidas en su teléfono celular son a través de un sistema diferente. Este sistema llamará a su teléfono con un mensaje grabado.

12. ¿Cómo aparecerán CENS en el identificador de llamadas?: Su identificador de llamadas mostrará "REVERSE911CALL" como la persona que llama, con un código de área 480. El sistema CENS se basa en el Valle Medio, por lo que verá el código de área 480.

13. ¿Cómo funciona el sistema con contestadores automáticos o correo de voz?: El sistema está diseñado para dejar un mensaje en el buzón de voz o un contestador automático.

14. ¿Cómo se manejan comunidades que no hablan Inglés y comunidades sordas?: El mensaje se registra en el centro de llamadas 911 local. El despachador registrará el mensaje en los idiomas necesarios. CENS ahora tiene capacidades de texto. Se opta por recibir mensajes de texto, junto con las grabaciones de voz. El sistema también tiene la capacidad de TTY para personas con problemas de audición. Hay TTY equipo de detección que pasará por alto la parte de voz grabada cuando se detecta un TTY o TDD. Si está utilizando un servicio de retransmisión. Los mensajes irán al servicio de retransmisión y enviado a usted a través de un mensaje de vídeo.

15. ¿Debo llamar al 911 si necesito más información?: No, 911 sólo debe ser llamada cuando tiene una emergencia. La grabación de notificación de emergencia le dará instrucciones a seguir.

16. ¿Qué pasa si el teléfono está ocupado cuando llama el sistema?: El sistema está diseñado para volver a llamar si la línea está ocupada o si no hay respuesta. El sistema esperará cinco minutos antes de que se hizo una segunda devolución de llamada.

17. ¿Qué ocurre si se mueve un residente o un nuevo teléfono está instalado?: Los residentes que añadir o cambiar la información de un teléfono de línea terrestre atendida por Qwest/Century Link/Cox o de otras compañías telefónicas locales tendrán la información actualizada en la base de datos 911. Los residentes que se auto registren su celular o teléfonos VoIP tendrán que actualizar su dirección en el mismo registro Portal.

18. ¿Que me dira la llamada CENS?: Cada llamada de notificación será diferente. La agencia que maneja la emergencia hara la grabación se oye. Es importante seguir las instrucciones de la grabación.

19. ¿Quién usará CENS?: El programa CENS está disponible para todos los organismos policiales y de bomberos en la Región Maricopa. La Región de Maricopa se extiende desde Wickenburg a Apache Junction.

20. ¿Cens trabaja con los teléfonos celulares y teléfonos de VoIP?: A diferencia de los teléfonos fijos, teléfonos celulares y teléfonos de VoIP no son parte de la base de datos 911. Ahora tiene la opción de registrar su teléfono celular o teléfono VoIP con el sistema CENS. Sólo recibirá notificaciones CENS en base a la dirección que usted proporciona cuando se registra su celular o teléfono y VoIP.

▼
Constables - Frequently Asked Questions

1. Are Constables peace officers?: A constable who is duly elected or who is appointed by the board of supervisors has the authority of a peace officer only in the performance of the constable's official duties. (A.R.S. § 22-131)

2. Is there a fee for service of process?: Fees are posted and collected by Maricopa County Justice Courts.

3. How long does it take to get service done?: Most service is done within 10 days depending on the work load on a day to day basis.

4. I need to talk to a Constable about service but how do I know which one to talk to?: Go to the "Find a Precinct" page for instructions.

5. What if I have other questions?: Contact Constable Administration at 602-506-1843

▼
Correctional Health Services

1. Where can I apply for a position?: Learn more about where to apply for positions by contacting the Human Resources Department
Click here to contact HR Human Resources Department.

2. Where can I submit an application?: Submit applications through the Maricopa County Recruitment Tool.

3. What kind of benefits does Maricopa County offer?: Gather more information by accessing our Benefits Overview (PDF).

4. Can I view the status of my application after it has been submitted?: Yes. To view the status of previously submitted applications with Maricopa County, simply log in to your account on the Government Jobs Website.

5. Will I receive an email notification at the conclusion of the application review process?: Applicants may receive an email notification once the application review process is complete. The notification will advise you of the application review results.

You may also view the status of your application at any time by logging into your account on the Government Jobs Website.

6. How will I receive notices from Maricopa County regarding my application?: All communications from Maricopa County Human Resources, Employment Services Division (i.e. application review results, testing notifications, etc.) will be sent to applicants via email using the email address specified on your application.

7. My contact information has changed. How do I update my contact information for an application(s) that has already been submitted?: Unfortunately, applicants do not have the ability to update their contact information for applications that have already been submitted.

In order to update contact information for existing applications, please contact Employment Services at 602-506-3755.

8. Can I view and/or print a copy of a previously submitted application?: Yes. To view or obtain a copy of your previously submitted applications with Maricopa County, log in to your account on the Government Jobs Website.

9. Can I view and/or print a copy of a previous job posting that I applied for?: Yes. To view or obtain a copy of previous job postings that you have applied for with Maricopa County, log in to your account on the Government Jobs Website.

10. Can I save my application as a work in progress?: Yes. When creating an application, you are able to save your information and continue working on it at a later time.

We must caution you that while you can start an application at any time, if you are applying for a specific position, you must submit your application prior to the recruitment closing date.

11. What positions are commonly recruited?: Commonly sought positions include:
- Correctional Health Technician
- Licensed Practical Nurse
- Mental Health Associate
- Mental Health Professional
- Nurse Practitioner
- Physician
- Physician Assistant
- Psychiatrist
- Psychologist
- Registered Nurse

12. I'd like to become a registered contractor or vendor for Correctional Health Services (CHS). What do I do?: If you'd like to be a contractor for CHS, you must successfully pass a background check. Contractors Badges are renewed twice a year.

For more information on the application process, please contact the Human Resources Department.

13. What if I am an external business and would like to obtain a contract with Maricopa County?: We recommend viewing the current contracts, open bids, forms and requirements for contract compliance by visiting the
Office of Procurement Services page.

▼
County Improvement Districts

1. What is an Improvement District?: An improvement district is designed to provide neighborhoods a method of accomplishing local improvements including paving, street lighting, water, sewer and parks. The improvement district allows residents to use a tax-based bond to distribute the cost of the improvements among all property owners who benefit. Return to County Improvement Districts

2. How do I go about getting one organized?: The improvement district is a resident based petition process. Visit our Steps & Procedures page for a detailed description of how to get one started. Return to County Improvement Districts

3. How do I pay for the improvements?: The total cost of the improvements is financed by issuance of improvement bonds sold through public or private sale or issued to the contractor. Once the improvements are complete, an assessment is placed on every lot/parcel within the district. Return to County Improvement Districts

4. How can I discontinue a Maintenance Improvement District?: Maintenance established by this type of improvement district shall not and cannot be terminated by its Board of Directors unless the operation and maintenance functions of the district have been taken over by an incorporated city or town. Return to County Improvement Districts

5. Who can I talk to for more information?: For further information on county improvement districts within unincorporated areas of Maricopa County, contact the Office of the Superintendent of Streets at (602) 506-6292 or MCDOTImprovementDistricts@maricopa.gov.
Return to County Improvement Districts

6. I don't want to have my road paved but I would like to have my road maintained.: Due to current air quality standards within the non-attainment area (PM-10 boundary) and legal restrictions, only roads that have been paved to county standards will be accepted for maintenance by the County. Outside the PM-10 boundary, the county can and will form a Maintenance Improvement District. However, this requires that maintenance be performed through private contract. Return to County Improvement Districts

7. How often is the road graded?: The road is graded approximately four times per year. Return to County Improvement Districts

8. What if I can't make the payments?: If an assessment becomes delinquent, the district is obligated to sell the property covered by that assessment to pay the special assessment bonds. The buyer is required to hold the lien for a minimum of one year before applying for a Superintendent of Streets deed of the property. During that period, the assessment lien must be paid in full, plus penalties. Once a deed is issued, the buyer has control of its redemption value. For districts on the tax roll, it is considered the same as delinquent taxes. Return to County Improvement Districts

9. Formation options: If you are part of an existing established development, you have the option of creating a SLID via the standard rout noted under FAQ item 2. However, if you are part of a new development, in addition to the standard route you may also wish to consider undertaking the improvements under an HOA. For further information on county improvement districts within unincorporated areas of Maricopa County, contact the Office of the Superintendent of Streets at (602) 506-0313.
Return to County Improvement Districts

10. How can I find out if my property is located in an Active or Proposed district?: To learn what (if any) districts your property is in, visit our "Find Your Districts" page for directions on how to check your tax bill. To find out if you are in a proposed district, you can contact us at (602) 506-0313 or via our contact form. We will need your Assessor’s Parcel Number (APN) for the property. If you do not know the APN, visit our "Find Your Districts" page to learn how to find out the APN. If your subdivision name or your street name is listed in the Special District portion of the bill chances are you are in a Streetlight or Maintenance Improvement District. NOTICE: Not all districts listed in this section of the bill are organized by this office; please call the number listed in the detail for further information.
Return to County Improvement Districts

▼
COVID-19 Vaccine Vendor Frequently Asked Questions

1. Example question number one: Example answer number one

2. Example question number two: Example question number two

▼
Dental Sealant Program

1. What are dental sealants?: - Sealants are tooth-colored coatings that fill in the grooves of back teeth.
- Most tooth decay in children occurs on these teeth.
- Sealants keep out food and germs that cause cavities.

2. How are sealants placed on the back teeth?: - Teeth that need sealants are cleaned with a toothbrush.
- The sealant is painted on the tooth and quickly hardens.
- Placing sealants is painless and takes only a few minutes.

3. How does this program work?: - All services are provided at no cost to you at your child's school.
- 2nd and 6th grade students with a signed consent form may receive a dental screening.
- Children without dental insurance or who have AHCCCS insurance are eligible for sealants.
- All information about your child is kept confidential.

▼
Dependency Court - Appeals

2. What happens if you appeal?

1. What is an appeal?: An appeal is the way to ask if the court made a significant legal mistake in your case. An appeal is decided by the appeals court.

The appeals court will not change your case or give you a chance to re-do your case unless the juvenile court made a significant legal mistake in your case.

Appeals take a long time, generally at least 6 months. It is very unlikely that the court of appeals will change anything until the appeal is over, and only then if you win. For example, it is very unlikely that the court of appeals will change child custody arrangements until an appeal ends, and only then if you win.

If you want an appeal, you only have 15 days from a final order to start an appeal. The notice you would like to appeal must be filed within the 15 days. Your lawyer cannot start an appeal for you until you talk to your lawyer and request an appeal after the court makes a final order.

3. How does an appeal work?

The appeals court checks over what happened in dependency court to see if the judge made a significant legal mistake. To do this, the appeals court looks at the legal papers and transcripts. Transcripts are written "scripts" of everything that was said in court. The appeals court will not look at anything new; the appeals court looks only at what already was done in dependency court.

When the appeals court checks for a legal mistake, it asks a few specific questions:

Did the court do something that the law does not allow?
Did the court use the wrong law?
Did the court misunderstand the law?
Did the court make a without any evidence to support it?

The appeals court views the evidence in the light most favorable to upholding the ruling of the court. The appellate court will not reweigh the evidence; instead it will see if there is any evidence to support the finding of the judge.

If there was a legal mistake, the appeals court checks to see if the mistake was significant. If the case would have turned out the same even without the mistake, then the mistake is small or harmless, and nothing will change.

If the mistake was large enough to change the whole case, things might change; the appeals court might vacate (undo or cancel) what the juvenile court did, or the appeals court might let the person re-do the case.

Guide to How Appeals Work.

4. When can you appeal?: You can appeal within 15 days of when the court makes a final order. Final orders that can be appealed are:
- Dependency adjudication
- Dependency disposition
- Order terminating visitation
- Severance
- Subsequent order ratifying or changing a child’s placement
- Subsequent order reaffirming a child’s dependent status

If you wait longer than 15 days, you cannot appeal.

5. Who decides if you will appeal?: You are the one who decides if you want to appeal or not.

▼
Dietetic Internship Full-Time Track

3. What are the selection criteria?

1. What are the admission requirements?: For a list of admission requirements and our recency of education policy view the Full-Time Admission Requirements page.

2. What are the applicant responsibilities involved in the application process?: For a list of the applicants responsibilities view the Full-Time Applicant Responsibilities page.

Candidate application packets will be reviewed by a selection committee and scores assigned for overall grade point average, Didactic Program in Dietetics (DPD) professional grade point average, DPD science grade point average, work and volunteer experience, letters of recommendation, applicant's responses in the personal statement, and second language proficiency. Grade point averages and quality and quantity of dietetic related work experience are given significant consideration. The selection committee will ask the top 25% of applicants to participate in an interview.

The ability to speak a language in addition to English is beneficial to working within the local community. It is not a program requirement in the selection process. Applicants claiming proficiency in a second language may be asked to participate in that language over the course of the interview.

The selection committee will rank applicants in order of preference and send the ranking to D&D Digital System for computer matching.

4. What are the dates for computer matching for the Full-Time Track Dietetic Internship?: View the dates for receiving a Dietetic Internship and the event details on the Full-Time Computer Matching Dates page.

5. What types of supervised practice experiences are offered by the Full-Time Internship Track?: Our dietetic internship is a full time, 38 week program approved for an annual class of 5 interns. Interns participating in the program will be exposed to a wide variety of nutrition services from metropolitan and rural areas of Maricopa County. Opportunities are provided to interact with individuals and groups from multi-ethnic backgrounds representing all ages and levels of education. Clinical, food and nutrition management, community and specialty experiences offered will challenge interns to integrate knowledge gained from dedicated study with opportunities for practice and application.

6. What is the program schedule?: The dietetic internship program begins in mid-August and is completed at the beginning of June. One week of vacation is scheduled for the week of Thanksgiving. Two weeks of vacation are scheduled near the end of December which includes Christmas and New Year's Day. Other holidays honored include Martin Luther King Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, and Veteran's Day. For a table of the program schedule view the Full-Time Program Schedule page.

7. What does the program cost?: Total program costs will vary according to the needs and lifestyles of each individual. Food, housing, and transportation expenses are variable and the responsibility of the student. Interns must provide their own health and professional liability insurance in order to participate in the program. Arizona law does require drivers to carry automobile insurance and Arizona residents to have annual emission inspection completed on their vehicle. For a full list of program categories and fees please view the Full-Time Program Cost page.

8. What are entrance requirements for matched applicants?: Candidates matched with the program will need to complete the Hepatitis B series to participate. The series should be initiated by May to allow adequate time to complete the immunizations prior to program initiation in August. For a list of the required documentation please view the Full-Time Internship Requirements page.

▼
Dietetic Internship Tracks

1. What nutrition services are provided to the residents of Maricopa County?

Policy initiatives and nutrition services through the Arizona Nutrition Network, SNAP-Ed program
Nutrition education programs for the community provided by Registered Dietitian Nutritionists
Worksite and school wellness toolkits and guides
A consumer nutrition email and answer line
Participant-centered nutrition education, high-priority counseling, and breastfeeding peer support program for WIC participants

2. What are the requirements to become a Registered Dietitian (RD) / Registered Dietitian Nutritionist (RDN)?: For a list of the position requirements and additional details about the internship program visit the Registered Dietitian Requirements page.

3. What are the mission and goals of the Maricopa County Dietetic Internship with Public Health Emphasis?: The mission of the Maricopa County Department of Public Health Dietetic Internship Program is "To provide a quality public health/community nutrition education program through which dietetic interns develop the skills to translate nutrition theory and knowledge into effective application and practice to meet the needs of a diverse population." Planned experience and educational opportunities of the internship will prepare program graduates to sit for the Registration Examination for Dietitians and enter the profession as entry-level dietetic practitioners. For a list of program goals please visit the Mission and Goals page.

4. What are the student learning outcomes for the program?: There are four student learning outcomes for the internship program. For a list of these outcomes view the Mission, Goals & Student Learning Outcomes page.

5. What is the current first time pass rate for the registration examination for dietitians?: For the five year period of 2011 - 2015, the first time pass rate for graduates of the Maricopa County dietetic internship program is 93%. The pass rate for graduates passing within one year of their first try for the same five year time period is 98%.

6. Who has accredited Maricopa County's dietetic internship?: The Dietetic Internship at Maricopa County is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Education in Nutrition and Dietetics:
120 South Riverside Plaza
Suite 200
Chicago, Illinois 60606-6995

7. What are the graduation requirements?: Graduates of the Maricopa County Dietetic Internship will complete all program requirements. They will demonstrate achievement of the 35 core competencies and 2 public health competencies set forth by ACEND.

Upon program completion, graduates will be competent to function as entry-level dietetic professionals and will receive a verification statement.

8. Where are the practice sites?: The Maricopa County Dietetic Internship partners with diverse practice sites throughout the county and the state. Individual interns are scheduled with clinical, food and nutrition management, community and specialty rotations based on program requirements and geographic availability. The practice site list represents current internship rotation sites. All interns are scheduled for equity in practice experiences although the sites may differ. For the complete list of practices visit the Practice Site page.

▼
Dietetic Internship WIC Track

5. What types of supervised practice experiences are offered by the AZ WIC Internship Track?

1. What are the admission requirements?: For a list of admission requirements and our recency of education policy for part-time women, infant, and children track view the Part-Time Admission Requirements page.

2. What are the applicant's responsibilities involved in the application process?: For a list of the part-time applicants responsibilities view the Part-Time Applicant Responsibilities page.

3. What are the selection criteria?: Candidate application packets will be reviewed by a selection committee and scores assigned for overall grade point average, Didactic Program in Dietetics (DPD) professional grade point average, DPD science grade point average, work and volunteer experience, letters of recommendation, applicant's responses in the personal statement, and second language proficiency. Grade point averages and quality and quantity of dietetic related work experience are given significant consideration. The PAL Portfolios will be reviewed for accuracy and alignment of activities to competencies. The selection committee may ask applicants to participate in an interview.

The ability to speak a language in addition to English is beneficial to working within the local community. It is not a program requirement in the selection process. Applicants claiming proficiency in a second language may be asked to participate in that language over the course of the interview.

4. What is the timeline for applying to the AZ WIC Track Dietetic Internship?: For a list of dates for applying for a part-time internship view the Part-Time Application Timeline page.

Our Arizona Women, Infants, Children (WIC) Dietetic Internship Track, for an annual class of 6 interns, consists of 32 weeks of supervised practice with an additional 13 weeks working at the local WIC Agency. The Arizona WIC Track begins in mid-August and will be completed by the first week of July. Interns participating in this track will be exposed to a wide variety of nutrition services from metropolitan and rural areas of Arizona. Opportunities are provided to interact with individuals and groups from multi-ethnic backgrounds representing all ages and levels of education. Clinical, food and nutrition management, community and specialty experiences offered will challenge interns to integrate knowledge gained from dedicated study with opportunities for practice and application.

Practice sites for the Arizona WIC Track Dietetic Internship will be determined based on the geographic location of the candidates selected and availability of rotation sites. Travel to areas around the state will be required for some rotations.

Because of the great diversity among the residents in Maricopa County, interns able to speak Spanish are highly valued by the rotation sites. However, the ability to speak Spanish is not a requirement for admission into the internship program.

6. What is the program schedule?: The AZ WIC Dietetic Internship program begins in mid-August and is completed by the first week in July. Holidays may be honored depending on the rotation site and Local WIC Agency. These include New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. For a table of the program schedule view the Part-Time Program Schedule page.

7. What does the program cost?: Total program costs will vary according to the needs and lifestyles of each individual. Food, housing, and transportation expenses are variable and the responsibility of the student. Interns must provide their own health and professional liability insurance in order to participate in the program. Arizona law does require drivers to carry automobile insurance and Arizona residents to have annual emission inspection completed on their vehicle. For a full list of program categories and fees please view the Part-Time Program Cost page.

8. What are entrance requirements for matched applicants?: Candidates matched with the program will need to complete the Hepatitis B series to participate. The series should be initiated by May to allow adequate time to complete the immunizations prior to program initiation in August. For a list of the part-time internship required documentation please view the Part-Time Internship Requirements page.

▼
Disinterment / Reinterment Permit

1. Where do I get a Disinterment Reinternment form?: For the Central Phoenix location only, contact the Medical Certification and Disposition Permit Unit. Find the Central Phoenix location.

2. What signatures are required for a complete Disinterment/Reinternment permit request?: You must have both the licensed funeral director's signature as well as the next of kin's signature.

3. Do I need any supporting documentation?: If the death occurred prior to 2009 you will need to submit a certified copy of the death certificate in addition to the permit request.

4. Where do I submit this permit?: You may submit the permit at our main office, the Central Phoenix location only. Find out Central Phoenix location.

5. What is the fax number to the Maricopa Office of Vital Registration to fax a permit request?: The fax number is 602-506-6878.

▼
Emergency Management Preparedness and Response

2. How do I receive emergency alerts?

1. Can I take my pets with me when I evacuate?: Bring your pets with you when you leave. Maricopa County Animal Care and Control and the Arizona Humane Society will have temporary shelter available for your use while you are making alternate arrangements. You can also predetermine which hotels in your area accept pets,

Our primary way to deliver emergency information to the public is via Emergency Alert System (EAS) messages which are pushed to radio stations and television stations. Other options would include:

- Wireless Emergency Alerts to cell phones

- The Community Emergency Notification System (CENS), which is a recorded message sent to landlines and recorded/text message to registered cell phones/VoIP phones

- Website alerts on Maricopa.gov

- Social Media posts on Facebook, Twitter, and Nextdoor (via Emergency Alerts)

- Our Ready Maricopa cell phone app, in which we can send out alerts.

- We are also equipped with HAM radios in our EOC.

3. What is an Emergency Supply Kit and what is a Go Bag?

An emergency supply kit is intended to help you survive in the event of a disaster or large-scale emergency. Keep enough supplies in your kit to survive on your own for at least three days without electricity or running water. Keep these materials in an easily accessible, separate container or special cupboard. Indicate to your family members that these supplies are for emergencies only.

A Go Bag is an extension of your emergency supply kit, containing items that you would take with you if you needed to evacuate from your home. Every family member and pet should have a Go Bag. It should be packed in a sturdy, easy-to-carry container and should be easily accessible.

Find out more about what goes in each here.

4. Where are my emergency shelters and what are my evacuation routes?

We totally understand your concern and your need to feel informed ahead of time. The answer, unfortunately, is we don’t know those answers until First Responders (Fire Department and/or Law Enforcement) understand the hazard and the hazard area.

During large-scale emergencies, First Responders size up the incident and determine if protective action measures are needed and if so what type i.e. evacuation, sheltering, etc. Each emergency varies in their scope and location, therefore, the specific instructions on where to go and what to do can vary. Factors such as wind speed, wind direction, road closures, etc. can affect which routes and/or shelter locations are available.

Once the hazard is understood and projected impact area determined then First Responders will decide on the safest routes to use for evacuation and which locations to open as a shelter, if needed. If a listing of specific routes or shelter locations are pre-published, residents may ignore protective action messaging and potentially expose themselves to increased chance of danger or harm.

During any emergency, you want to listen for official information and immediately follow the instructions provided by emergency response personnel. For any potential emergency or disaster, it is important for you to have a reliable means to receive official warnings and instructions. This includes solar- crank- or battery-powered radios (in case of a power outage), television, cell phones, official government websites and social media.

No matter where you are, be prepared for any type of emergency and be ready to take action this includes creating a plan for your family that can include places to meet and how to reach each other.

For more information regarding Red Cross shelters and to find out which shelters are currently open visit: http://www.redcross.org/get-help/disaster-relief-and-recovery-services/find-an-open-shelter. Please note: shelters are not listed in this page unless they are open.

5. ¿Puedo llevar a mis mascotas conmigo cuando evacue?: Lleve a sus mascotas con usted cuando se vaya. El Departamento de Cuidado y Control de Animales del Condado de Maricopa y la Sociedad Protectora de Animales de Arizona tendrán un refugio temporario disponible para su uso mientras hace arreglos alternativos. También puede predeterminar qué hoteles en su área aceptan mascotas.

6. ¿Cómo recibo alertas de emergencia?

Nuestra forma principal de entregar información de emergencia al público es a través de mensajes del Sistema de Alerta de Emergencia (EAS) que se envían a las estaciones de radio y televisión. Otras opciones incluyen:

- Alertas inalámbricas de emergencia a teléfonos celulares

- El Sistema de Notificación de Emergencia Comunitaria (CENS), que es un mensaje grabado enviado a teléfonos fijos y un mensaje grabado o de texto a teléfonos celulares registrados y teléfonos VoIP

- Alertas de sitios web en Maricopa.gov

- Publicaciones en redes sociales en Facebook, Twitter y Nextdoor (a través de alertas de emergencia)

- Nuestra aplicación de teléfono celular Ready Maricopa, en la que podemos enviar alertas.

- También estamos equipados con radios HAM en nuestro Centro de Operaciones de Emergencia.

7. ¿Qué es un botiquín de emergencia y que es una bolsa de viaje?

¿Qué es un botiquín de suministros de emergencia y qué es una bolsa de viaje? Un botiquín de suministros de emergencia lo ayuda a sobrevivir en caso de un desastre o emergencia. Mantenga suficientes suministros en su botiquín para sobrevivir al menos tres días sin electricidad o agua. Mantenga estos materiales en un contenedor separado de fácil acceso o en un armario especial. Indique a los miembros de su familia que estos suministros son solo para emergencias.

Una bolsa de viaje es una extensión de su botiquín de suministros de emergencia, que contiene artículos que llevaría con usted si necesita evacuar su hogar. Todos los miembros de la familia y las mascotas deben tener una bolsa. Debe usar un contenedor resistente y fácil de transportar y debe ser fácilmente accesible.

Obtenga más información sobre lo que incluye cada uno aquí.

8. ¿Dónde están mis refugios de emergencia y cuáles son mis rutas de evacuación?

Comprendemos totalmente su preocupación y necesidad de sentirse informado con anticipación. La respuesta, desafortunadamente, es que no conocemos esas respuestas hasta que los primeros en responder (Departamento de bomberos y / o policía) entiendan el peligro y el área de peligro.

Durante emergencias a gran escala, los primeros respondedores evalúan el incidente y determinan si se necesitan medidas de protección y qué tipo, es decir, evacuación, refugio, etc. Cada emergencia es diferente en su alcance y ubicación, por lo tanto, las instrucciones específicas sobre dónde ir y qué hacer puede variar. Factores como la velocidad del viento, la dirección del viento, el cierre de carreteras, etc. pueden afectar las rutas y / o ubicaciones de refugio disponibles.

Una vez que se comprende el peligro y se determina el área de impacto proyectada, los primeros respondedores decidirán las rutas más seguras para evacuación y cuales lugares abrir como refugio, si es necesario. Si se publica previamente una lista de rutas específicas o ubicaciones de refugios, los residentes pueden ignorar los mensajes de protección y exponerse a una mayor posibilidad de peligro o daño.

Durante cualquier emergencia, desea escuchar la información oficial y seguir de inmediato las instrucciones proporcionadas por el personal de respuesta a emergencias. Para cualquier posible emergencia o desastre, es importante que tenga un medio confiable para recibir advertencias e instrucciones oficiales. Esto incluye radios que funcionan con energía solar o baterías (en caso de un corte de energía), televisión, teléfonos celulares, sitios de Internet oficiales del gobierno y redes sociales.

No importa dónde se encuentre, prepárese para cualquier tipo de emergencia y esté listo para tomar medidas, esto incluye crear un plan para su familia que pueda incluir lugares para reunirse y cómo comunicarse entre ellos.

Para obtener más información sobre los refugios de la Cruz Roja y para averiguar qué refugios están actualmente abiertos, visite: http://www.redcross.org/get-help/disaster-relief-and-recovery-services/find-an-open-shelter. Tenga en cuenta que los refugios no se enumeran en esta página a menos que estén abiertos.

▼
Family Support

1. How often does the family support staff meet with families?: At the beginning of the year the Family Support Staff meet with families at least twice to get all of the paperwork done and get to know the family. After the first two home visits they meet with families as often as the family wants them to. This could be once a week, twice a month or every other month. It all depends on the families needs. We want to work hard with people who are motivated to get ahead in life and get their families out of poverty. Family Support Staff are required to do at least three Home Visits with each family throughout the year.

2. What can I expect from my Family Support Staff: - The Family Support Staff are usually one of the first people you see from Head Start. They start out the year with your family and get to know who you are and how they might be able to help you. They also set up a time for your first Home Visit with your child’s teacher.
- Head Start recommends that all families participate in the family partnership process. Family Support Staff will set up a time with you in September or October to do the Family Partnership Agreement.
- Family Support Staff are recommended to make monthly phone calls to each family to review goals and see if there are any changes in your family situation and to see if there is any way they can help out.
- They may call if your child is absent to see how they can help.
- The Family Support Staff also have a section in your monthly classroom newsletter.

3. What can take place during a visit or the monthly phone call?: A visit can take place at your child’s center, at your home, or at a neutral location. During the visit, your Family Support Staff can assist you with setting goals for your family and provide you with resources to help you accomplish your goals. If you have requested information from them they and will make sure you received what you needed and were happy with the services provided. Any concerns or questions may be addressed at this time.

4. What if I need additional resources?: If you need additional resources, you may contact your Family Support Staff at any time. They have resources available on a variety of topics, including but not limited to: budgeting, credit card debit reduction, taxes, basic needs, health and safety, education/employment, parenting, child development, family concerns, individual adult needs, pregnancy/infant care.

5. What is Family Service Support (FSS) and who are the Family Service Support staff?: Family Services Support Head Start families and encourage success in achieving their goals. Family Support Staff assist and support families by providing resources and information for local resources. Family Support Staff work in partnership with the family and encourage them to set goals towards being self sufficient. Head Start strives to empower families towards greater confidence, self-reliance, and independence to seek out necessary resources, thus becoming their family’s own advocate.

6. What is the Family Partnership Agreement?: The Family Partnership Agreement is a tool that families and Head Start staff use to help families to be working towards self sufficiency. Families and Head Start staff work together to set family goals and make plans to reach those goals.

7. Why all the questions?: It is part of the family support staff job to help your family find target areas to help get you on your way to self sufficiency. In order to do this they need to know about your income and living situation. Any information you share with them is confidential and they respect your privacy. If you are not comfortable sharing something with them please just tell them you do not want to discuss that issue. The information is also used to monitor how the program is doing in assisting families we serve and how we can improve.

8. Why does Head Start have family support staff?: The Family Support Staff are assigned to each family to provide support and resources. Staff is available to assist families in a number of situations including setting goals. Goal can be big or small and are developed by the family to get them where they want to go. Goals can include; budgeting, repairing credit or setting up a bank account. They can also include things like education or finding or getting better employment, transportation or getting your license so you can stay in school or at work.

9. Why would I want to set goals?: Goals give us direction to see our way out of poverty. We have found that families who set goals with the Family Support Staff and have some additional support have a better chance of achieving those goals. Family Support Staff act as a cheerleader for your family and celebrate your successes as you achieve them.

▼
Fetal Death Certificates

1. What do we need certified copies for?: Certified copies of Births Resulting in Stillbirth and Fetal Death Certificates are important family records. Original records are held in the state archives.

2. Where do I find your offices?: Our offices are located valley wide and accessed easily from major highways. We are open Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Please arrive by 4 p.m. so we may best serve you. If you need to discuss a possible correction, please visit our Central Phoenix office only and speak with one of our Deputy Local Registrars.

3. How do I make a correction to a Fetal Death Certificate?: If you are a parent and wish to make a correction to your child’s fetal death certificate, please call or visit our Central Phoenix office and speak with one of our Deputy Local Registrars about the process. We are available at 602-506-6805 Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. to assist you. If visiting our office to make the correction, please arrive by 4 p.m. so we may best serve you.

▼
Fetal Death Permit

5. The permit I created has wrong data on it, should I delete this one and create a new one?

1. When should a Funeral Home request a Disposition Transit Permit in the Electronic Fetal Death System?: When a Fetal Death certificate has been created in Electronic Fetal Death System (EFDRS), the Funeral Home is required to request a Disposition Transit Permit from Maricopa Office of Vital Registration electronically through EFDRS.

2. How do I apply for an EFDRS Permit?: For a step by step instructional training, please review the training entitled, Request a Fetal Disposition-Transit Permit (PDF).

3. When is a Unlinked Fetal Loss Permit created?: A Unlinked Fetal Loss Permit should only be created for a fetal death event that is less than 20 weeks gestation and weighs less than 350 grams.

4. How do I select Cremation as the method of disposition on the Unlinked Fetal Loss Permit?: From VSIMS, select “Cremation”, leave the “Method of Disposition” field blank and check “Cremation” in the checkbox seen in the right side of the screen.

If the permit has not been assigned a permit number (e.g. been “issued”) from EFDRS, locate the record within EFDRS and update the information. Once the information is accurate then resubmit the ‘fixed’ permit for approval and a number to be issued.

However, if a permit number has already been” issued” you will need to call our Disposition Transit Permit Coordinator at 602-372-0535 and request to delete the inaccurate permit.

If the Maricopa Office of Vital Registration staff are unavailable, please leave a detailed voicemail with the your name, facility you are calling from, the child’s name and their date of delivery, the permit number that needs to be deleted, and the reason you are requesting the deletion.

▼
Flood Control - Flood Insurance

1. Why do I pay for flood insurance?: Flood insurance is mandatory if your home or property is within a special flood hazard area, as designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Flood Insurance Rate Maps, and you have a federally-backed or federally-insured mortgage. Your flood insurance policy provides coverage caused by flooding for your residence since your homeowner’s insurance policy does not cover losses caused by flooding. Return to Flood Control District

2. Who do I call to purchase flood insurance?: Flood Insurance can be purchased from the insurance agent who administers your homeowner’s insurance policy, any insurance company, or by visiting the FloodSmart website.
Return to Flood Control District

3. Why do I need to purchase flood insurance if my property/residence is located within a Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Zone X?: Typically, mandatory flood insurance is not required if your residence is located in Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Zone X, although your mortgage company may require you to have flood insurance if they believe there is a risk to your residence and they want to protect their interest. Return to Flood Control District

4. I am in Zone X and I was told I couldn’t get flood insurance?: This is incorrect! All residences are eligible for flood insurance even if they are located in a moderate-to-low risk flood areas, Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Zone X. Contact the agent that administers your homeowner’s insurance policy to learn more or visit the FloodSmart website to get a list of insurance agents.
Return to Flood Control District

5. Where can I find the definitions of all of the flood zones?: Definitions of FEMA flood zones are located in the Floodplain Regulations for Maricopa County (Article Two Section 205) or refer to FEMA's website for more information on the different flood zones. Return to Flood Control District

▼
Flood Control - Flood Insurance (Español)

1. Why do I pay for flood insurance?: Flood insurance is mandatory if your home or property is within a special flood hazard area, as designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Flood Insurance Rate Maps, and you have a federally-backed or federally-insured mortgage. Your flood insurance policy provides coverage caused by flooding for your residence since your homeowner’s insurance policy does not cover losses caused by flooding.
Return to Flood Control District

2. Who do I call to purchase flood insurance?: Flood Insurance can be purchased from the insurance agent who administers your homeowner’s insurance policy, any insurance company, or by visiting the FloodSmart website.
Return to Flood Control District

3. Why do I need to purchase flood insurance if my property/residence is located within a Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Zone X?: Typically, mandatory flood insurance is not required if your residence is located in Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Zone X, although your mortgage company may require you to have flood insurance if they believe there is a risk to your residence and they want to protect their interest.
Return to Flood Control District

4. I am in Zone X and I was told I couldn’t get flood insurance?: This is incorrect! All residences are eligible for flood insurance even if they are located in a moderate-to-low risk flood areas, Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Zone X. Contact the agent that administers your homeowner’s insurance policy to learn more or visit the FloodSmart website to get a list of insurance agents.
Return to Flood Control District

5. Where can I find the definitions of all of the flood zones?: Definitions of FEMA flood zones are located in the Floodplain Regulations for Maricopa County (Article Two Section 205) or refer to FEMA's website for more information on the different flood zones.
Return to Flood Control District

▼
Flood Control - Floodplains

7. Is my property in a Floodplain?

1. What jurisdictions does the District perform floodplain management and regulation duties for?: The Cities of:
- Buckeye
- Chandler
- El Mirage
- Litchfield Park
- Mesa
- Surprise
- Tolleson

The Towns of:
- Carefree
- Cave Creek
- Gila Bend
- Guadalupe
- Queen Creek
- Wickenburg
- Youngtown

Contact other cities directly for floodplain management in their jurisdiction. Return to Flood Control District

2. How do I get my property out of a floodplain?: Please contact the District at 602-506-2419 for more information regarding the process and requirements for submission of a Letter of Map Change (LOMC) request to the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). A LOMC is for a formal determination of the property’s location and/or elevation relative to the Special Flood Hazard Area (SFHA). Return to Flood Control District

3. How do I get a copy of an Elevation Certificate?: The District may have a record of the Elevation Certificate if the structure is located in the unincorporated areas of Maricopa County and if one was required when the structure was built. Residences constructed prior to being mapped into a high-risk flood zone typically may not have an Elevation Certificate on file. Please contact the District at 602-506-2419.

If you are not located in the unincorporated areas of Maricopa County, contact the jurisdiction in which the structure is located to inquire about record of the Elevation Certificate. Return to Flood Control District

4. Who do I call to get an Elevation Certificate?: For new or existing structures that were recently identified as being in a floodplain, an Elevation Certificate is typically completed by a registered land surveyor or engineer. However a homeowner or representative may complete the Elevation Certificate for Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Zones AO and A without a base flood elevation. Return to Flood Control District

5. How much does it cost to get an Elevation Certificate?: An Elevation Certificate can range from $400 - $1,000 depending on the complexity of the job. Please contact a qualified land surveyor or engineer to prepare the Elevation Certificate. Return to Flood Control District

6. Why doesn’t the county provide Elevation Certificates at no cost to the customer?: The District will provide a copy of an Elevation Certificate at no cost if we have a one on record. Note: the Elevation Certificate is the responsibility of the owner who initially builds the structure and it is used to show compliance with the approved site plan and to provide documentation for obtaining flood insurance. Return to Flood Control District

Please complete the Flood Hazard Information Request so that we can send you a detailed report about your property. You can also view the our Floodplain Viewer to assist with determining if your property is located in a 100-year floodplain.

If your property is located in a jurisdiction that the District does not perform floodplain management duties for, you may be referred to the appropriate jurisdiction for more information.

▼
Flood Control - Floodplains (Español)

1. What jurisdictions does the District perform floodplain management and regulation duties for?

The Cities of: - Buckeye - Chandler - El Mirage - Litchfield Park - Mesa - Surprise - Tolleson

The Towns of: - Carefree - Cave Creek - Gila Bend - Guadalupe - Queen Creek - Wickenburg - Youngtown

Contact other cities directly for floodplain management in their jurisdiction.

3. How do I get a copy of an Elevation Certificate?

2. How do I get my property out of a floodplain?: Please contact the District at 602-506-2419 for more information regarding the process and requirements for submission of a Letter of Map Change (LOMC) request to the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). A LOMC is for a formal determination of the property’s location and/or elevation relative to the Special Flood Hazard Area (SFHA).
Return to Flood Control District

The District may have a record of the Elevation Certificate if the structure is located in the unincorporated areas of Maricopa County and if one was required when the structure was built. Residences constructed prior to being mapped into a high-risk flood zone typically may not have an Elevation Certificate on file. Please contact the District at 602-506-2419.

If you are not located in the unincorporated areas of Maricopa County, contact the jurisdiction in which the structure is located to inquire about record of the Elevation Certificate.

7. Is my property in a Floodplain?

4. Who do I call to get an Elevation Certificate?: For new or existing structures that were recently identified as being in a floodplain, an Elevation Certificate is typically completed by a registered land surveyor or engineer. However a homeowner or representative may complete the Elevation Certificate for Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Zones AO and A without a base flood elevation.
Return to Flood Control District

5. How much does it cost to get an Elevation Certificate?: An Elevation Certificate can range from $400 - $1,000 depending on the complexity of the job. Please contact a qualified land surveyor or engineer to prepare the Elevation Certificate.
Return to Flood Control District

6. Why doesn’t the county provide Elevation Certificates at no cost to the customer?: The District will provide a copy of an Elevation Certificate at no cost if we have a one on record. Note: the Elevation Certificate is the responsibility of the owner who initially builds the structure and it is used to show compliance with the approved site plan and to provide documentation for obtaining flood insurance.
Return to Flood Control District

Please complete the Flood Hazard Information Request so that we can send you a detailed report about your property. You can also view the Floodplain Viewer to assist with determining if your property is located in a 100-year floodplain.

If your property is located in a jurisdiction that the District does not perform floodplain management duties for, you may be referred to the appropriate jurisdiction for more information.

▼
Flood Control - General

3. What jurisdictions does the District perform floodplain management and regulation duties for?

1. What is the Flood Control District?: The District is a political subdivision of the state of Arizona. The Maricopa County Board of Supervisors serves as the District's Board of Directors, which in turn receives counsel from the Flood Control Advisory Board comprised of County citizens.
Return to Flood Control District

2. How is the District funded?: A secondary property tax paid by Maricopa County property owners provides the District's primary funding. The District seeks financial project partnerships from Federal, state and local agencies to supplement tax revenue. Other revenue sources include sales of excess land and other assets, permitting fees, and fund balance interest.
Return to Flood Control District

The Flood Control District of Maricopa County performs floodplain management for the following cities & towns:

Buckeye
Carefree
Cave Creek
Chandler
El Mirage
Gila Bend
Guadalupe
Litchfield Park
Mesa
Queen Creek
Surprise
Tolleson
Wickenburg
Youngtown

4. How can I find out who is responsible for flood control in my community?

The following cities & towns conduct their own floodplain management. Contact them directly regarding floodplain questions at the phone numbers below:

City of Avondale (623) 333-4218
Town of Fountain Hills (480) 816-5100
Town of Gilbert (480) 503-6815
City of Glendale (623) 930-3656
City of Goodyear (623) 882-7979
Town of Paradise Valley (480) 348-3693
City of Peoria (623) 773-7210
City of Phoenix (602) 262-4960
City of Scottsdale (480) 312-2356
City of Tempe (480) 350-8288

All other cities & towns contact the Flood Control District at (602) 506-1501

Citizens in unincorporated Maricopa County should contact the Department of Planning and Development regarding floodplain regulation and permits. (602) 506-3301

5. Do you keep a record of past news releases on your website?: Yes, they are all available via the CivicAlerts page. Return to Flood Control District

▼
Flood Control - General (Español)

3. What jurisdictions does the District perform floodplain management and regulation duties for?

1. What is the Flood Control District?: The District is a political subdivision of the state of Arizona. The Maricopa County Board of Supervisors serves as the District's Board of Directors, which in turn receives counsel from the Flood Control Advisory Board comprised of County citizens.
Return to Flood Control District

2. How is the District funded?: A secondary property tax paid by Maricopa County property owners provides the District's primary funding. The District seeks financial project partnerships from Federal, state and local agencies to supplement tax revenue. Other revenue sources include sales of excess land and other assets, permitting fees, and fund balance interest.
Return to Flood Control District

The Flood Control District of Maricopa County performs floodplain management for the following cities & towns:

Buckeye
Carefree
Cave Creek
Chandler
El Mirage
Gila Bend
Guadalupe
Litchfield Park
Mesa
Queen Creek
Surprise
Tolleson
Wickenburg
Youngtown

4. How can I find out who is responsible for flood control in my community?

The following cities & towns conduct their own floodplain management. Contact them directly regarding floodplain questions at the phone numbers below:

City of Avondale (623) 333-4218
Town of Fountain Hills (480) 816-5100
Town of Gilbert (480) 503-6815
City of Glendale (623) 930-3656
City of Goodyear (623) 882-7979
Town of Paradise Valley (480) 348-3693
City of Peoria (623) 773-7210
City of Phoenix (602) 262-4960
City of Scottsdale (480) 312-2356
City of Tempe (480) 350-8288

All other cities & towns contact the Flood Control District at (602) 506-1501

Citizens in unincorporated Maricopa County should contact the Department of Planning and Development regarding floodplain regulation and permits. (602) 506-3301

5. Do you keep a record of past news releases on your website?: Yes, they are all available via the CivicAlerts page.
Return to Flood Control District

▼
Flood Control - Permits

2. Can I pay my permit fees online?

1. How much does a permit cost?: It depends on the type of permit and the complexity of the review. For Floodplain Use permits, please review the Permitting Fee Schedule for specific costs. For Right-of-Way Use Permits see the Permit Use and Fees.
Return to Flood Control District

Floodplain Use Permits in unincorporated Maricopa County must be paid at the Maricopa County Planning and Development Department while the Community Floodplain Use Permits for the jurisdictions that the District performs floodplain management for can be paid at the District or by phone by calling 602-506-1501.

For Right-of-Way Use Permits, fees can be paid on-line as part of the on-line permitting process. For more information visit the Right-of-Way Use Permit web page.

3. Why do I need the District’s permission to build or grade on my property?: The District has authority to enforce the Floodplain Regulations for Maricopa County on all Special Flood Hazard Areas within the boundaries of Maricopa County in order to protect other residents and to minimize damage and losses due to flooding.
When development is proposed within these areas, it is the intent of the District to take reasonable action and enforce regulations on those that choose to build in Special Flood Hazard Areas in order to minimize the consequence of flooding and to prevent unwise development. Return to Flood Control District

4. How can I keep my neighbor from making changes on their property that will eventually cause problems on my property?: If your neighbor has obtained an approved Floodplain Use Permit and/or Building Permit, it should minimize adverse impacts downstream.

If the development or changes are not permitted, you can report them to the Maricopa County Planning and Development Department Code Enforcement Division. If you suspect the development is within a delineated floodplain within Maricopa County you can contact the District to open an investigation, 602-506-2419. All other potential floodplain violations, not within unincorporated Maricopa County, will be directed to the applicable jurisdiction. Return to Flood Control District

5. Can I get a permit to drain my pools into a District canal?: No. District channels are for carrying storm water only. Pool water has contaminants that can hurt the environment, and so is not allowed in District channels. Return to Flood Control District

6. Am I able to obtain a permit to ride off-road vehicles on District property?: No. Many of the District’s properties serve as replacement habitat and/or are environmentally sensitive areas. This fact along with the existing air quality standards within Maricopa County makes it prohibitive to allow off-road vehicle use on District property. Return to Flood Control District

7. What type of permit do I need?: Learn more about each permit type by browsing the Permits area.
Return to Flood Control District

▼
Flood Control - Permits (Español)

2. Can I pay my permit fees online?

1. How much does a permit cost?: It depends on the type of permit and the complexity of the review. For Floodplain Use permits, please review the Permitting Fee Schedule for specific costs. For Right-of-Way Use Permits see the Permit Use and Fees.
Return to Flood Control District

For Right-of-Way Use Permits, fees can be paid on-line as part of the on-line permitting process. For more information visit the Right-of-Way Use Permit web page.

4. How can I keep my neighbor from making changes on their property that will eventually cause problems on my property?

3. Why do I need the District’s permission to build or grade on my property?: The District has authority to enforce the Floodplain Regulations for Maricopa County on all Special Flood Hazard Areas within the boundaries of Maricopa County in order to protect other residents and to minimize damage and losses due to flooding. When development is proposed within these areas, it is the intent of the District to take reasonable action and enforce regulations on those that choose to build in Special Flood Hazard Areas in order to minimize the consequence of flooding and to prevent unwise development.
Return to Flood Control District

If your neighbor has obtained an approved Floodplain Use Permit and/or Building Permit, it should minimize adverse impacts downstream.

If the development or changes are not permitted, you can report them to the Maricopa County Planning and Development Department Code Enforcement Division. If you suspect the development is within a delineated floodplain within Maricopa County you can contact the District to open an investigation, 602-506-2419. All other potential floodplain violations, not within unincorporated Maricopa County, will be directed to the applicable jurisdiction.

5. Can I get a permit to drain my pools into a District canal?: No. District channels are for carrying storm water only. Pool water has contaminants that can hurt the environment, and so is not allowed in District channels.
Return to Flood Control District

6. Am I able to obtain a permit to ride off-road vehicles on District property?: No. Many of the District’s properties serve as replacement habitat and/or are environmentally sensitive areas. This fact along with the existing air quality standards within Maricopa County makes it prohibitive to allow off-road vehicle use on District property.
Return to Flood Control District

7. What type of permit do I need?: Learn more about each permit type by browsing the Permits area.
Return to Flood Control District

▼
Flood Control - Projects & Studies

1. How can I be put on the contracts list to be able to bid on a project?: Please contact the District's Contracts Supervisor, 602-506-4433, for questions or more information on procurement procedures, projects or registration. Return to Flood Control District

2. Where can I find information about District projects that have been surveyed?: Please contact 602-506-2203 to receive specific information about District projects that have been surveyed.
Return to Flood Control District

3. How do I get a flood control project built in my area?: Flood control projects are typically initiated by the local jurisdiction where the project would be located. Working with the Flood Control District, the local jurisdiction submits the proposed project to the District "Prioritization Process" for consideration. The project may then at some point in the future move forward as a funded project. Return to Flood Control District

4. A study was done in my area but there has not been any construction. When will the construction begin?: The Projects and Structures page on the website has the latest status of ongoing projects. If you need additional information, please call 602-506-4878. Find the latest status of ongoing projects on our Projects and Structures page.
Return to Flood Control District

5. How do you decide which area to study for flooding issues?: Priorities are set based on level of flood hazard, historic flooding, municipal partnership requests, development potential and funding availability. The goal is to plan and help build flood control projects that reduce flooding hazards, while balancing schedule, cost and social and environmental considerations. Return to Flood Control District

6. Where can I find information about current and future flood control projects?: Project information can be found via the Projects and Structures map or listing, as well as in the Flood Hazard Identification Study map viewer. Return to Flood Control District

▼
Flood Control - Projects & Studies (Español)

1. How can I be put on the contracts list to be able to bid on a project?: Please contact the District's Contracts Supervisor, 602-506-4433, for questions or more information on procurement procedures, projects or registration.
Return to Flood Control District

2. Where can I find information about District projects that have been surveyed?: Please contact 602-506-5460 to receive specific information about District projects that have been surveyed.
Return to Flood Control District

3. How do I get a flood control project built in my area?: Flood control projects are typically initiated by the local jurisdiction where the project would be located. Working with the Flood Control District, the local jurisdiction submits the proposed project to the District "Prioritization Process" for consideration. The project may then at some point in the future move forward as a funded project.
Return to Flood Control District

4. A study was done in my area but there has not been any construction. When will the construction begin?: The Projects and Structures page on the website has the latest status of ongoing projects. If you need additional information, please call 602-506-4771. Find the latest status of ongoing projects on our Projects and Structures page.
Return to Flood Control District

5. How do you decide which area to study for flooding issues?: Priorities are set based on level of flood hazard, historic flooding, municipal partnership requests, development potential and funding availability. The goal is to plan and help build flood control projects that reduce flooding hazards, while balancing schedule, cost and social and environmental considerations.
Return to Flood Control District

6. Where can I find information about current and future flood control projects?: Project information can be found via the Projects and Structures map or listing, as well as in the Flood Hazard Identification Study map viewer.
Return to Flood Control District

▼
Flood Control - Property & Maintenance

1. Who is responsible for maintaining the drainage channel / basin in my neighborhood?: It depends. Typically your local jurisdiction or home owners association (HOA) has maintenance responsibilities for drainage in your neighborhood therefore you should contact them first. If the District is responsible for the maintenance, please contact us, 602-506-1501, and ask to speak with the Operations and Maintenance Division. Return to Flood Control District

2. Who maintains vegetation on Flood Control property and how often do they clear out the vegetation?: District properties are inspected routinely throughout the year by our Operations and Maintenance Division. Maintenance, such as vegetation removal, is performed annually or as necessary. Return to Flood Control District

3. How can I find out what property the District owns throughout the county?: The Flood Control District's website shows projects and associated land rights for those projects. If you have a very specific question as to boundary lines or ownership rights, you should contact the Real Estate Division's Property Engineering Branch. Return to Flood Control District

4. How can I find out where the District has easements throughout the county?: Some easements can be verified by contacting the Property Engineering Branch, 602-506-0388. Some of the older easements across District property were not originally tracked so it may require getting a Title Report to verify easement grants across District property. Return to Flood Control District

5. How can I find out if a District parcel has a recreational use easement?: Please contact the Property Management Branch, 602-506-4747. Return to Flood Control District

6. Does the District allow use of their property for a one-time event?: It depends. Please complete a one-time event permit via the District's Right of Way Use Permit process. Each request will be reviewed on an individual basis to determine if a permit will be authorized. If you need additional assistance, please contact our Right of Way Permits Branch, 602-506-0117. Learn more on our Right-of-Way Use Permit page.
Return to Flood Control District

7. Who should I contact to have repairs and/or graffiti addressed on District property?: Please contact 602-506-1501 and request to speak with our Operations and Maintenance Division or submit an Inquiry Request which will be forwarded to our Operations and Maintenance Division. Return to Flood Control District

▼
Flood Control - Property & Maintenance (Español)

1. Who is responsible for maintaining the drainage channel / basin in my neighborhood?: It depends. Typically your local jurisdiction or home owners association (HOA) has maintenance responsibilities for drainage in your neighborhood therefore you should contact them first. If the District is responsible for the maintenance, please contact us, 602-506-1501, and ask to speak with the Operations and Maintenance Division.
Return to Flood Control District

2. Who maintains vegetation on Flood Control property and how often do they clear out the vegetation?: District properties are inspected routinely throughout the year by our Operations and Maintenance Division. Maintenance, such as vegetation removal, is performed annually or as necessary.
Return to Flood Control District

3. How can I find out what property the District owns throughout the county?: The Flood Control District's website shows projects and associated land rights for those projects. If you have a very specific question as to boundary lines or ownership rights, you should contact the Real Estate Division's Property Engineering Branch.
Return to Flood Control District

4. How can I find out where the District has easements throughout the county?: Some easements can be verified by contacting the Property Engineering Branch, 602-506-0388. Some of the older easements across District property were not originally tracked so it may require getting a Title Report to verify easement grants across District property.
Return to Flood Control District

5. How can I find out if a District parcel has a recreational use easement?: Please contact the Property Management Branch, 602-506-4747.
Return to Flood Control District

6. Does the District allow use of their property for a one-time event?: It depends. Please complete a one-time event permit via the District's Right of Way Use Permit process. Each request will be reviewed on an individual basis to determine if a permit will be authorized. If you need additional assistance, please contact our Right of Way Permits Branch, 602-506-0117. Learn more on our Right-of-Way Use Permit page.
Return to Flood Control District

7. Who should I contact to have repairs and/or graffiti addressed on District property?: Please contact 602-506-1501 and request to speak with our Operations and Maintenance Division or submit an Inquiry Request which will be forwarded to our Operations and Maintenance Division.
Return to Flood Control District

▼
Flood Control - Rainfall & Weather

1. What is an ALERT Station?: An ALERT Station is the physical structure, either a standpipe or small building, which houses ALERT sensors, such as a rain gauge, water-level gauge, weather sensors or a combination of all of these. Return to Flood Control District

2. Is there additional rainfall, streamflow and weather data besides what is shown in the Rainfall and Weather section of this website?: Yes. Historical weather data, including rainfall and stream-flow information, which does not appear on this site can be provided directly by the District for a nominal fee to cover the cost of compilation and reproduction. Please call 602-506-8701 for more information. Return to Flood Control District

3. Why do most of the rain gages appear to read in increments of 0.04 inches?: Our rain gauges actually read in millimeters. One millimeter is equal to 0.03937 inches, which rounds up to 0.04 inches. Return to Flood Control District

4. Why are there more rain gages in some areas of the County than in others?: The density of rain gauges and the placement of individual gauges are based on a variety of factors, including:
- District Projects in the Area
- Environmental Restraints
- Flood Hazard Potential
- The Location of Channels
- Permitting Requirements
- The Proximity of Existing Gauges
- Watershed Boundaries
Return to Flood Control District

5. Why do some wind speed sensors appear to read so low?: Average Wind Speed sensors do not transmit the instantaneous wind velocity but rather an average wind speed over a time period. They will show a value of "0" or "Down" when there is little or no wind for a 6-hour period. Return to Flood Control District

6. What is a "water-year"?: The water-year is used by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and other federal agencies to define a period of data collection. It runs from October 1st through September 30th. For example, water-year 2006 began on October 1, 2005 and ended on September 30, 2006. Return to Flood Control District

▼
Flood Control - Rainfall & Weather (Español)

1. What is an ALERT Station?: An ALERT Station is the physical structure, either a standpipe or small building, which houses ALERT sensors, such as a rain gauge, water-level gauge, weather sensors or a combination of all of these.
Return to Flood Control District

2. Is there additional rainfall, streamflow and weather data besides what is shown in the Rainfall and Weather section of this website?: Yes. Historical weather data, including rainfall and stream-flow information, which does not appear on this site can be provided directly by the District for a nominal fee to cover the cost of compilation and reproduction. Please call 602-506-8701 for more information.
Return to Flood Control District

3. Why do most of the rain gages appear to read in increments of 0.04 inches?: Our rain gauges actually read in millimeters. One millimeter is equal to 0.03937 inches, which rounds up to 0.04 inches.
Return to Flood Control District

4. Why are there more rain gages in some areas of the County than in others?: The density of rain gauges and the placement of individual gauges are based on a variety of factors, including: - District Projects in the Area - Environmental Restraints - Flood Hazard Potential - The Location of Channels - Permitting Requirements - The Proximity of Existing Gauges - Watershed Boundaries
Return to Flood Control District

5. Why do some wind speed sensors appear to read so low?: Average Wind Speed sensors do not transmit the instantaneous wind velocity but rather an average wind speed over a time period. They will show a value of "0" or "Down" when there is little or no wind for a 6-hour period.
Return to Flood Control District

6. What is a "water-year"?: The water-year is used by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and other federal agencies to define a period of data collection. It runs from October 1st through September 30th. For example, water-year 2006 began on October 1, 2005 and ended on September 30, 2006.
Return to Flood Control District

▼
Flood Control - Storm Assistance

1. Where can I find rainfall, structure storage and streamflow reports?: Rainfall and weather information can be found on our Rainfall and Weather page.
Return to Flood Control District

2. Where can I report flooding that I see in my area?: If you are experiencing an emergency, please call 911 for police, fire, and paramedics.
All residents are encouraged to share flooding photos on a site that was created to enable residents to view and share pictures and videos of current and past flooding incidents, visit the Report a Flood website. Return to Flood Control District

3. Where can I get sandbags to avoid flooding when we are to expect a storm or during a storm?: Call your local Fire Department to see if they have sandbags and sand. Availability may depend on the event. Return to Flood Control District

4. Flooding is causing damage to my property. Who should I contact to inspect the damage?: Please reach out to non-emergency contacts from our Customer Assistance Storm Team (PDF).
Return to Flood Control District

▼
Flood Control - Storm Assistance (Español)

1. Where can I find rainfall, structure storage and streamflow reports?: Rainfall and weather information can be found on our Rainfall and Weather page.
Return to Flood Control District

2. Where can I report flooding that I see in my area?: If you are experiencing an emergency, please call 911 for police, fire, and paramedics. All residents are encouraged to share flooding photos on a site that was created to enable residents to view and share pictures and videos of current and past flooding incidents, visit the Report a Flood website.
Return to Flood Control District

3. Where can I get sandbags to avoid flooding when we are to expect a storm or during a storm?: Call your local Fire Department to see if they have sandbags and sand. Availability may depend on the event.
Return to Flood Control District

4. Flooding is causing damage to my property. Who should I contact to inspect the damage?: Please reach out to non-emergency contacts from our Customer Assistance Storm Team (PDF).
Return to Flood Control District

▼
HIV

1. What is HIV?: HIV is the Human Immunodeficiency Virus. It is a virus that can cause AIDS (acquired immune deficiency syndrome). A member of a group of viruses called retroviruses, HIV infects human cells and uses the energy and nutrients provided by those cells to grow and reproduce. HIV lives in the blood, semen, vaginal secretions and breast milk or any bodily fluid that contains blood cells. HIV typically targets the T cells of the immune system. However, it can also attack cells of the brain, nervous system, digestive system, lymphatic system, and other parts of the body.

2. How is HIV transmitted?: HIV can be transmitted when an HIV infected person has any type of sexual intercourse with another person. This includes vaginal or anal intercourse, and oral sex on a man or woman without a condom or other barrier. Intercourse while a woman is having her period, or during outbreaks of genital sores or lesions (caused by herpes and other sexually transmitted diseases) can increase the risk of HIV transmission. Transmission can also occur from sharing needles (tattoo and IV drug use), accidental needle sticks, infected blood products prior to 1985, pregnancy, childbirth or breastfeeding, and transplanted organs from donors. Routine screening of organs and blood products began in 1985.

3. How can HIV be prevented?: The only way to ensure that you are 100% safe from HIV transmission is to abstain from sex. Outside of abstaining from sex, you can decrease your risk for HIV transmission by using a new condom each time you have sexual intercourse, to include oral sex. For oral sex on a woman, the use of a dental dam is recommended in order to decrease the risk of HIV transmission.

There is more than one type of barrier available for oral, anal and vaginal sex, the first being the male condom. The male condom should be used according to the manufacturer's instructions with a water-based lubricant for anal and vaginal sex. Also available are flavored male condoms that can effectively be used for oral sex on a male. These are not recommended for vaginal penetration, as they can cause yeast infections given that they are often coated in sugar. The second most common type of protection is the female condom. This should also be used according to the manufacturer's instructions with lubricant for vaginal sex. A couple should not use a male condom and a female condom at the same time as this will cause one or both of them to rip or tear. Lastly, dental dams are recommended for oral sex on a woman and also come in assorted flavors.

4. Who is at risk for HIV?

You are at risk for HIV if you have unprotected vaginal, anal or oral intercourse or share needles with a partner who is positive for HIV. You cannot tell whether a person is positive for HIV by looking at them. The only way to know for sure that you are not positive for HIV is to get tested at your doctor's office, local health department, or other HIV testing facility. According to the CDC, certain populations are at an increasingly greater risk for HIV transmission:

Testing

CDC now recommends that everybody should be tested at least once per year. CDC also recommends that those people who are at high-risk of becoming infected with HIV should test more frequently. You can talk with your doctor or an HIV counselor about how frequently you should be tested for HIV.

Risk Factors

You might be at higher risk for getting HIV if:

You are having unprotected sex with a partner of unknown HIV status
You or your partner has had more than one partner in the last 12 months
You are a man who has sex with men
Your partner is HIV positive
You share needles during IV drug use
You share needles or ink during tattooing
You are a healthcare worker who works with blood or blood products
You exchange sex for drugs or money
You had a blood transfusion or organ transplant before 1985
Your partner has participated in any of the above behaviors

5. How do I know if I am infected?: The HIV-antibody test is the only way to tell if you are infected. You cannot tell by looking at someone if he or she carries HIV. Someone can look and feel perfectly healthy and still be infected. In fact, an estimated one out of every five people who are HIV positive do not know it.

6. If I think I have been exposed to HIV, how soon can I get tested?: HIV tests look for your body’s response to an HIV infection (called ‘antibodies’). Each persons’ body is different and some people may develop a response to an infection faster than others. While most people develop an antibody response to HIV within the first 3-6 weeks after being infected, some people may take as long as 3 months or longer. To find out when you should be tested, discuss it with an HIV counselor at the HIV test site or with your personal physician. During the time between exposure and the test, it is important to avoid any behavior that might result in exposure to blood, semen, or vaginal secretions. If your exposure happened in the last 3 days (72 hours) please contact your doctor immediately or go to your nearest urgent care center for evaluation. You may be eligible for Post-Exposure Prophylaxis, medication that can prevention an HIV infection from happening in your body.

7. What if I'm positive?: Having HIV does not necessarily mean you are going to get sick or die soon. HIV works slowly in the body. Most people with HIV infection are healthy and fairly free from symptoms for many years. If you test positive for HIV, immediate medical treatment and a healthy lifestyle can help you stay well. There are now many drugs that treat HIV infection and AIDS-related illnesses. Prompt medical care may help delay the onset of AIDS and prevent some life-threatening conditions.

If you receive a rapid HIV test (OraQuick, UniGold or ClearView), your blood will be drawn using venipuncture and sent to a lab for a confirmatory test. It usually takes two weeks to receive the results for the confirmatory test.

While you are waiting for the results from the confirmatory test, you will meet with staff members from our Partner Services Program who will begin to assist you with connecting you with services, notifying your partners, , helping your partners gain early access to individualized counseling, HIV testing, medical evaluation, treatment, and other prevention services.

This also provides clients and their partners who test positive a chance to talk with other people about HIV, learn more about this chronic illness, and develop a plan to address his or her feelings, find out about local resources, and learn that people living with HIV are not alone.

8. What if I'm negative?

If your test is negative, you were either not infected with HIV, or you have been infected with HIV, but your body has not yet produced enough HIV Antibodies for the test to detect them in your blood.

If you had an unprotected sexual encounter or shared needles with anybody within the three months prior to your test, you can talk to your doctor or HIV Counselor about when you should be re-tested. During the time you are waiting to be retested, it is recommended that you abstain from sex or use a new barrier/condom with each sexual act during this time. It is also recommended that you refrain from sharing needles during drug use.

If your last unprotected sexual encounter or needle-sharing encounter was more than three months before your test and your test is negative, you now have the ability to remain negative by obtaining education on how to participate in safer sex practices. Visit the CDC to learn about safer sex practices.

9. If I test HIV negative, does that mean that my partner is HIV negative also?: No. Your HIV test result reveals only your current HIV status. Your negative test result does not tell you whether your partner has HIV. The only way to know your partner’s HIV status is for that person to get tested and share their results with you.

10. What if I was exposed to HIV within the last 72 hours?: If you feel that you might have been exposed to HIV within the last 72 hours, you might be able to take medication to prevent becoming HIV+. Medication can only be prescribed by a doctor so if you cannot get to your doctor immediately, please go to your nearest Urgent Care center. Not everybody will need medication, your doctor will talk with you about your exposure and decide if medication is necessary.

11. How do I prove to my partner that I am HIV negative?: You and your partner have several options when it comes to disclosing HIV status with each other. You can share a copy of your tests result with your partner if you choose. You will need to bring a photo ID with you at the time of your test so that you can get your results in writing. You may also choose to bring your partner with you for a joint counseling session with one of our HIV counselors after your testing session is over and you receive your results. Your counselor is not allowed to disclose your results to your partner but is available to answer questions you or your partner might have. If your partner chooses to get tested also, he or she may do so in a separate private session. We will never test two people together nor will we test somebody with a friend or family in the room. This is so that you have complete privacy and confidentiality.

12. If somebody did not tell me that they have HIV can they be arrested?: This website does not provide legal advice therefore this question is best answered by an attorney who is licensed to practice in Arizona. If you do not have an attorney, you can contact the Maricopa County Bar Lawyer Referral Service at 602-257-4434 for a free 30-minute telephone consultation.

13. Is there a website or database where I can look up my partner to see if they are HIV+?: No. Although HIV+ individuals are reported to the local and State Health Department for public health purposes, all information is kept in the strictest confidentiality and will not be released to anybody without the express written consent of the HIV+ person. The only way to know your partner’s status is to ask them.

14. I did not get tested at the Health Department, why are you trying to contact me?: The Maricopa County Department of Public Health may be trying to contact you for any number of reasons. The bottom line is that, if they are trying to reach you, please speak to them. Public Health is tasked with protecting the health of the public by identifying and treating people who have an infectious disease, by notifying and testing people who have been exposed to an infectious disease and by preventing infectious diseases in the environment. Public Health investigates 87 different infectious diseases. We also provide WIC services, routine childhood and adult immunizations, food inspections, food handlers cards, mosquito fogging and many, many other services. No matter what your situation is, Public Health is here to help.

15. I am HIV+ but don’t have insurance. Is there any help for me?: Absolutely! The Ryan White Program is a federally funded insurance program specifically for HIV+ people who do not have any other source of income. Ryan White covers everything from medical care and medication to transportation and case management services. If you are currently un-insured and are HIV+ you can contact our office at 602-506-2934 for assistance.

16. I am HIV+ but don’t want to tell my partner. What can I do?: You are not legally required to disclose your HIV status however your partners are at risk and should be tested. Public Health offers the opportunity to notify your partners for you without giving up your information. That’s the best part, your status remains confidential and your partners can get tested. Just call us at 602-506-2934, tell us about your partner and we’ll do the rest.

17. If I’m HIV+ and my partner is too, why do we still need to use condoms?: Because HIV mutates so quickly, each person’s HIV infection is unique to them, especially if one or both of you are taking medication. The strain of HIV in your body is under control by the medication you’re taking. If you also get your partner’s HIV strain, you get what’s called a “super-infection”; you now have two different strains of HIV in your body: one strain that your medication can control and one that your medication cannot control.

18. People who have HIV look sick, so can’t you tell if somebody has it just by looking at them?: Most people who have HIV look and feel perfectly healthy and don’t show symptoms for many years. A healthy lifestyle, good medical care and adherence to medication are all factors that allow people with HIV to live long, healthy and productive lives. In fact, one in five people with HIV don’t even know they have it. Most people who get HIV get it from somebody that looks healthy. The only way to know a person’s HIV status is to ask them. The best way to protect yourself from getting HIV is to use condoms with each and every partner.

19. I was just told that I have HIV but I feel healthy. Why do I need to see a doctor now, can’t I wait?: It’s never a good idea to wait until you feel sick before seeing a doctor. The sooner you see a doctor who specializes in HIV care, the better off you are. You and your doctor will be able to work together to keep your HIV infection under control and keep your body healthy for a long time.

20. I know I’m not at risk for HIV so I don’t need to get tested, right?: Everybody should get tested at least once a year regardless of whether or not they think they are at risk. Many people with HIV don’t know that they have it because they don’t think they need to be tested. Your doctor can test you at your next visit or you can get tested at any of the local HIV service agencies in town including your local health department. The only way to know your HIV status is to get tested.

21. I don’t want to get tested because my insurance will kick me off.: The CDC recommends that everybody get tested at least once a year for HIV. Most insurance programs cover HIV testing as part of your routine medical exam with your doctor. Even though your insurance company will know you got tested, they will not get the results of your test. However, if you choose not to get tested by your doctor, you can get tested by an HIV service organization that will not bill your insurance. If your test result is positive and you are worried about losing your insurance coverage our Partner Services staff will discuss your options.

▼
HSD - CCRA Responses to Landlords

2. If you are a Landlord requesting to not submit a W9 and Landlord Verification Form, please note the following

1. If you are a Landlord seeking to apply for CCRA on behalf of one of your tenants, please note the following: CCRA applications are only accepted from tenants/renters, and not from landlords. Please direct your tenant/renter to visit the County CCRA website for information on how to apply at https://www.maricopa.gov/5691/Emergency-Rental-Assistance.

A Landlord can either provide a W9 to the renter applicant or register as a County vendor at: a Maricopa County Vendor at: https://azdom-vss-ext.hostams.com/PRDVSS2X1/Advantage4. W9s and/or registration as a County vendor is required for a CCRA payment to be made to a Landlord. Maricopa County is issuing a payment (income) to a landlord, which according to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) requires the County to provide the Landlord with a 1099 Form. The W9 and/or registration as a County vendor provides the detailed information (including Social Security Number and/or Employer Identification Number) to ensure the landlord is a valid entity and allows checks to be issued to the Landlord.

The Landlord Verification Form is required as it validates from the landlord which months’ rent are owed and/or due from the tenant as well as provides the Landlord’s contact information and payment address.

3. If you are a Landlord whose tenant is requesting the Landlord Verification Form to be completed for a second or third time for an additional month’s rent, please note the following: If you have already completed a Landlord Verification Form for a tenant once before, and they are requesting you to do it again this is due to them requesting an additional assistance payment. The Landlord Verification Form is required to verify which months’ rent is owed and/or due. However, the W9 and/or vendor registration is not required again as you have already received payment from Maricopa County, and as such are a registered vendor.

4. If you are a Landlord who has provided a W9 in the past to the County and/or have already registered with Maricopa County as a vendor, please note the following: The Landlord Verification Form must still be completed for each individual tenant requesting CCRA. This form verifies which months’ rent is owed and/or due. If the tenant is approved for CCRA, vendor registration will be verified during the payment process. If it is determined that a Landlord is not registered as a vendor, then the application will be returned to the tenant’s case worker and tenant and/or case worker will notify you that a W9 form or registration as a County vendor is required

5. If you are a Landlord requesting information regarding specific tenant CCRA approval and/or payment amount, please note the following: Due to the large volume of CCRA payments, we are unable to provide additional information regarding specific tenants or CCRA payment amounts. Please request CCRA status from your tenant directly.

6. If you are a Landlord wanting to know when you will receive a CCRA payment, please note the following: Upon tenant final CCRA approval from Maricopa County, a Landlord can expect a payment within 10 days. If an email is provided on the Landlord Verification Form, the Landlord will receive an email upon check issuance.

7. If you are a Landlord who received an email regarding a rental assistance check being issued by Maricopa County and are requesting additional information, please note the following: Due to the large volume of CCRA payments, we are unable to provide additional information regarding specific tenants or CCRA payment amounts. If you have received a check issuance notification, the check will be mailed to the remittance address you listed on the Landlord Verification Form, and can be expected to be received based on typical United States Postal Service processing timeframes.

8. If you are a Landlord requesting Electronic Fund Transfers (EFT) rather than hard checks, please note the following: A Landlord who wants to receive payments via EFT must register themselves as a Maricopa County Vendor at: https://azdom-vss-ext.hostams.com/PRDVSS2X1/Advantage4. During this registration, bank information will need to be provided. After registration is complete, a $0.00 prenote test will be sent to your bank. This prenote begins the “test cycle” to ensure that the information provided was accurately entered in the financial system. It takes approximately 9 days to complete this test cycle (the account will be on “hold payment” status during the prenote test). If there are no problems with the test cycle, EFT payments will begin thereafter.

▼
Human Services - Education / Head Start

1. Can I visit my child's class?: Absolutely! All Head Start classrooms have an open door policy that encourages you to visit your child any time you can without an advance phone call or invitation. If you have a half-hour or a whole day you come in and visit. Your child will feel so important and know that their school is important to you as well.

2. Can I volunteer in the classroom?: Head Start encourages parent involvement. Research has proven that the more active parents are in their children’s education, the more successful children are in school. Furthermore, the more involved the parent is with the program, the more significant their Head Start experience is for them.

3. Can we bring the younger siblings to the classroom while I volunteer in my child classroom?: Parents may bring younger siblings to participate in the class when they volunteer in the classroom or field trips.

The younger siblings:
- Must be listed on the visitors log.
- Must be current on their immunizations.
- Must be able to follow classroom rules.
- Must be watched and supervised by the parent at all times.
- Must follow Head Start policies.

4. Does Head Start accept children with disabilities or special needs?: Ten percent of enrollment is offered to children with disabilities. We work with the local School System, mental health specialist and other resources to make sure the children get the services they need.

5. Does my child have to be potty trained?: No, Head Start does not require children to be potty trained for enrollment.

6. Do you play with kids outside in the summer?: Classroom schedules limit outdoor time between 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. due to the extreme sun damaging rays. Shade and water will be available for all children on the playground at all times. A sun safety checklist for clothing, hats, sunglasses, sunscreen and more detailed information is available for parents upon request.

7. How can I enroll my child in Head Start?: There are several ways to submit an application for your child to enroll in Head Start. You may come to our main office to complete an application:
2150 S Country Club Drive
Mesa AZ, 85210

Or you may call our office at 480-464-9669 to request an appointment and we will arrange to meet you at a time that is best for you.

8. How do you discipline?: We believe that all children are entitled to respect and dignity. Preschool age children are beginning to learn about their emotions and the need to take responsibility for their actions. Through the use of problem solving, positive behavior support techniques, and individualization of expectations, all children can be successful in the classroom. The Mental Health Specialist provides regular visits to each classroom to consult with parents, consult with staff, and to provide observations and suggestions as needed to assist staff in promoting positive behavior outcomes for all children.

9. How many teaching staff are in a classroom?: We have 3 teaching staff in each classroom: two teachers and a teacher’s aide. Each classroom has staff members who are CPR, First Aid certified.

10. How old does my child have to be to get into Head Start?: For Head Start, your child must be between 3 and 4 years of age. Not older than 5 years old by August 31, 2012.

11. How will my child (ren) learn to get along with other children when in the home-based program?: A part of our Home Based program includes two monthly center based socialization days. These days provide a chance for parents to come together for training/education and for children to play and explore with other children.

12. I am a guardian of a child or foster parent. Can they attend Head Start?: If you have a child who you have legal custody or guardianship of that child may be eligible to attend Head Start. If you have a foster child in your home they are automatically qualified and may attend Head Start.

13. If my child is not selected at the beginning of the school year, does that mean they will not be selected for that school year?: If your child is not selected at the beginning of the year, this does not mean they will not be selected for that school year. We select children all year long up until the last 60 days of the school year.

14. If the child's biological parents are not in the household, what types of documents are required to enroll her/him in the Head Start program?: Power of Attorney document with the seal, adoption papers, custody or relevant documents stating that the child is temporarily in your care.

15. I just moved to this state. Will someone help me connect to services available to my family?: Our staff will be able to assist you or a member of your family with accessing any community services you may need, such as assistance with housing, food, clothing, counseling, or health care assistance. Please do not hesitate to ask for assistance.

16. Is my child eligible for Head Start or Early Head Start?: Children ages three to four years old whose family income is at or below the Poverty Guidelines published by the federal government, are eligible for Head Start.
Children ages Zero to 36 months whose family income is at or below the Poverty Guidelines published by the federal government, are eligible for Early Head Start. Pregnant Women may also be eligible for Early Head Start and Home Base. Eligibility for Head Start/Early Head Start includes:
- Families whose income is at or below these guidelines
- Families providing child’s proof of birth such (Birth Certificate, Passport, Live Birth Certificate (EHS), CPS paperwork)
- Families providing Proof of Address of residency in East Maricopa County.
- Families providing Child’s Immunization Record (recommended)

Automatically eligible in HS/EHS includes:
- Families who are receiving public assistance (TANF, SSI)
- Families who do not have a fixed, regular or adequate nighttime residence, or families who share housing due to loss of housing due to economic hardship (Homeless)
- Children in foster care, regardless of family income (Foster children, usually zero income, we do not count family income)

17. Is my child going to learn to read in Head Start?: Head Start students are learning pre-reading skills daily. Some children may be reading at the end of the year and some may not. It is not developmentally appropriate to expect a three-year-old to know how to read. Head Start emphasizes the importance of literacy experiences through-out the whole school year.

18. I've already applied, what next?: If you have already completed and submitted an application there is a process called Application Eligibility Review which determines if your family meets the Federal Income Guidelines and eligibility and age criteria for the program and you will be wait-listed for selection.

19. I've completed the enrollment packet when does my child start?: Once the packet is completed, you will be contacted by your child's teacher.

20. I've met with a FSS, when do I enroll my child?: An FSS will contact you to complete the enrollment packet for your child. Part of the enrollment packet will require getting a current physical, dental and immunization record for your child.

21. My child has a food allergy how does Maricopa County handle this?: The Head Start nutritionist will work with you to develop a Special Meal Request.

22. My child has medication that he needs every day… Can I give it to the teacher to give it to him?: Medication can be administered in the classroom when the medication schedule indicates a dose during class time and when it has been prescribed by a medical provider. The medication must be brought to school in the original labeled prescription container. A Medication Consent form and the medication log must be completed by the parent or guardian, as well as two Instructional Staff who have been trained by the parent on how to administer the medication. Children requiring medication for more than 30 days will require an Individual Health Plan (IHP) coordinated with the Health Coordinator.

23. What are the Family Income Guidelines?: Children are eligible to participate in Head Start if they are from low-income families or if their families are eligible for public assistance. The Head Start Act establishes income eligibility for participation in Head Start programs based on the poverty guidelines updated annually in the Federal Register by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.

24. What are the hours of the Early Head Start Program?: EHS classrooms have a single session which goes from 7:30 a.m. to 2.30 p.m. class. These sessions are held Monday-Friday.

For Home Base Program a teacher meets with you at your house or at the location you prefer for 1.5 hours per week and socializations twice at month per 3.5 hours at a classroom or designed location.

25. What are the hours of the Head Start Program?: Most of our classrooms have two sessions from which you can choose; am class which goes from 8-11:30 a.m., or the p.m. class which goes from 12:30-4 p.m. Both of these sessions are held Monday-Thursday. We do have a few classrooms that are single session and go from 8 a.m. - 1 p.m.

For Home Base Program a teacher meets with you at your house or at the location you prefer for 1.5 hours per week and Socializations twice at month per 3.5 hrs at a classroom or designed location.

26. What are the income requirements? How do I know if my family qualifies?: Income requirements are set by the federal government and are changed each year. The best way to see if your family qualifies is to submit an application or call 480-464-9669 and speak to a Family Support Specialist.

27. What do you do on a home visit?: Home visits are scheduled weekly for 1 1/2 hours. Part of the time focuses on parent child interactions and stages of your child’s development. The home base teacher works in partnership with the family to ensure you have what you need to move forward and be successful. This could include assisting with home safety checks, providing information on topics such as breast feeding, income or housing issues, education, and more.

28. What do you do on a visit for an expectant mother?: The home visitor assists a mother in understanding the different stages of development as well as prenatal care. In addition, Head Start also has a strong focus on health, safety and nutrition for the entire family. The home visitor will work with the family to ensure they have all the resources they need.

29. What happens if I get stuck in traffic or am late picking up my child?: If a child has not been picked up after fifteen minutes of the end of class, the parent or one of the emergency contacts will be notified to pick up the child. A child left longer than one hour will be considered "abandoned" and Child Protective Services (CPS) may be notified (as appropriate, considering what is known about the family circumstances). Continuous late pick-ups may cause a child to be dropped from the program.

30. What if my child gets hurt while at Head Start?: When registering your child for Head Start you signed a "permission to treat" form that will allow us to take your child for emergency treatment if it becomes necessary. Minor injuries will be dealt with in class and you will receive an accident report from your child's teacher. In any situation involving a major injury you will be notified immediately and it will be covered by Insurance. This is an example of why your child's emergency information sheet needs to be correct and up to date at all times.

31. What if my child gets sick while in school?: If your child becomes ill at school we will contact you through the numbers you provided on your child's emergency sheet. If you are not available we will continue to call the other contact numbers you have provided until we find someone who can pick your child up from class. Please be sure to provide adequate emergency contact information to your child's teacher, this is crucial.

32. What if my child has a special diet or my child is a picky eater?: At Head Start we encourage "no-thank-you bites" of foods that are new to the children; we do not force children to eat. Accommodations will be met to service the needs of children with special dietary needs or allergies.

33. What if my child still has potty accidents?: Occasional potty accidents are developmentally appropriate for young children. The Head Start teaching staff will assist your child in getting cleaned up and changed. A change of clothing must be on-hand in the classroom for your child in case of spills or potty accidents.

34. What if my income is higher than the poverty guidelines?: Children who come from families with slightly higher income may be able to participate in Head Start when space is available. Please visit us and we can discuss this with you.

35. What if we do not qualify?: Families who may not meet income guidelines can call their local school district or we will provide you with resources to locate a preschool close to your residence.

36. What is the definition of a "family” or "household"?: - Family: The term “family” means all persons living the same household who are either:
a) Supported by the income of the parent(s) or guardian(s) of the child enrolling in a Head Start program and
b) Related to the parent(s) or guardian(s) by blood, marriage, or adoption
- Household: A household consists of all the persons who occupy a housing unit (house or apartment), whether they are related to each other or not. If a family and an unrelated individual, or two unrelated individuals, are living in the same housing unit, they would constitute two family units.

37. What is the definition of income?: Income means gross cash income and include earned income, military income (including pay and allowances), veteran’s benefits, Social Security benefits, unemployment compensation, child support and public assistance benefits.

38. What kind of services does your program provide?: The program provides services to low-income children zero-five years of age as described below:
- Center-Based Program provides services in a classroom setting.
- Home-Based Program meets in the family’s home once a week for 1 1/2 hours. Socialization for parent and child is held twice a month for 3 1/2 hours at a classroom or designated location. Head Start socializations are conducted on Fridays. Early Head Start socialization sessions are conducted on designated days (ask your Home Visitor for the day of your socialization).
- Special Needs - Head Start enrolls children with disabilities and special health care needs in collaboration with school districts and other agencies. Ten percent of Head Start’s enrollment slots must be filled with children with a disability certified by the School District or the Arizona Early Intervention Program (AzEIP). All disabilities services are provided by the school districts or by AzEIP. Children may receive these services in the school district classroom, the Head Start classroom, or in the child’s home.
- Bilingual Staff and volunteers offer guidance and support to children who do not speak English.
- Screenings - Developmental, behavioral, vision and hearing screenings are completed on all children within the first 45 days of entering the program. Nutrition screenings are also completed.

39. What kinds of food do you provide my child?: Children have breakfast and lunch or lunch and a snack, which provides at least two-thirds of their daily nutritional needs. Meals are served family-style (children and adults sit at tables together) and are a special time for children and teachers. Children help with activities such as setting the table, passing food to others, and cleaning up. Children also have the opportunity to participate in monthly food experiences or activities.

Young infants are fed on demand with the formula or breast milk prescribed by your physician. Provisions are made in our facilities for the storage of breast milk. Older infants and toddlers have breakfast, lunch, and a snack each day.

40. What materials/supplies does my child need to attend Head Start? Does my child need to bring his/her own lunch/snack?: No. Head Start provides all learning materials and supplies. Children are provided lunch and breakfast daily at no expense to the parent.

41. When and how will I know my child has been selected?: You will receive a phone call explaining if your child is selected or will remain on our wait-list. The selection process starts in July and continues through the start of the school year in August.

42. When does school start and end?: In Head Start we normally start in August and end in May. In Early Head start classes are normally year around starting in July and ending in June.

43. Where is the nearest Head Start classroom to my home?: There are over 55 Head Start classrooms located around East Maricopa County. To find the nearest one to your home please call 480-464-9669.

44. Why does Head Start/Early Head Start require my child to have a dental and physical?: Assuring regular and complete health care for children is an important part of the Early Head Start/Head Start program. The health component of HS/EHS includes immunizations, physicals, dentals, hearing, vision, hemoglobin and blood lead screens. Head Start and Early Head Start want to ensure healthy development in all areas of your child’s growth.

45. Why does it look like they are just playing when I go to visit?: When you see your child "just" playing you may not realize that they are learning - they may not realize they are learning! When your child is playing with play dough they are strengthening their hand muscles which will later help them to write words. While your child is playing in the dramatic play area they are learning how to be social, share and relate to their peer through problem solving skills. When your child is playing in the block area they are using imagination in comparing, measuring, and building to represent things they have seen. These are math skills. Your child is learning through play.

46. Why does my child need a physical and dental to start?: Head Start is a family program that places high regard on health. Your child does not need a physical or dental to start in the classroom. It is a state licensing requirement that your child has annual physical and up to date shots. It is a Head Start requirement that your child visits the dentist.

47. Why does my child's teacher need to visit my home and what are they looking for?: Head Start teachers visit your home to encourage a relationship between school and families. Research has shown that a positive relationship between teacher and families fosters your child's learning experience. We will answer questions you may have, discuss your child's development, help you with needed resources and leave you with a home activity.

48. Why do I see busses in my neighborhood and I have to drive my child?: Transportation services are not provided to Head Start or Early Head Start classrooms. While the program does not provide any transportation services, we can assist you in riding the public bus system or help find another parent who might be able to assist you. If no transportation assistance is available, we can enroll you in the home-based program. The program can assist home-based families who need transportation assistance to the socialization site.

49. Will I need to turn in another application if my child is on the waitlist?: No, your child will remain on the wait-list for the current program year until a vacancy occurs in that center. If you move within our Service area, you will need to contact the family support specialist for that area to transfer your child's application to another center without reapplying.

▼
Immunizations

3. I heard that some vaccines can cause autism. Is this true?

1. Is it okay for my baby to have so many shots at once?: Yes. Studies show that kids' bodies - even infants - can handle many shots at once. Having several vaccines at once is safe, even for a newborn. Combination vaccines protect your child against more than one disease with a single shot.

It's not your imagination; there are a greater number of shots now than even a few years ago. That's because as science advances, we are able to protect your child against more diseases than ever before.

2. Haven't we gotten rid of most of these diseases in this country?: Thanks to vaccines, most diseases prevented by vaccines are no longer common in this country. Even the few cases we have in the U.S. could very quickly become tens or hundreds of thousands of cases if we stopped vaccinating.

It's not uncommon to have measles outbreaks, whooping cough outbreaks, chickenpox outbreaks, and other diseases when vaccination rates drop. Kids that are not fully vaccinated can become seriously sick and spread it through a community.

No. Scientific studies and reviews have found no relationship between vaccines and autism.

Groups of experts, including the American Academy of Pediatrics and the Institute of Medicine (IOM), also agree that vaccines are not responsible for the number of children now recognized to have autism.

4. Why does my child need a chickenpox shot? Isn't it a mild disease?: Chickenpox can actually be a serious disease for kids if the blisters become infected. Before vaccine was available, about 50 kids died every year from chickenpox, and about 1 in 500 kids who got chickenpox were hospitalized.

5. My child is sick right now. Is it okay for her to still get shots?: Yes, usually. Talk with the doctor, but children can usually get vaccinated even if they have a mild illness like a cold, earache, mild fever or diarrhea.

If the doctor says it is okay, your child can still get vaccinated.

6. How can I find out if thimerosal is in a vaccine?: For a complete list of vaccines and their thimerosal content level, you may visit the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Additionally, you may ask your health care provider or pharmacist for a copy of the vaccine package insert. It lists ingredients in the vaccine and discusses any known adverse reactions. U.S. Food and Drug Administration

7. I lost my child's immunization record. Can I get a copy of my child's shot record at Maricopa County?: Yes, usually if a child has received vaccines in Arizona, we can look your child up in the Arizona State Immunization Information System (ASIIS). For our clinic information, go to our Locations page. You also can check with the medical provider who your child received the vaccines from for a copy of the shot record. Locations Page

▼
Información sobre la clínica - Preguntas más frecuentes

1. ¿En dónde se encuentra la Clínica de ETS?: La Clínica de ETS se encuentra en el Edificio de Salud Pública, en 1645 E. Roosevelt, Phoenix, AZ 85006. El edificio queda justo al oriente (este), de la calle 16 por la Roosevelt. Hay suficiente espacio para estacionarse en frente del edificio.

2. ¿Puedo sacar cita?: La Clínica de ETS es ambulatoria, así que no hace falta sacar cita. Cuando consiga el número que le dará su recepcionista, le dirán más o menos cuándo le atenderán.

3. ¿Quedará toda mi información confidencial?: Sí. Toda la información sobre usted y su visita se mantendrá estrictamente confidencial. No se le enviará correspondencia ni se le harán llamadas telefónicas de la clínica sin su permiso.

4. ¿A dónde me dirijo cuando llegue al edificio?: Cuando llegue, la recepcionista a la entrada le preguntará el motivo de su visita. Según los servicios que usted busque, se le dará un boleto con un número y se le enviará al área de inscripción. Llamarán su número y concluirá su trámite de inscripción. Una vez termine de inscribirse, se le enviará al área de espera de la Clínica de ETS.

5. ¿Cuánto cuesta hacerse las pruebas y atenderse de ETS?: El costo para examinarse y atenderse (si hiciera falta) será $20, los cuales se le pedirán cuando se inscriba. El costo auténtico de hacerse pruebas, examinarse y atenderse excede por mucho la tarifa de $20 que se pide.

6. ¿Por qué me dan un boleto con un número?: Cuando se atienda en la clínica, los empleados le llamarán por el número de su boleto en vez de por su nombre. Esto protege su privacidad y confidencialidad.

7. ¿Por qué no llaman los números en orden?: El sistema controla los números electrónicamente. Los números se llaman en orden según los servicios que solicite cada cual. Como proporcionamos tantos servicios distintos por todas las clínicas, a veces parece que los números se llaman sin seguir el orden.

8. ¿Qué sucederá durante mi visita a la clínica?: Primero le atenderá un(a) asistente médico para sacarle una muestra de sangre. Después le atenderá un(a) proveedor (médico/a, enfermero/a práctico/a o asistente médico/a) que apuntará sus antecedentes sexuales, le explicará el procedimiento del examen, le practicará un examen de ETS a fondo (para las mujeres, se trata de un examen pélvico, no una prueba de Papanicolaou) y se le darán los medicamentos necesarios, al igual que se le programará cualquier cita de seguimiento.

9. ¿Qué tal si me diagnosticaran una ETS?: Si se le diagnosticara una ETS, se le proporcionaría tratamiento. También pudieran referir a otro/a empleado/a para darle más asesoría, incluso para orientarle sobre cómo platicar con su(s) pareja(s) sexual(es) en cuanto a su exposición a una ETS y cómo prevenir nuevas infecciones.

10. ¿Cuánto tendré que esperar para que me hagan pruebas?: La mayoría de los pacientes terminan su trámite de registración en 15 minutos o menos.

Cuando obtenga el número que le dé su recepcionista, se le indicará más o menos cuánto tardarán en atenderle en la clínica. Pudiera quedarse en la sala de espera de la clínica hasta que le llamen o pudiera salir una vez termine de inscribirse y regresar por lo menos 30 minutos antes de la hora que le indicó su recepcionista. Si regresara tarde y llegara después de la hora que le dijo su recepcionista, se le exigirá que saque un número nuevo y tal vez no puedan atenderle ese mismo día, según la cantidad de clientes que haya antes que usted.

11. ¿Cuáles son las horas y los días más concurridos en la clínica?: Por lo común, la Clínica de ETS está lo más concurrida los lunes y viernes. Las horas más concurridas son entre las 11:30 AM y las 2:00 PM. Su recepcionista pudiera dejar de darles números a los pacientes, o cesar de dar números por una porción del día, si se alcanzara el volumen máximo de pacientes. Para aumentar su probabilidad de que le atiendan el mismo día, se le recomienda encarecidamente a que llegue temprano a la clínica.

12. No tengo tiempo para esperar. ¿Me queda alguna otra opción?: Se ofrecen servicios de pruebas expresas (aceleradas) para todas las ETS excepto el herpes. Cuando se inscriba, llenará un breve cuestionario confidencial. Si no tiene síntomas y se determina que tiene menor riesgo de ETS o de infección con el VIH, se le ofrecerá la oportunidad de examinarse mediante una prueba expresa.

13. ¿Qué pruebas puedo hacerme?: La clínica de ETS le puede hacer pruebas para todas las infecciones de ETS, incluso gonorrea, clamidia, sífilis, herpes y VIH. La prueba de herpes no puede practicarse de manera expresa porque sólo se le efectúa a los pacientes que presenten síntomas, y exige que un proveedor medico le atienda primero. El herpes no se incluye entre las pruebas rutinarias de ETS.

La prueba de VIH se ofrece en la Clínica de ETS únicamente en conjunto con las pruebas de ETS. La prueba de VIH no se ofrece en la Clínica de ETS aparte de las demás pruebas de ETS. Además, la prueba acelerada de VIH sólo se ofrece si los pacientes reúnen los requisitos de “alto riesgo”.

14. ¿Qué tal si me hiciera una prueba y no tuviera una ETS, pero tuviera otro problema médico?: La Clínica de ETS proporciona pruebas y tratamiento para infecciones de ETS. Si las pruebas o el examen revelaran otro problema médico, se le remitirá a su médico/a de cabecera. Si no tiene médico/a de cabecera, se le proporcionará una lista de clínicas y médicos en dónde podrá obtener más atenciones y tratamientos.

15. ¿Cómo consigo los resultados de mis pruebas de ETS y VIH?: Una vez concluya su consulta, se le proporcionará un número telefónico a llamar para conseguir el resultado de sus pruebas. Puede llamar a dicho teléfono de lunes a viernes, entre las 9:00 AM y las 10:00 AM. Para asegurarnos de la confidencialidad de cada paciente, se le pedirá que verifique ciertos datos personales antes de que se le digan los resultados por teléfono.

16. ¿Qué tal si quisiera copia de los resultados de las pruebas de ETS?: Para pedir una copia gratis de los resultados de sus pruebas a nuestra Unidad de Archivos Médicos (Medical Records Unit), llene una forma de Entrega de Información, disponible con la recepcionista. Las copias de los resultados de las pruebas estarán disponibles de lunes a viernes, de 9 AM a 11 AM y de 2 PM a 4 PM. Para mantener la confidencialidad de los pacientes, se entregará copia del resultado de las pruebas únicamente si el nombre y la fecha de nacimiento que dio cuando tramitó su inscripción inicial es exactamente idéntica a los que aparecen en su credencial o tarjeta de identificación con foto.

17. ¿Qué tal si perdiera mi medicamento?: Si perdiera su medicamento, deberá tramitar su inscripción y se le pedirá que pague por la consulta. Los medicamentos no se resurtirán mediante el proceso de pruebas aceleradas o expresas.

18. ¿Puedo traer a los niños?: Dada la índole del tema, se aconseja encarecidamente a los pacientes a que no traigan niños consigo cuando vengan a consultas en la clínica. No podrá dejar a los niños en el área de espera sin alguien que los atienda.

▼
Initiating a Remote Attestation

2. VSIMS is indicating that the Remote Attestation (RA) has been received by the Maricopa Office of Vital Records but the cause of death has not been entered into the Decedent’s VSIMS record. Why?

1. How long does the Medical Certifier have to complete the medical certification of cause of death?: The Medical Certifier has 72 hours from time of death to complete the medical certification of cause of death. However, if the funeral home does not provide the remote attestation to the medical certifier in a timely manner, the medical certifier cannot be held liable if the cause of death has not been completed within the 72 hour time-frame.

Faxed Remote Attestation (RA) forms are reviewed on a first-come first-serve basis and in most cases, within 30 minutes of faxed receipt during business operating hours.

One reason a cause of death may not be entered into VSIMS within this time is if the RA was found into be incomplete and/or needing additional cause of death information. Our office will contact your funeral home and notify you of this situation and update you as to what information is missing. If we are unable to reach you, please also review the comments section of the Decedent’s VSIMS record.

Another common reason the cause of death may not yet be recorded in VSIMS is if Maricopa Office of Vital Records is still awaiting the complete Human Remains Release Form (HRRF) from your facility.

Please fax the HRRF to our office within 24 hours of removing the Decedent from the place of death. Remember, to ensure that the form is complete and accurate so our office may complete our part of the death registration process.

3. A family I am serving is requesting a rush disposition. What do I do to ensure that the cause of death and permit are received on time?

At the Maricopa Office of Vital Records, we do our best to respect the beliefs and time sensitive needs of families’ religious practices. We ask your assistance in discussing with your families that the death registration process is a complex, multi-step process that involves the coordination and efforts of several partners.

We have learned that if you can inform the medical certifier of the potential urgency in providing timely disposition this gives the certifier more awareness to complete the required medical certification you will need to request a rush disposition transit permit.

We have found that this advance notice may assist the certifier with completing the RA quickly and efficiently and most physicians will accommodate the needs of the family and expedite the certification of cause of death, as best possible.

Please call the Maricopa County Office of Vital Records Disposition Transit Permit Coordinator at 602-372-0535, ext. 2 so we may be ready to accommodate a potential emergency permit request or advise as suitable. Although we will do our best to accommodate the family’s needs, we cannot guarantee that the cause of death will be sufficient and a disposition transit permit will be issued by the planned date of disposition.

Maricopa Office of Vital Records is required by the Arizona Department of Health Services to receive a sufficient cause of death in accordance with national standards and in some cases certified causes of death are required to be reviewed further by the Medical Examiner of the relevant jurisdiction.

▼
Internal Audit

1. Why was my area selected for an audit?: Most audits are scheduled as a result of Internal Audit's annual risk assessment process. On occasion, County leadership may request an audit. For more information, please call 602-506-1585.

2. How often do you audit an area?: The frequency of audits usually depends on the level of risk associated with the area. A high-risk area may be audited more frequently than a low-risk area. For more information, please call 602-506-1585.

3. Why is an area considered high risk?: Internal Audit calculates risk by reviewing and analyzing key risk factors, such as: size of budget, number of employees, impact on citizens, time since last audit, results of last audit, changes in management, etc. For more information, please call 602-506-1585.

4. Who audits the auditor?: Internal Audit participates in both internal and external quality assurance assessments. Internal assessments include ongoing monitoring of the performance of the internal audit activity and periodic self-assessments. External assessments are done every 5 years or less, and are conducted by a qualified, independent audit team from outside of the organization. The County's independent audit advisory committee oversees this work. A report with findings and recommendations for improvement is issued to the Board of Supervisors.

5. What does scope mean?: The scope of an audit refers to the breadth of the review (how many processes / functions are included). Most audits include an initial planning phase in which the area’s control environment is reviewed at a high level. Areas that appear to have weak controls are selected for audit testing (i.e., included in the audit scope). For more information, please call 602-506-1585.

6. What is an audit finding?: An audit finding consists of audit results and conclusions based on appropriate analysis and evaluation. The term "observation," "issue" or "exception" may also be used in audit reports. Audit findings may be positive (e.g., "...no duplicate payments were found...") or negative (e.g., "...vendor over-payments were found..."). Findings usually result in recommendations that will assist an area to better achieve its business objectives. For more information, please call 602-506-1585.

7. What is an action plan?: Most audit reports include the actions an area will take to implement audit recommendations. Action plans usually include target completion dates. For more information, please call 602-506-1585.

8. What is audit follow-up?: On a regular basis, Internal Audit determines the status of all open audit recommendations. Follow-up is an important part of the audit process. At the Board of Supervisor's request, Internal Audit prepares an annual report showing all recommendations outstanding for more than 1 year. For more information, please call 602-506-1585.

9. What is a performance audit?: A performance audit is the systematic assessment of a program, function, or operation. A performance audit evaluates economy, efficiency, effectiveness, and compliance. For more information, please call 602-506-1585.

10. Who receives audit reports?: When complete, audit reports are usually sent to The Board of Supervisors, the County Manager, the Citizen’s Audit Advisory Committee, the audited area, and other interested parties. Reports are also available to the public on Internal Audit's website.

11. To whom does the County Auditor report?: The Director of Internal Audit (County Auditor) reports directly to the County Board of Supervisors, with an advisory reporting relationship to the Board-Appointed, Citizens Audit Advisory Committee. For more information, please call 602-506-1585.

12. What is the difference between the Auditor General and Internal Audit?: The County Board of Supervisors established an Internal Audit department to provide an objective and independent assessment of the County's system of internal controls. This assessment is carried out by Internal Audit through financial, performance, and information systems audits and reviews. Internal Audit evaluates the adequacy of the internal control environment, the operating environment, related accounting, financial, and operational policies, and reports the results accordingly.

The Auditor General is an Office of the State of Arizona. It is primarily responsible for an annual audit of the financial statements produced by the County (Comprehensive Annual Financial Report). For more information, please call 602-506-1585.

▼
Juvenile Court - Delinquency FAQs

1. What is an appeal?

An appeal is the way to ask if the juvenile court made a big legal mistake in your case. An appeal is decided by the appeals court.

The appeals court will not change your case or give you a chance to re-do your case unless the juvenile court made a big legal mistake in your case.

You can read more about it at this FAQ - What is an appeal

2. What happens if you appeal?: An appeal takes a long time: It usually takes half a year or longer. While waiting for an appeal to finish, you still have to do what the judge ordered.

For example, if you are sent to Adobe Mountain, you still have to go to Adobe Mountain while waiting for the appeal to finish. If you are ordered pay restitution, you still have to pay. The court will hold the money until the appeal is finished.

3. How does an appeal work?: We have outlined the process of an appeal in a helpful Guide to How Appeals Work.

4. When can you appeal?: You can appeal within 15 days of when your case ends. This means that you have to wait until after adjudication (“conviction” or admission) and disposition (“sentencing”).

If you wait longer than 15 days, you cannot appeal. Contact your attorney within 15 days of your disposition hearing and let him or her know you would like to appeal your case.

5. Who decides if you will appeal?: You are the one who decides if you want to appeal or not.

▼
Juvenile Court - Mental Competency

1. Why would an attorney request a mental competency hearing?: An attorney requests a mental competency hearing when they believe the client does not understand the juvenile court process or the client is unable to assist the attorney with their defense.

Mental competency has nothing to do with how smart a person is. Many juveniles are not competent because they are very young or they have not yet learned about the court system and their constitutional rights in school.

2. Why does it matter whether I am competent or not?: A child who is not competent cannot be adjudicated (found guilty) of committing a criminal offense. If a juvenile is unable to understand the juvenile court process or unable to help the attorney with his/her case the charge(s) must be dismissed (dropped).

3. What happens if the court orders a mental competency exam?: If the court orders mental competency examines, two doctors will be assigned by the court to meet with the juvenile and question the juvenile about the court process to determine whether the juvenile is competent.

After meeting with the client each doctor will write a report to the court regarding the juvenile’s competency. The doctor can find the juvenile is:
- Competent (understands the court process and can assist the attorney)
- Incompetent/restorable (does not understand the court process but with a little tutoring the juvenile will be able to learn the juvenile court process)
- Not competent/not restorable (does not understand the court process and will not be able to learn the information in six months)

4. How do I know when to meet with the doctors?: The parents of the juvenile will receive a letter informing them of the dates, times, locations and names of the doctors.

The parents are responsible for taking the juvenile to the appointments unless the juvenile is in detention then the doctor will go to detention to see the child.

If the parent is unable to make an appointment the doctor must be contacted immediately and the appointment rescheduled. If a juvenile misses an appointment the parents could be assessed the cost of the appointment ($300).

5. What happens after I see the doctors?: After seeing the juvenile and before the next court hearing the doctors will prepare a report to the court informing the judge whether the doctor believes the juvenile is competent, incompetent/ restorable or incompetent/non-restorable. The judge will use this information to determine the juvenile’s competency.

The options are:
- If the judge finds the juvenile competent the court will set the matter for an adjudication (trial)
- If the child is found incompetent/restorable, the child will be placed in restoration
- If the child is found incompetent/non-restorable the charges will be dismissed

6. What is restoration?: Restoration is a once a week, unless the court orders more frequent sessions, individual tutoring session on the juvenile justice process. Once a week for up to six months the juvenile meets with the restoration specialist at the child’s home or school to receive 50 minutes of tutoring on the court system.

Every sixty days the court will hold a review hearing to determine if the child is competent. Prior to the review hearing, the juvenile will be evaluated by a psychologist who will send a report to the court regarding whether the doctor believes the juvenile has become competent.

Once the juvenile is competent the court will set the matter for an adjudication (trial) hearing and the case will move forward. If at the end of six months the juvenile is still incompetent and will not understand the juvenile court process even if he receives another two months of lessons, the charges are dismissed, (dropped).

7. If the juvenile is found competent, then what?: If the court finds that the juvenile is competent (able to understand the court process and assist his counsel) the judge will set an adjudication hearing (trial).

Prior to the adjudication hearing the attorney will meet with the juvenile to discuss a possible plea offer and prepare for trial.

▼
La Gripe - Preguntas Comunes

1. ¿Qué es la influenza o gripe?: La influenza comúnmente conocida como la flu es causada por un virus, que infecta el tracto respiratorio (nariz, garganta y pulmones). A diferencia de otras infecciones respiratorias como el resfriado, la influenza causa enfermedades severas y hasta pueden amenazar la vida si se presentan complicaciones.

2. ¿Cuales son los síntomas de la flu?: La influenza es una enfermedad respiratoria. Los síntomas incluyen fiebre, dolor de cabeza, cansancio extremo, tos seca, garganta adolorida, nariz congestionada, dolor muscular. Los niños pueden sufrir de síntomas gastrointestinales como la nausea, vomito, y diarrea pero estos síntomas no son comunes en los adultos. Aunque cuando se trata de la llamada gripe estomacal que se describe con vomito, nausea, o diarrea estos síntomas son causados por otros virus, bacteria, o posiblemente parasitos y raramente tienen que ver con la influenza.

3. ¿Cuando es la temporada de la flu o influenza en el condado Maricopa?: En el condado Maricopa la época fuerte de la flu ocurre entre diciembre y marzo. El impacto general a la salud (infecciones, hospitalizaciones y muertes) por la influenza varia de año con año. El departamento de salud pública del condado Maricopa monitorea los virus de la influenza y su actividad. Además provee un reporte semanal empezando en octubre hasta mayo.

4. ¿Cómo se propaga la influenza?: La manera principal en que los virus de la influenza se propagan es de persona a persona cuando se estornuda o suena la nariz infectada. La contaminación ocurre cuando las gotas o deshecho que se arrojo al estornudar viajan hasta tres pies y se depositan en la boca o nariz de otras personas. Aunque menos frecuente, el virus se puede propagar cuando se toca algún deshecho en alguna persona infectada o tocando algún objeto que esa persona toco y luego se toco la boca o la nariz sin lavarse las manos.

5. ¿Si tuve la flu el año pasado, tendré inmunidad este año contra la enfermedad?: Por lo general, una persona que sufrío de la gripe o influenza pudiera tener algo de inmunidad cuando llegue nuevamente la temporada de gripe. El nivel de protección depende de la salud de la persona. Jóvenes y personas saludables con sistema inmune normal tendrá probablemente un buen sistema de inmunidad contra el mismo tipo de virus del año anterior. Sin embargo, las personas con sistemas inmunes débiles pudiera no ser inmune año con año.

Es importante recordar que el virus de la influenza que se usa en la vacuna anual esta constantemente cambiando para que los anticuerpos que se logran no se debiliten con nuevos etapas de virus que se desarrollan constantemente. Además, existen diferentes tipos de virus de influenza y el mismo tipo de virus no necesariamente circula cada año. Por ejemplo, durante el 2005-06 el virus (H3N2) de la influenza predominó, sin embargo la infección del virus de la influenza A (H3N2) no protegerá contra el virus de la influenza B o contra influenza A (H1N1).

6. ¿Existen complicaciones por la flu o influenza?: Si. Algunas de estas complicaciones causadas por la flu incluyen neumonía bacterial, deshidratación, y el empeorar condiciones médicas crónicas como falla del corazón, asma o diabetes. Los niños pudieran padecer de problemas de sinusitis o infecciones de oído todo como complicaciones de la influenza. Aquellos mayores de 65 años o personas con condiciones médicas crónicas presentan más alto riesgo de complicaciones por esta enfermedad.

7. ¿Cómo se que tengo la influenza?: Es muy difícil distinguir de la influenza de otras enfermedades respiratorias causadas por virus o bacteria con tan solo tomar en cuentas los síntomas. Una prueba puede confirmar si es influenza si estas dentro de los primeros dos a tres días cuando se presentaron los síntomas. Además, un examen médico puede determinar si una persona tiene otra infección que es el resultado de la influenza.

8. ¿Qué tan rápido se enferma una persona tras haber sido expuesta a la flu?: Los síntomas se presentarán dentro de uno a cuatro días después de haber estado expuesto, en promedio son dos días.

9. ¿Por cuanto tiempo una persona corre el riesgo de contagiar a otras?: El peligro de contagio depende de la edad y la salud de la persona. Los estudios muestran que la mayoría de los adultos saludables pudieran contagiar a otros aun cuando no se han desarrollado los síntomas y hasta cinco días después de que el enfermo presente los síntomas. Algunos niños y personas con sistema inmune débil pueden contagiar a otros hasta después de una semana de haberse enfermado.

▼
Maricopa County Lead Safe Phoenix Partnership

4. What are the main sources of lead?

1. What is lead poisoning?: Lead is a toxic metal used in a variety of products and materials, including paint, vinyl mini-blinds, pipes, leaded crystal, dishware, and pottery coatings. When lead is absorbed into the body, it can cause serious damage to vital organs like the brain, kidneys, nerves, and blood cells. Lead poisoning is especially harmful to children under the age of six.

Despite laws established in the 1970s to make people aware of the dangers of lead and its poisonous effects, lead poisoning in children remains a common, yet preventable, environmental health problem in the United States.

2. What are the health effects of lead poisoning in children?: Lead interferes with the development and functioning of almost all body organs, particularly the kidneys, red blood cells, and central nervous system. Children under the age of six are especially vulnerable to the dangers of lead poisoning.

Lead poisoning can cause:
- Brain, liver, and kidney damage
- Hearing loss
- Learning or behavior problems
- Lowered intellect (IQ)
- Restlessness
- Slowed development

Please talk to your health care provider and request a blood lead level test for you or your child if you have any concerns regarding lead poisoning.

3. What are the symptoms of lead poisoning?: - Headaches
- Irritability
- Nausea
- Stomachaches
- Tiredness

Possible sources of lead contamination:

Old Paint - Lead-based paint is most often found in homes built before 1978.
Lead Dust - Harmful, invisible dust is created when windows, doors, edges of stairs, rails or other surfaces with lead-based paint wear down from repeated friction, such as opening or closing windows or doors.
Soil - Soil surrounding homes may be contaminated from chipping or flaking exterior lead-based paint.
Drinking Water - Lead pipes in homes before 1930 are likely to contain lead, which is released into drinking water as it passes through the old pipes.
Food - Lead can leach into food or drinks, which are stored in imported ceramic dishes or pottery.
Workplace Exposure - Parents who work in lead-related industries (namely painting, automotive, or recycling industries) or use lead for hobbies (such as for stained glass windows).
Home Remedies - Azarcon, greta, or pay-loo-ah.
Cosmetics - Kohl and Kajal.

5. How can lead poisoning be prevented?

Through nutrition, housekeeping and personal care.

Nutrition - Serve foods high in iron, calcium and Vitamin C. Adequate intake of these nutrients minimizes lead absorption in children's bodies.
Housekeeping - Teach and practice healthy home habits, such as hand-washing before eating and sleeping, shoe removal, washing children's toys or other chewable surfaces, purchasing lead-free mini-blinds, and wet mopping and drying floors and surfaces. Hire a certified professional to safely remove lead sources from a home. Make sure children and pregnant women do not stay inside a home when renovations are underway.
Personal Care - Wash your hands and your children's hands frequently, especially before eating and sleeping.

Adapted from: The National Lead Information Center: 800-424-LEAD (5323).

▼
MCDOT

1. How do I help keep Maricopa County beautiful?: Help keep Maricopa County beautiful by adopting a county road. Return to MCDOT

2. Who do I contact about media information?: Contact MCDOT Communications for Media inquiries at 602-506-3342. Return to MCDOT

3. How do I receive a copy of MCDOT records?: Public records requests can be made online. Please visit our Records Requests page.
Return to MCDOT

4. How can I report an abandoned vehicle?: Report abandoned vehicles to the Maricopa County Sheriff's Office at 602-876-1011. Return to MCDOT

5. Where do I go to get a new drivers license and to register my vehicle?: Obtain an Arizona Driver's License or register your vehicle through the Arizona Department of Transportation's (ADOT) Motor Vehicle Division. Return to MCDOT

6. Where can I go to have my vehicles emissions tested?: Check with the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) for vehicle emissions testing locations. Return to MCDOT

7. Who do I report a mosquito problem to?: Contact Maricopa County's Environmental Services Department has a Response Line at 602-506-6616 or visit the website where you can report mosquito problems online. Return to MCDOT

8. Where can I find road work and project information?: Visit MCDOT's project page or contact MCDOT's Communications Branch at 602-506-3342 for road work or project information. Return to MCDOT

9. Where can I find Right of Way permits?: MCDOT Right of Way permit information and instructions are available on online. Return to MCDOT

▼
MCDOT - Permits

3. Do I need to contact the Maricopa County Environmental Services Department (MCESD) if I intend to work on a water or sewer line?

1. My plans were reviewed and approved by MCDOT. How long is the approval valid?: MCDOT’s plan approval letters are valid for one year from the approval date. If a permit is not issued within one year, plans must be resubmitted to MCDOT for re-approval. Return to MCDOT

2. I will be working on utilities or other facilities owned by another entity or jurisdiction? Does that entity need to review my plans?: All plans involving work on another entity’s or jurisdiction’s utility or facility must be reviewed and approved by that entity or jurisdiction prior to MCDOT’s review. Written proof of approval must be included in your submittal package to MCDOT. Return to MCDOT

Any water or sewer line project valued at more than $12,500 requires written approval from MCESD prior to review by MCDOT.

Water or sewer line projects on the city of Phoenix’s (COP) facilities require written approval from the COP prior to review by MCDOT.

Return to MCDOT

4. I received my permit, when can I begin work?: Prior to beginning work, you must submit a Start/Completion Construction Notice to MCDOT. This notice and a traffic control plan (TCP) must be provided at least 24 hours prior to start of work. If the requested traffic control plan is complicated or in a high traffic location, more than 24 hours review time may be required. Check with Permits Customer Service if you have questions regarding longer TCP review times. Return to MCDOT

5. My work is completed. Do I need to let MCDOT know?: Yes, you must submit a completed Start / Completion Construction Notice to a MCDOT Inspector upon completion. Return to MCDOT

6. How are permit fees determined?: The permit fee structure is established by the Maricopa County Board of Supervisors. The current fee schedule, available here in step #3, is incorporated in Ordinance P-36.
Return to MCDOT

7. Why must I pay a permit fee?: Permit fees are intended to offset the cost to MCDOT for inspection to assure that the proposed improvements are built to County Standards and observe safety guidelines. Return to MCDOT

8. My permit expired but I still have work to do. How do I renew my permit?: Applicants requesting an extension of their permit no more than 90 days after expiration will pay a renewal fee equal to 20% of the original permit fee. Renewals requested 90 or more days after expiration are subject to all fees similar to a new application.
Return to MCDOT

9. I need to cancel my permit. Can I get a refund?: If a permit is cancelled prior to its expiration and no work was performed, you can submit a written request for a permit refund. If approved, MCDOT will refund the permit fee, less the processing fee and 20% of the original permit fee. Return to MCDOT

10. Are performance or surety bonds required for all MCDOT Right of Way permits?: Performance or surety bonds are required for all projects unless the project is being constructed by a public agency with a net worth of more than $1,000,000 as reflected by its most current balance sheet. Return to MCDOT

11. I only need temporary Right of Way access. Do I still need a performance or surety bond?: A $2,500 surety bond is required for temporary access. Return to MCDOT

12. My project is complete. How long will it take for my performance or surety bond to be returned?: It may take up to six weeks after the project has been completed and the permit is closed for the performance or surety bond to be returned. Return to MCDOT

▼
MCDOT Contracts

1. I am a new vendor in Maricopa where do I register?: To provide goods or services to Maricopa County, businesses need to register as a vendor. Return to MCDOT

2. I wish to compete for work where can I register?: To compete for contract work with Maricopa County, businesses need to register as a consultant or contractor.
Return to MCDOT

3. Where can I find projects and contracts open to submit a bid?: All current projects or contracts open for bid and the corresponding bid documents are available to registered consultants and contractors on BidSync. Return to MCDOT

▼
MCDOT Plat Index

1. What records are in the Plat Index?

Recorded Information:

The Plat Index contains all of the surveys, barring any oversights or indexing errors, that were recorded at the Maricopa County Recorder’s office as indexed under the MAP TYPE "Plat" and "Survey" (Book of Plats and Book of Surveys) starting at Book 1 Page 1 for both.

Book of Plats: Book 1 Page 1 through current.

Book of Surveys: Book 1 Page 1 through Book 3 Page 37 (Which was the last Book of Surveys map recorded. It was recorded on 8-29-1991)

In addition, it contains some surveys that were completed on 8½ x 11 that are recorded under the Maricopa Recorders Office document code for corner recorded survey.

Unrecorded Information:

As of February of 2001, MCDOT has made a concerted effort to index unrecorded surveys donated from private firms or public agencies. The collection is NOT comprehensive, the appropriate firm or agency should always be contacted for additional information.

Moreover, the Plat Index may contain some MCDOT, ADOT, SRP, APS or various other agency plans/surveys (i.e. Right of Way, As Builts, etc) but it is NOT a substitute for contacting that agency for information.

Information Not in the Plat Index:

Book of Roads:

Book 1 Page 1 through Book 33 Page 98 (Which was the last Book of Roads map recorded. It was recorded on 4-30-1991)

2. I can access the plat but it is unreadable.

The action to take depends on the MCR Book and Page.

Book of Plats 1 through 95; (except 023-18 which appears to be missing)

These plats are at the State of Arizona Department of Library, Archives & Public Records.

Contact information:

Julie Hoff

(602) 926-3878

1700 W. Washington

Phoenix, AZ 85007

jhoff@lib.az.us

Helpful hint: You will probably have to physically go there to retrieve a copy. They do NOT have a full size copier, be prepared to make many 8½ x 11 or legal size prints if you need the whole plat.

Book of Plats 75 through current, Book of Surveys and Book of Roads are managed by the Maricopa County Recorder’s Office.

Email the Recorders office at copyarea@risc.maricopa.gov and include the following;

Your first and last name.

Phone number

Book and Page

Book of Plats 75 through 633 Page 35, and

Book of Surveys 1 through 3, and

Book of Roads 13 through 33

You will be sent acknowledgment of your request. The original plat will be obtained, re-scanned and a new digital image will be emailed to you. Depending on the time of day, requests are usually fulfilled in one day if not the same day. Thanks for your patience ahead of time.

3. When I click on the "Plat Name" it displays the following error "The page cannot be found".

Check the report for a column called "Records #". Is there a number in the field?

(ex 020048224 which means 02-0048224)

If Yes

1) It is a survey that was recorded under a different document code at the recorders office. In other words, it is not in the "Book of Plats or Surveys". Write down the number and go to the recorders site and type it in.

If No

2) It is a unrecorded plat or document. At this time, we (MCDOT) are still working out the legal issues on releasing unrecorded third party information. Please contact the Firm/Agency to request a copy of the item. If contact is impossible please contact Brian Dalager for further instructions.

4. When did the Plat index go online?: Although the exact date is not known for sure, it was on or a few days before May 2nd 2001.

5. I have or know of a lot of survey plats that cover land in Maricopa County which are not recorded, I would like to get them indexed, what should I do?: Contact Brian Dalager.

6. I would like to volunteer my time to help index plats, who do I contact? How does it work? Are there specified times?

The only requirement that we request is very basic knowledge of the Public Land Survey System (PLSS). In other words, the ability to look at a plat and determine which township, range and section(s) it covers.

Besides that, you can volunteer for as little or as much time as you would like. The MCDOT's survey section work hours vary during the year however are generally from 6:00 am to 4:00 pm, Monday through Friday.

Please call one of us (in the following order) to make an appointment:

Jerry Shultz (602) 506-4180

Brian Dalager (602) 506-4685

Gregg Hunter (602) 506-4679

7. Why are the following fields often blank?

Unfortunately a good portion of the recorders are missing the following fields.

Company Name

Project / Job Number

There are several reasons for this.

We (MCDOT) received a rather large chunk from A Team and Associates (thanks for the contribution!) however they were not indexing those particular fields.

From the beginning, we (MCDOT) were not indexing these field as well.

Even after we (MCDOT) started to record the fields, in some cases the RLS number is obscured or unreadable.

We simply have not taken the time as of yet to go back and do the research required to fill in all the blank fields. FYI Roughly 58% of all the recorders indexed as of 09-25-2003 do NOT have the above fields populated. It is unforseen at this time when it will be accomplished.

8. When did the database start linking the Amended Surveys and/or Certification of Corrections to the original survey?: March 9th, 2009

9. Are there some recorded plats not in the database? If so, which ones?

Some recorded plats are not in the database because they simply have little to not land survey value. We have excluded them from the database and they are either in the list below or on the area of the web site "Survey Related Items" then "Maps":

MCR Book 11 Page 29 - Map of Nadaburg Irrigation District (1923)

MCR Book 13 Page 28 - Map of Nadaburg Irrigation District (1924)

MCR Book 19 Page 39 - Amended Plat of Arizona Water Conservation District (1928)

MCR Book 23 Page 36 - Arizona Water Conservation District (1932)

MCR Book 63 Page 29 - Adobe Townsite

MCR Book 322 Page 28 - Annexation Plat, City of Goodyear (1988)

10. I can not find my question in this list.: Contact Brian Dalager.

▼
MCDOT Roads

1. Who do I report roadway maintenance requests to?: Report roadway maintenance requests such as damaged signs or traffic signals and pothole repairs to MCDOT's Roadway Maintenance Division online or by calling 602-506-6063. Return to MCDOT

2. How do I report a street light issue?: MCDOT does not repair street lights. Please contact your local power company to report issues with street lights. Return to MCDOT

3. How can I view road closures online?: Traffic and road closure information for county roads is available online. Return to MCDOT

4. Do you post road closures on social media?: Yes. Follow us on Twitter for traffic and road closure information. Return to MCDOT

5. Where can I find state and highway road closures?: AZ511 has traffic and road closure information for state roads and highways.
Return to MCDOT

6. Where can I view traffic count data?: Visit our traffic counts page for traffic count data for unincorporated areas within Maricopa County. Return to MCDOT

▼
Non-Contagious Disease Letter

1. How do I request a Non-Contagious Disease letter?: Any member of our Medical Certification and Disposition Unit may assist you with preparing a Non-Contagious Disease letter. Please call the Disposition Transit Permit Coordinator at 602-372-0535.

2. How long will it take for the Non-Contagious Disease letter to be completed?: These letters are signed by one of our Department’s medical directors. This process may take a few days. The Maricopa Office of Vital Registration will notify you when the letter has been signed and is ready for your pick up.

3. Where can I pick up my Non-Contagious Disease letter?: You may pick up your Non-Contagious Disease letter after you have been notified that it is ready at our main office, the Central Phoenix location. Find the Central Phoenix location.

▼
Office of the Medical Examiner FAQs

3. Why is the Office of the Medical Examiner involved?

1. Print a PDF version of the Information for Next of Kin pamphlet:: Click here.

2. Imprima una versión en PDF del folleto Información para los parientes más cercanos:: Haga clic aquí.

Arizona Revised Statute (A.R.S.) §11-593 requires that the following deaths be reported to the Office of the Medical Examiner:

•Death when not under the current care of a health care provider as defined pursuant to section §36-301. •Death resulting from violence. •Unexpected or unexplained death. •Death of a person in a custodial agency as defined in section §13-4401. •Unexpected or unexplained death of an infant or child. •Death occurring in a suspicious, unusual or non-natural manner, including death from an accident believed to be related to the deceased person's occupation or employment. •Death occurring as a result of anesthetic or surgical procedures. •Death suspected to be caused by a previously unreported or undiagnosed disease that constitutes a threat to public safety. •Death involving unidentifiable bodies.

It is up to the Medical Examiner to determine if a case meets jurisdictional requirements to further investigate and certify the cause and manner of death on the death certificate.

4. Why is the death being investigated?

Medicolegal death investigations are conducted for the best interest of the public at large and only under the circumstances listed above. Not all investigations require examination of the decedent or a forensic autopsy.

If it is determined that the decedent requires examination, the body will be transported to 701 W. Jefferson St. Phoenix, AZ 85007.

5. How are bodies transported for examination, and where?: If it is determined that the body requires examination, we will make arrangements for transportation to our office at:
701 West Jefferson Street
Phoenix, AZ 85007

6. What types of exams are performed?

Each case is investigated on a case by case basis. If an examination is needed, it will be completed by a medical doctor who specializes in Forensic Pathology. The OME performs three types of examinations: autopsy, partial autopsy, and external examination. The Medical Examiner determines the exam type based on information gathered during the investigation. In order to meet our mission and statutory duties, an autopsy or partial autopsy may be required. Additionally, an autopsy may not always be completed if requested.

Please make the investigator aware of any specific requests you have regarding the examination. The Medical Examiner will take family wishes into consideration; however, the Office of the Medical Examiner is not always able to accommodate these requests.

7. What if I do not want an autopsy of my family member?: Please make the Medicolegal Death Investigator (MDI) – the Office of the Medical Examiner representative who responds to the scene - aware of any specific requests you have regarding the examination. The Investigations Section also is staffed 24/7 and can be reached at 602-506-1138. The Office of the Medical Examiner will attempt to honor the family’s wishes if possible; however, an internal examination may be required in order to meet our statutory duties and mission.

8. Can I request an autopsy of my family member?: If the Medical Examiner has assumed jurisdiction of the Death Certificate, you may request an autopsy. Please make the Medicolegal Death Investigator (MDI) – the Office of the Medical Examiner representative who responds to the scene - aware of any specific questions you have about the death as an autopsy may or may not be the best way to answer them. The Investigations Section also is staffed 24/7 and can be reached at 602-506-1138. The Medical Examiner will attempt to honor your wishes; however, this is not always possible and an autopsy may not be completed on every case, even if requested.

9. Is an open casket viewing possible after an autopsy has been completed?: Our procedures do not typically limit the ability to have an open casket viewing. Your funeral service provider will be able to provide the best information about the ability to view once they have received and prepared the body.

10. How is the time of death determined?: The time of death is documented as the time the decedent is discovered or pronounced dead.

11. What is toxicology testing?: Toxicology is the detection of drugs and/or poisons in biological tissues and is different from hospital drug screening in that it is forensic testing and more rigorous and comprehensive. The Medical Examiner will decide if toxicology testing is necessary; not all cases require testing. Testing can take several months to complete.

12. How is identification confirmed?

Your family member is identified through visual comparison to a legal form of identification, photograph identification by family, or forensic methods including fingerprints, DNA, dental charts, or other unique identifying marks. In situations where an immediate family member questions the identification or wishes to assist in the identification process, a written or electronic request can be submitted to request an identification meeting pursuant to A.R.S. §11-597.01

Note: The Office of the Medical Examiner is a forensic medical setting and only the viewing of a photograph is used for identification. Physical viewings are not allowed at this location.

13. Can I request a viewing of my family member?: We do not allow viewings at our facility; however, in situations where an immediate family member questions the identification or otherwise wishes to assist in the identification process, that person may make a written or electronic request for an “Identification Meeting” pursuant to A.R.S §11-597.01 (Abby’s Law).

Request for an “Identification Meeting” must be made in writing to the Office of the Medical Examiner by an immediate family member. “Immediate family member” is defined in §11-597.01 as a person 18 years of age or older who is the decedent’s:
- Spouse
- Child
- Parent
- Grandparent
- Grandchild
- Sibling
- Legal guardian

The request may be delivered via mail, in person during normal business hours (8 a.m. - 4 p.m., Monday - Friday), or faxed to 602-372-8696.

For additional information on this process please call 602-506-3322. Note: only a photograph for identification can be provided; we do not allow physical viewings.

14. What is the process for the release of my family member?

Release will occur after the Medical Examiner has completed the examination. To initiate the release process, the next of kin will need to contact a service provider (e.g. funeral home, mortuary, cremation society, transportation provider).

The mortuary, funeral home, or other service provider will follow up on behalf of the family to coordinate the release.

Your service provider also will request certain vital statistic information that must be recorded on the death certificate.

15. If I cannot select a funeral home or mortuary will the Office of the Medical Examiner provide one?: No. Once you have selected a service provider you will need to notify the Office of the Medical Examiner at 602-506-1138. If one is not selected within 72 hours of the examination then a rotation funeral home will be used. The family may be subject to any fees accrued by the rotation funeral home.

16. How do I receive my family member's personal effects?: Any personal effects obtained by the OME will be released with the decedent to the selected funeral home/mortuary unless those items are deemed evidence, in which case they will be released to the appropriate law enforcement agency.

17. How quickly will cause and manner of death be determined?: Cause and manner of death may be determined the day of the examination. However, further testing or investigation may be required to accurately determine cause and manner of death.

You can check cause and manner of death online.

18. What is in the Medical Examiner Report and how do I obtain a copy?

A Medical Examiner Report is completed for all jurisdictional cases and summarizes the circumstances surrounding the death, medical and social histories, and forensic examination findings. The Medical Examiner Report may contain details about medical procedures, injuries, and medical findings which may be upsetting for some next of kin.

Copies of the report(s) are available upon completion of the case. Completion time will vary depending on the complexity, circumstances, and need for additional testing or investigation required for each individual case. The OME strives to complete 90% of our cases within 90 days.

For updates on cause and manner of death and availability of the report, you can visit the Case Status feature on our website. You may also request a report on the website by clicking here.

Alternatively, you may contact Administrative Support Services at (602) 506-3322 to request a copy of the report. There is no fee to obtain a copy of the report if you are legal next of kin or if you request an electronic report.

19. How do I receive death benefits if the cause and manner of death is pending?: The “pending” death certificate is legal proof of death. Some insurance companies and financial institutions may accept pending death certificates for the purpose of paying benefits or handling other accounts. Additional documentations may be required and in some instances the Family Advocate is available to assist you with matter.

20. How do I obtain a copy of the Death Certificate?

You may obtain a death certificate through your designated funeral home/mortuary or from the Maricopa County Department of Public Heath, Office of Vital Registration. The OME is responsible for completing the medical portion of the death certificate within 72 hours of the examination (excluding weekends and holidays), in compliance with A.R.S. §36-325. In some cases, a specific cause and/or manner of death in unable to be determined after examination without further laboratory testing or investigation. In those instances, the cause and manner of death are listed as "Pending". Once the investigation is concluded, an amendment to the death certificate is filed with the Office of Vital Records. The funeral home/mortuary is responsible for completing the demographic portion of the death certificate.

A death certificate can be requested in-person or online. For additional information please visit the Office of Vital Registration website.

21. I still have questions or need assistance regarding the death of a loved one. Who can help me?: When someone suffers a loss, it is not uncommon to feel overwhelmed or like your life is out of control. The Family Advocate can be reached at 602-506-3176. She is available to speak with families, answer questions, and provide emotional support resources, including:
• Current case status updates
• Liaison assistance with Office of the Medical Examiner and outside agencies
• Counseling services and support group referrals
• Youth Services referrals
• Community information and referral services

▼
Onsite Wastewater Systems

5. Can I apply for a permit to drill a well at the same time I apply for the Onsite Wastewater Treatment Facilities (OSWTF) permit?

1. How do Onsite Wastewater Treatment Facilities (OSWTFs) work?: Most OSWTFs include a septic tank, which digests organic matter and separates floatable matter, such as grease and oil, and solids that settle in the tank, from the wastewater. Soil-based systems discharge septic tank effluent (liquids) into a series of perforated pipes or chambers buried in a disposal field or pit designed to slowly release effluent into the soil.

Alternative systems may use pumps or gravity to trickle septic tank effluent through sand, organic matter (e.g. peat, sawdust), constructed wetlands, or other media to remove or neutralize pollutants, such as disease-causing pathogens, nitrogen, phosphorous, and other contaminants. Some alternative systems are designed to evaporate wastewater or disinfect it prior to discharging it into the soil.

2. Why do Onsite Wastewater Treatment Facilities fail?: Most system failures are related to inappropriate design and poor maintenance. Soil-based systems (with a drain field) may have been installed at sites with inadequate or inappropriate soils, excessive slopes, or high ground water tables. These conditions can cause hydraulic failures and water resource contamination. Failure to perform routine maintenance can cause solids or greases and oils in the tank to migrate into the drain field and clog the system.

The easiest way to ensure the longevity of your septic system is to routinely pump the tank every three to five years, not dump unapproved products into the system, and clean the effluent filter inside the tank every six to twelve months.

3. What items should not be put down the drain?: The following items should not be put into the septic disposal system:
- Hair Combings
- Cleansers
- Cigarette Butts
- Coffee Grounds
- Condoms
- Dental Floss
- Disposable Diapers
- Fat, Grease, Oil
- Gauze Bandages
- Kitty Litter
- Paints
- Paper Towels
- Pesticides
- Photographic Solutions
- Sanitary Napkins
- Solvents
- Tampons
- Thinner
- Varnishes
- Waste Oils

Do not dispose of non-biodegradable materials with wastewater through drains and toilets as they displace storage volume of the septic tank and will upset the biological activity occurring in the tank.

4. Do Onsite Wastewater Treatment Facilities (OSWTFs) cause health or water quality problems?: OSWTFs that are properly planned, designed, sized, installed, operated and maintained can provide excellent wastewater treatment. However, systems that are sited in densities that exceed the treatment capacity of regional soils or are poorly designed, installed, operated, or maintained may cause problems. The most-documented problems involve contamination of surface and ground waters with disease-causing pathogens and nitrates.

Yes. Private water well Notice of Intent (NOI) permit applications, for properties up to five acres, are available at our office, through Arizona Department of Water Resources (ADWR), or through your drilling company. The application must be filled out completely and accurately, including well driller information.

All required documents and fees must be submitted to Maricopa County Environmental Services Division. Once the well site inspection is completed, all documents will be forwarded to ADWR for final processing of the well permit.

Arizona Department of Water Resources website

6. My neighbor’s OSWTF is located on my property. What do I do?: You and your neighbor must contact the Maricopa County Environmental Services Department to obtain the necessary permits and instructions to install a new system on your own lot. If a lot split occurs and the OSWTF no longer meets any minimum setback requirement, the system must be relocated. Additional inspections, plan reviews and fees may apply.

If a lot split had taken place prior to your ownership and the property line now cuts through the existing OSWTF (or the neighbor’s OSWTF), splitting the system between the two lots, the issue then becomes a legal matter. In these cases, it is recommended that you contact legal counsel or your real estate agent to obtain advice on how to rectify the situation. In most cases, each lot will be required to install an OSWTF.

7. What is an alternative system?: An alternative system is any type of septic system other than a septic tank using gravity to convey effluent for disposal into trenches, beds, chambers, or pits. Typical alternative systems include aerobic system, cap system, sand lined trench, intermittent sand filter, Wisconsin mound, composting toilet, peat filter, textile filter, pressure distribution, subsurface drip irrigation, and Ruck system. Alternative OSWTFs must be designed by and stamped with the seal of a Professional Engineer (P.E.), registered to work in the state of Arizona and with expertise in the on-site wastewater field.

8. What are the different types of alternative systems allowed in Maricopa County?: See for the current approved list of alternative components allowed in the state of Arizona. These components may be used alone or with other components in an alternative septic disposal system.

This list is provided by the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ). Maricopa County may have additional requirements or restrictions. Approved Proprietary Products (PDF)

9. Do I have to hire an engineer to design my system and draft my plans?: No. Only an alternative system requires an engineer to properly design, select and lay out the onsite system. Conventional systems may be designed by the homeowner or any other party authorized by the owner provided all requirements listed in the Arizona Aquifer Protection Permit Rule and the Maricopa County Onsite Wastewater guidelines are observed and satisfied.

10. Can I make changes after I have submitted the NOID packet?: Yes. All changes must be identified on the newly-submitted, revised site plans with the date of the revision clearly marked on all submittals. Recalculations of the size of the septic system, site plan revisions and additional soils testing may be required, at which time a second plan review must take place before the permit is issued.

11. Can I make changes to an approved plan?: Yes. Any proposed changes to the septic system that occur after permit issuance will require an additional plan review. New or revised site plans and/or recalculations must be submitted and approved prior to construction. Additional fees will apply.

Undocumented changes observed during the construction inspection will result in costly delays, additional procedures, and, potentially, additional fees. The Maricopa County Environmental Services Division encourages all applicants to spend a little extra time planning the project, keep up to date on any changes that do occur throughout the project, and notify the proper authorities of such changes as soon as possible.

12. Can I request a partial construction inspection?: Yes. The same procedure applies as for a construction inspection. You may designate that it is a partial inspection on your requests. Indicate which components of the system are to be inspected.

13. What type of rock should I use in the trenches, beds, or pits?: Leach rock for Onsite Wastewater Treatment Facilities must be cleaned, washed aggregate with a screened diameter of 0.75 to 2.5 inches and a void space of 30%.

14. What are the requirements for installing a septic tank?: The tank should be installed on a six inch bed of pea gravel or sand to maintain stability. This is required when the tank is installed where jagged or large rocks are present. Access openings on the tank must be brought to within six inches of finished grade. If tanks are installed such that the top of the tank is greater than twelve inches below finished grade, MCESD-approved inspection risers (concrete or dual-wall corrugated polyethylene) are required. Tanks deeper than twenty-four inches are required to have a reinforced lid. The top of the tank shall not be greater than sixty inches below finished grade.

Native soil can be used to backfill the tank excavation as long as there are no jagged or large rocks in the mix that could damage the tank during or after backfilling. If jagged or large rocks are present, the soil must be screened to remove the potentially damaging rocks prior to backfilling.

The inlet t-baffle and in-line effluent filter at the outlet end of the tank must be easily accessible for maintenance and cleaning. Ensure that the inlet t-baffle can be easily reached and the effluent filter can be pulled up through the smaller inspection port on the top of the tank. If not properly aligned, the larger inspection plugs will need to be removed for routine maintenance.

15. What are the requirements for installing the distribution box?: Distribution boxes (d-boxes) must be level, set on a firm foundation and placed in the correct direction. One opening is one inch higher than the remaining openings; this is the inlet side of the d-box. Attach the inlet end of the d-box to the septic tank by a solid pipe at least two feet in length.

Pipes must extend into the d-box one inch and be level, secure, and watertight. Once approval to backfill has been granted, seal the d-box lid so that it is watertight. All connections outside of the disposal field must be watertight.

16. What are the requirements for installing the disposal field?: Disposal field risers shall be brought to within six inches of finished grade or higher. Disposal pipes that are deeper than twenty-four inches will require a minimum of SDR 35 or equivalent pipe. Trench bottoms and disposal pipes must be level.

17. My system is failing. What do I do?: If your septic system is not functioning properly, contact a plumbing or septic specialist. If one component of the system (tank or disposal) has failed, an Alteration permit to replace that component will be required. If both the tank and the disposal field have failed, a new Onsite Wastewater Treatment Facility must be installed.

18. Can I use the existing septic system for my new house?: It may be possible to use the existing septic system with a new house. For more information, view the Minor Plan Review

19. When can you release my building permit?: Environmental Services can only release building permits for unincorporated areas. The building permit will be released when the OSWTF is approved for construction. Building permits will be released after plan review has been completed.

Construction in incorporated areas may have different requirements. Contact the appropriate building department for more information.

▼
Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station

13. ¿Mi hijo va a la escuela cerca de Palo Verde, dónde lo puedo recoger en caso de una emergencia?

1. How would I know if there was an emergency at Palo Verde?: In the event of an emergency at Palo Verde, plant operators would immediately notify State and Maricopa County emergency officials. These organizations are prepared to respond in accordance with the Palo Verde Offsite Response Plan. If it is necessary to alert the public, the sirens will be sounded.

2. What do I do if I hear the sirens?: If an incident occurs at Palo Verde involving the actual or potential release of radiation into the atmosphere, the Outdoor Warning Siren System within the 10-mile area around the plant will sound for approximately three minutes with a steady, high pitched sound. If you hear the sirens, go indoors immediately and turn on your radio to KTAR (620 AM or 92.3 FM), KMVP (98.7 FM), or other local radio or television stations to hear instructions from government officials. If you hear a siren and do not hear an Emergency Alert System (EAS) message within 10 minutes, call 602-371-7171. A crew will be sent to repair the siren. From time to time you may hear a siren for 5 to 15 seconds. These are called "chirp" and "growl" tests respectively and are part of the siren maintenance program. These tests are performed only during the day and have a low-pitched sound. If you hear one of these tests, there is no need to call the plant. The Federal government requires a full activation of the system annually for testing. Residents within the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone are notified in advance of this test date. They are also notified of any other maintenance when sirens may be sounded for extended periods of time.
10-Mile Emergency Planning Zone (PDF)

3. I need assistance during an evacuation; what do I do?: If you need assistance during an evacuation, please fill out the Assistance Survey (Solicitude de Asistencia) provided by PVGS and return it so we can make arrangements to help before an evacuation is necessary. To download the forms, see the
Protective Actions page.

4. What happens to my pets during an evacuation?: Bring your pets with you when you leave the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone. Maricopa County Animal Care and Control and the Arizona Humane Society will have temporary shelter available for your use while you are making alternate arrangements. They will be co-located with the Reception and Care Center. For information on livestock, see Radiological Emergency Information for Farmers, Dairy Farmers, Ranchers, Food Processors, and Distributors
(PDF)

5. My child goes to school near Palo Verde, where can I pick them up in an emergency?: When school is in session all the children attending schools within the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone will be transported to the designated Reunification Center or Reception and Care Center and can be picked up there. Each school has sufficient buses available to evacuate all the children. It is important that you listen to the school telephone messaging and EAS message to see which location has been opened.
10-Mile Emergency Planning Zone (PDF)

6. Where can I find more information about how the Palo Verde station works?: For information on how Palo Verde works, see
How the Plant Works (PDF).

7. Where can I learn more about nuclear insurance?: For information on American Nuclear Insurance, see this brochure (PDF).

8. Can a nuclear plant explode like a nuclear bomb?: No. The fuel used in a nuclear plant has very low levels of the type of material that could cause a nuclear explosion. Even so, precautions need to be taken to ensure that radioactive materials do not reach the environment.

9. ¿Cómo podría saber si hay una emergencia en Palo Verde?: En el caso de una emergencia en Palo Verde, operadores de la planta notificarían inmediatamente a las autoridades de emergencia estatales y del condado de Maricopa. Estas organizaciones están preparadas para responder de acuerdo con el plan de respuesta de Palo Verde. Si es necesario alertar al público, sonarán las sirenas.

10. ¿Qué hago si escucho las sirenas?

Si ocurre un incidente en Palo Verde que implicaba la liberación real o potencial de la radiación a la atmósfera, la advertencia al aire libre sistema de sirenas dentro de la zona de 10 millas alrededor de la planta sonará durante aproximadamente tres minutos con un alto sonido constante, agudo. Si escucha las sirenas, entre a su casa inmediatamente y prenda su radio a KTAR (620 AM o FM 92.3), KMVP (98.7 FM), u otras estaciones de radio o televisión locales para escuchar las instrucciones de los funcionarios del gobierno. Si escucha una sirena y no se oye un mensaje de Sistema de Alerta de Emergencia (EAS) a los 10 minutos, llame al 602-371-7171. Un equipo será enviado a reparar la sirena. De vez en cuando es posible que escuche una sirena durante 5 a 15 segundos. Estos se llaman "chirrido" y pruebas de "gruñido", respectivamente, y son parte del programa de mantenimiento de sirena. Estas pruebas se llevan a cabo sólo durante el día y tienen un sonido de tono bajo. Si escucha una de estas pruebas, no hay necesidad de llamar a la planta. El gobierno federal requiere una activación completa del sistema al año para la prueba. Residentes dentro de la Zona de Planificación de Emergencia de 10 millas se les comunicará con anticipación de esta fecha de la prueba. También son notificados de cualquier otro tipo de mantenimiento cuando las sirenas puedan sonar durante largos períodos de tiempo.

Zona de Planificación de Emergencia de 10 millas (PDF en Inglés)

11. ¿Necesito asistencia durante una evacuación; ¿qué debo hacer?: Si necesita asistencia durante una evacuación, por favor llene la Encuesta de Asistencia (Solicitude de Asistencia) proporcionada por PVGS y devolverlo para que podamos hacer arreglos para ayudar antes de que sea necesario una evacuación. Para descargar los formularios, consulte la página protectora acciones.

12. ¿Qué ocurre con mis mascotas durante una evacuación?: Lleve a sus mascotas con usted cuando salga de la Zona de Planificación de Emergencia de 10 millas. Condado de Maricopa Cuidado y Control de Animales y la Sociedad Protectora de Animales de Arizona tendrán refugios temporales disponibles para su uso mientras se están haciendo arreglos alternativos. Ellos serán co-localizados con la recepción y Centro de atención. Para obtener información sobre el ganado, consulte Información Radiológica de Emergencia para los agricultores, productores de leche, ganaderos, procesadores de alimentos y Distribuidores (PDF en Inglés)

Cuando la escuela está en sesión, todos los niños que asisten a las escuelas dentro de la Zona de Planificación de Emergencia de 10 millas serán transportados al Centro de Reunificación designado o al Centro de Recepción y Atención y pueden ser recogidos allí. Cada escuela tiene suficientes autobuses disponibles para evacuar a todos los niños. Es importante que escuche los mensajes telefónicos de la escuela y el mensaje EAS para ver qué ubicación se ha abierto.

10-Mile Emergency Planning Zone (PDF en Inglés)

14. ¿Dónde puedo encontrar más información sobre cómo funciona la estación de Palo Verde?: Para obtener información sobre cómo funciona Palo Verde, vea Cómo funciona la planta (PDF en Inglés).

15. ¿Dónde puedo obtener más información sobre el seguro nuclear?: Para obtener información sobre el seguro nuclear estadounidense, consulte este folleto (PDF en Inglés).

16. ¿Puede explotar una planta nuclear como una bomba nuclear?: No. El combustible utilizado en una planta nuclear tiene niveles muy bajos del tipo de material que podría causar una explosión nuclear. Aun así, las precauciones deben tomarse para asegurar que los materiales radiactivos no llegan al medio ambiente.

▼
Planning & Development - Agricultural Exemption

1. My property is zoned agricultural. I don't need permits, do I?: Permits are required in all county zoning districts. There is no category of zoning called “agricultural” – agricultural uses are allowed in the “Rural” zoning districts. Agricultural uses are allowed in any zoning district with an Agricultural Exemption. Please call 602-506-3301 for more information.

2. Once I have received an exemption certificate, do I need permits in order build?: The approved land use file must contain representation (on a site plan) of the improvements which qualify as exempt. Those that do qualify will not be required to get permits from Planning and Development. However, improvements which are not incidental to the exempted use require permits and must meet applicable regulations.
land use.

3. My property is used for agriculture, is it exempt?: It may qualify, but minimum requirements have to be met. An application for an agricultural exemption must be processed and approved after obtaining approval from the Maricopa County Assessor’s Office with an Agricultural Status. An agricultural exemption certificate may then be issued. This exemption certificate authorizes the approved use of the property to be exempt from the County Building Codes, Zoning Ordinance, and Drainage Regulations. However, other regulatory agencies such as Flood Control & Environmental Services still have the authority to regulate.

4. How do I apply?: The land use application for an agricultural exemption certificate is available on the Planning & Development website. Select the “Information Packet & Application” on the Agricultural Exemption page.
Agricultural Exemption page.

5. What qualifies my property for an agricultural exemption?: To qualify for an agricultural exemption, the property must be a minimum of 5 contiguous commercial acres (175,000 square feet). More than one parcel is acceptable as long as they are contiguous. It must have an agricultural use classification assigned by the County Assessor's Office. To receive this, an application to the Assessor's Office is required and the use must qualify to be exempt as per the Maricopa County Zoning Ordinance. You may then request an Agricultural Exemption Certificate to be issued by the Planning and Development Department.
planning and development on their landing page.

6. What is an agricultural exemption?: The Zoning Ordinances states: This Ordinance shall not prevent, restrict or otherwise regulate the use or occupation of land or improvements for railroad, mining, metallurgical, grazing or general agricultural purposes, if the tract/s concerned is/are 5 or more contiguous commercial acres in size (Note: 1 Commercial acre = 35,000 square feet).
1. Property is not exempt from the Maricopa County Zoning Ordinance and/or Building Safety Ordinance unless and until the Maricopa Planning and Development Department has issued a certificate of exemption for that property. In order to secure a certificate of exemption, an applicant shall submit a zoning clearance application, including site plan and other reasonable supporting documentation.

2. Only property classified by the Maricopa County Assessor’s Office or the Arizona Department of Revenue as property used for one of the purposes enumerated in the first paragraph of this section is eligible for exemption under this section. If property has been so classified, the property is exempt from the Maricopa County Zoning Ordinance and/or Building Safety Ordinance, unless the Planning and Development Director independently determines that all or part of the property is not used primarily for one or more of the purposes enumerated in the first paragraph of this section.

3. Any structures built under an exemption that do not meet the underlying zoning district and/or Building Safety Ordinance standards may be required to comply with said standards if, at a future date, the exemption is no longer applicable.

▼
Planning & Development - Commercial

1. What is the definition of a church?: The Zoning Ordinance does not contain a definition for a “church,” although a “church” is included in the definition of “Places of Public Assembly.” A standard dictionary definition is acceptable; Webster’s Ninth New Collegiate dictionary defines “church” as “a building for public and especially Christian worship.”

2. When/where is a church allowed?: Churches are permitted in rural and residential zoning districts as well as the C-1, C-2 and C-3 zoning districts.

3. When is a church school allowed?: Private schools with a curriculum customarily given in public schools, which applies to most church schools, are permitted in any zoning district where a public school is permitted. This includes any rural or residential zoning district and the C-1, C-2, or C-3 zoning districts.

▼
Planning & Development - Community Residences / Recovery Community

1. Are Community Residences allowed in County Jurisdiction?

Yes. Community Residences fall into 2 categories in the Maricopa County Zoning Ordinance:
1. Community Residences providing care for no more than 10 non-adjudicated patient residents (including live-in staff) are allowed in all zoning districts except for the C-O & C-S zoning districts. Community Residences are subject to conditions including a minimum a separation of 1200 feet and licensure or other certification requirements.

2. Homes providing care for more than 10 residents require a Special Use Permit or a Reasonable Accommodation.

The County will not reserve future properties for Community Residences, all applications are based upon a first come, first serve basis. Previous approvals may be revoked if the use is discontinued. New ownership or a new type of Community Residence requires a new Community Residence Application.

2. The Arizona State Health Department requires that forms be signed by the zoning and building officials in order to get my license. How do I get them signed?: The applicant of a Community Residence is responsible for submitting a Community Residence Application that meets zoning ordinance and Staff application requirements. If approved, Staff will produce a Staff Report which will document approval of the land use. The Staff Report is the only documentation that you will receive for land use approval. After the applicant has received an approved staff report, the applicant is then responsible for applying for either a compliance inspection or residential alteration permit. Both permits require additional documentation separate from the Community Residence Application. Following an inspection, a Certificate of Occupancy may be obtained. You may then submit both the Staff Report and Certificate of Occupancy to the State. County Staff will not produce any other documentation such as letters or e-mails so that licensure may be obtained.

3. What if I want to provide care for individuals who are adjudicated (sentenced to reside in a certain location) and/or are actively abusing illegal substances and need detoxification?: These facilities are not a category of Community Residences. They may be permitted via a Special Use Permit.

4. Is an inspection required for Community Residences?: Yes, a compliance inspection is part of the process. For existing single family homes, residential building codes apply. If the home plans to have more than five residents, a fire sprinkler system is required. In the case of a new build community residence, the building code definition of a community residence applies. This requires the home to meet commercial group home building safety codes. Community Residences for more than 10 persons are subject to an Institutional Occupancy classification.

▼
Planning & Development - Compliance / Special Inspection

1. What is a Compliance Inspection?: A Compliance Inspection is a development permit issued to enable one inspection on one property. This type of permit is only used in specific circumstances. A Compliance Inspection does not authorize work; rather, it provides for a property inspection so the inspector may better assist a customer with the next step in the completion of their project.

2. When do I need a Compliance Inspection?: There are 5 instances where a compliance inspection is appropriate:
1. Final Inspection: This is used when a permit had been previously issued, passed all required inspections, except the Final(s), and has since expired. This is a one-time inspection and could be for a Final Building Inspection, a Final Drainage Inspection, or both. If both are necessary, then 2 Compliance Inspections are required with separate fees. Result: An inspection is either approved or denied. If denied, a new permit may be required.

2. Fire Damage: One-time inspection where an inspector views the property and structures to determine the extent of the fire damage. Result: A field report is prepared and the customer is advised of the type of permit(s) required.

3. Group Home: An inspection of an existing residential structure to ensure all requirements are met for occupancy as a group home with less than 5 occupants. A proper site plan, floor plan and Land Use Certificate application must be submitted for review. Due to the complexity, this permit is not issued over the Counter. Result: An inspection is either approved or denied.

4. Code Compliance: An inspection of a building or structure to determine if it is in compliance with all county building codes. Result: An inspection is either approved or denied.

5. Move On Structure: An inspection to ensure an existing structure intended to be moved into the County jurisdiction meets all structural requirements. Result: An inspection is either approved or denied.

3. Why do I need a Compliance Inspection?: In the five scenarios listed above, a Compliance Inspection is needed to have a Maricopa County Inspector advise you on the specific actions required for the completion of your project. This will help ensure; protection of your investment, protection for you and your family, protection of the public and future residents, and protection of the environment.

4. How do I obtain a Compliance Inspection?: To request a Compliance Inspection, complete a building application and Contact Supplemental form; be sure to identify the type of Compliance Inspection you need. List any prior permits you may have, if applicable. The permit fee is $100 per Compliance Inspection, and there is also a $10 Address Verification. For a Compliance for Final, a compliance request form and compliance application is required. A review is conducted to see if the expired permit or work qualifies for a Compliance permit. Once approved, you will be notified to pay the fee(s) and the permit will be emailed to you with instructions. Be sure to post this permit at the work site and call for the inspection.

You may retrieve these forms at our office location or online for your residential or commercial project: Building Services page.
Building Services page.

▼
Planning & Development - Drainage

4. How do I get drainage clearance?

1. Am I in a floodplain?: If the property is located in the Unincorporated Areas of Maricopa County, you can call the Flood Control District’s Floodplain Division at 602-506-2419 and ask for floodplain determination. Prior to calling make sure you have the Tax Assessor Number. You may also check the Federal Emergency Management Agency’s Flood Insurance Maps
Flood Insurance Maps.

2. Do I need a site inspection?: Whether a site inspection is needed or not depends on the location of the site and if the Engineering Division already has drainage information for the site. The Engineering Division Representative will determine if a site inspection is needed at the time of the plan submittal.

3. Do I need an engineer to prepare my plans?: Yes, in most instances. Check the Drainage Matrix page
Drainage Matrix page.

A Drainage Clearance is issued as part of the Building Permitting process. A site plan has to be submitted to the Maricopa County Planning and Development Department. The Plan is taken in and a decision is made whether a site investigation is required. If not, then the plan is either issued over the counter or sent to Engineering for further review. If a site investigation is required, the applicant is told to stake the property corners of the building location and call for the site inspection. Once the inspection is performed, the decision is made as to whether an engineer needs to be retained to provide hydrology and/or hydraulic information, or are we able to issue the Drainage Clearance only based upon minimal information such as drainage arrows and cross-sections.

Once the final plans are prepared and sent to the Engineering Division for review and, if all of the requirements are met, they are approved. When all of the reviewing agencies are satisfied that the plan meets their requirements, a Drainage Clearance is issued as part of the County’s Permitting Process. For further information call 602-506-3301.

5. How do I report a violation of the drainage regulations?: Call the Maricopa County Planning and Development at 602-506-3301. Be prepared to provide as much detail as possible, including the address or parcel number involved and a description of the suspected violation. If you choose to provide your name and phone number, efforts will be made to keep that information confidential. You may also report a violation online.

6. How far away from the wash does my house need to be?: The location of the structure in proximity to a wash is dependent on the size of the wash, the amount of flow the wash carries, and if any bank stabilization is required. The Engineering Plan Reviewer will determine if a location is acceptable during the plan review. In general, stay away from all major washes. A good rule for proposed structures within twenty feet would be to provide bank protection and set the footers below the bottom elevation of the wash. For larger washes, a civil engineer will need to determine appropriate erosion control. Erosion control may need to meet Arizona State Standard 5-96.

7. What needs to be shown on the site plans?: To know what needs to be shown, please review the section regarding Plan Submittal Requirements on the Drainage Review page.
Drainage Review page.

8. When do I call for a final inspection?: After everything has been completed, all the concrete has been poured, all trenches have been filled, stockpiles/berms removed and the site has been rough graded. Call our inspection line at 602-506-3629. Inspections for the next day need to be called in prior to 2:30 p.m. (This is an automated system). You can also
request an inspection online.

9. When do I call for a stem inspection?: Prior to pouring the stem walls, you must call for a stem inspection. Have the contractor set up the height of the stem walls for our inspector’s site visit. This should happen after the initial site plan has been approved. Call our inspection line at 602-506-3629. Inspections for the next day need to be called in prior to 2:30 p.m. (This is an automated system). You can also request an inspection online.
request an inspection online.

▼
Planning & Development - Home Occupation

1. Where/when can a business be operated from a residence?: There are 2 types of home occupation definitions in the Zoning Ordinance:
1. Residential home occupations, which are allowed as an accessory use in any rural or residential zoning district, subject to the conditions outlined in the Use Regulations of Chapters 5 and 6 of the Ordinance. Garage/yard sales or home parties that are held for the sale of goods or services are not considered a home occupation, provided these sales do not exceed 6 days in one year.

2. Cottage industries are permitted in rural and residential zoning districts, subject to obtaining a Special Use Permit approved by the Board of Supervisors (as outlined in Chapter 13 of the Ordinance).

2. What determines if the activity occurring is a business?: The Zoning Ordinance does not list businesses (i.e. commercial activity) as a permitted primary use in rural or residential districts; however, many accessory commercial businesses can be permitted under the residential home occupation definition or the cottage industry definition assuming the required standards dealing with the level of activity and effects on surrounding properties are adhered to.

▼
Planning & Development - Legal Non-Conforming

1. What does legal nonconforming mean?: First, nonconforming means that the subject does not conform to current regulations; and therefore, is in violation of those regulations. In order to qualify as legal and still be nonconforming, the situation which does not meet current regulation must have lawfully existed before those regulations were effective. Once qualified, a legal nonconforming (grandfathered) situation exists.

2. This building is over 30 years old, is it legal nonconforming?: Any building or structure in existence on a lot as of January 1, 2000 is considered legal nonconforming and will not be required to obtain a construction permit unless there is an observable defect or public safety concern.

3. What is a legal nonconforming use?: The zoning district in which the property is located determines what uses are allowed on the parcel. A situation where the current use of that property or building(s) does not conform with the zoning, but has been an ongoing use (without an interruption of 12 months or more) since before the zoning regulations took effect on May 29, 1969, may qualify as a legal nonconforming use.

4. How do you determine if a use is legal non-conforming?: Staff researches legal nonconforming files located in the department to verify or find information on the use on the property. If we have no previous record or substantiation, the owner is required to provide independent third party documentation that the use is legal nonconforming. A site plan, indicating all uses and structures with setbacks, is also required. The information, when submitted and determined adequate, is retained in files and sorted by Assessor Parcel Number.

5. What do I need to do to establish a legal nonconforming use or circumstance?: A public record must be documented and the burden of proof falls mostly to the applicant. A land use submittal for a Legal Nonconforming determination is required. For more information, access the Information packet and application (pdf).
Information Packet and Application (PDF).

▼
Planning & Development - Manufactured Housing

1. Where can I place a manufactured home?: Any rural or residential lot in the unincorporated area of the county may be issued a development permit for the placement of one single-wide or multi-sectional manufactured home built after June 15, 1976. The unit must be on a permanent foundation system, which means either on a slab/stem wall foundation or on a state approved system. Re-roofing, re-siding and structural additions must conform to the Maricopa County Comprehensive Building Code. Manufactured homes are also permitted in a mobile home park.

2. What is the procedure for developing a mobile home park?: Mobile Home Parks are allowed in the R-5 Multiple Family Residential Zoning Districts and must adhere to the standards outlined in Section 1203 of the Maricopa County Zoning Ordinancy (PDF).

3. Where can I put my manufactured home?: A multi-sectional manufactured home can be placed in any location in which a site-built home is permitted. A single wide mobile home can also be placed in any location in which a site-built home is permitted, in a mobile home subdivision, or in a mobile home park. All that is needed is a development permit.

4. How do I contact the State Office that regulates mobile and manufactured homes?: Contact the State Office by visiting the Arizona Department of Fire, Building and Life Safety website.
Fire, Building and Life Safety website.

5. What is the procedure to have electricity turned on?: Once a permit is obtained and a final inspection has been performed, the inspector will direct staff to contact the servicing utility company with a clearance number to initiate this process.

▼
Planning & Development - Permits

1. How does the Online permitting process work?: The online process follows the same path as paper submittals. The advantage of the online process is convenience for our customers by not having to make the trip into the office, and by not needing to print plans for review. Only one set of each required document is needed for uploading into the online software, currently ProjectDox. The turnaround times for plan review are the same as for paper submittals. View our permitting page.

2. What is the Fast Track Program?: The Fast Track program offers a more expedient review process for many simple projects. Those projects are ones that have no dominant zoning, environmental, drainage or floodplain concerns and can be processed the same day while customers wait or return to the office later the same day. If a project would have originally been Fast Track eligible, modifications are also accepted with certain restrictions. Please inquire at time of submittal.

3. Where do I obtain a Building Permit or submit my plans?: Learn how to obtain a building permit and how to submit any plans on our informational resources page.

▼
Planning & Development - Plan of Development

1. What is a Plan of Development (POD)?: A Plan of Development (POD) is a site plan which describes how a parcel of land is proposed to be improved. It includes outlines of all structures and site improvements, including but not limited to:
- Property lines
- Setbacks
- Driveways
- Landscaping
- Existing structures
- Proposed structures
- Utility connections

Typically, a POD does not involve any entitlements – that is, there is no requirement to obtain additional approvals for the type of development proposed (i.e., zoning, variance, etc.). The POD review focuses on reviewing the entire project layout for basic design and compatibility and to ensure that a project meets applicable regulations and policies.

2. What is the difference between a Plan of Development (POD) and site plan submitted for a building permit?: Often the term plan of development and site plan are used interchangeably. However, in the case of a POD, the site plan must convey the conditions that will ultimately exist at build-out, whereas the site plan submitted for building or construction permits may only consider existing structures and those contemplated by the particular permit.

3. When is a Plan of Development (POD) required?: A POD is required for all non-residential zoning districts, 2-family and multi-family developments, and all sites with a Unit Plan of Development (UPD), and Planned Area Development (PAD).

4. Do I need a Plan of Development (POD) if I’m expanding a site that is already developed?: Yes. For any existing 2-family, multi-family, or commercial developments, an as-built POD (subject to certain conditions and to a zoning clearance review and fee) will be allowed for any development existing prior to September 22, 2008. Industrial developments have a similar allowance, but are subject to the existing effective date of October 15, 1984. An as-built POD is processed via a land use application, with the average process time of 2 to 3 weeks. For proposals on existing 2-family, multi-family, or commercial developments involving internal tenant improvements, additional wall signs, and other non-layout changes or minor permits, only building permits will be required.

5. What is the Plan of Development (POD) process and how long is it?: Effective September 22, 2008, PODs are processed administratively by staff. Because this office has no control over the quality of submittals, nor the number of resubmittals required, or the time it takes an applicant to make such resubmittal(s), the average processing timeframe is 90 days. Additionally, a number of reasons could require the POD to be forwarded to the Planning and Zoning Commission and Board of Supervisors for review or appeal by either staff or the applicant, which may increase the time.

6. May I process a Plan of Development (POD) with my Zone Change request?: Yes. A POD may be processed through the Planning and Zoning Commission and Board of Supervisors concurrent with a Zone Change request (under the Zone Change application) or it may be processed administratively (under a separate POD application). All Zone Change requests that require a POD will be charged as a Zone Change with Overlay and a separate POD request will be charged accordingly. Therefore, if a Zone Change and POD are processed under 1 application at the same time, there is a financial savings.

7. How do I amend an approved Plan of Development (POD)?: Amendments to existing PODs may be processed administratively via a Major or Minor Amendment process if they do not change or alter the Board of Supervisors’ approved development standard or stipulation of approval. The main difference between a major and minor proposal is in scope of work proposed and required fees.

8. Does a Plan of Development (POD) expire?: Yes. POD approvals are valid for 2 years, with a possible extension of 1 additional year. The POD approval will essentially “vest” with issuance of a building or construction permit.

9. Is a pre-application meeting required for a Plan of Development (POD)?: No, however it is recommended. Pre-Application meetings are attended by representatives from Planning, Drainage review, Zoning review, Transportation, Environmental Services, and Flood Control. If the POD is submitted in conjunction with a request for a Zone Change, a pre-application meeting is required.

▼
Planning & Development - Property History

1. How do I learn the history of this property?: To learn the history, review our Permit Research options to see if there are any violations, expired and current permits, etc. on the property. If there is an available history of the property, there may be a zoning case, SUP, LU, etc. on the property. For more information, you may also view the PlanNet page

2. How do I conduct research on the history of this property?: If you need to request any documentation that may assist you as new buyers, visit our public records page.

▼
Planning & Development - Property Research

1. How can I tell if my property has hillside on it?: Our online database is not comprehensive and does not account for all local variations in gradient change which may meet the hillside definition: slope of 15% or greater within any 5 foot elevation change (See MCZO Section 1201). For an accurate picture of a particular lot, please consult with a registered land surveyor. You may view our online planning tool, PlanNet.

2. My neighbor has erected several structures without a permit - what should I do?: Building permits are required for all structures with the exception of a structure that is less than 200 square feet with no electrical, plumbing or mechanical. After speaking with your neighbor, if you feel a violation of the Maricopa County Zoning Ordinance exists, you may submit an online code compliance violation complaint.

3. How do I find out about the easements located on or near my property?: Maricopa County Planning and Development has no records of easements on individual lots that are not part of a recorded subdivision; a surveyor, real estate attorney, or a “schedule B” from a title company may be able to assist you with the location of easements. Recorded subdivisions may have easement information listed as part of the recorded plat. You may also research the county recorder office.
county recorder office.

4. My neighbor’s fence seems to be across the property line, as well as the chickens, horse, etc. is looking over the fence at me; the smell, etc. is bothering me, what are you going to do about it?: If you believe there has been a violation on a neighboring property, please contact the Code Compliance Team to report the issue. For an overview of the Code Compliance process, and the option of submitting a complaint online, view the reporting a complaint page.

5. Do I need a permit for a fence or to increase the height of the fence and I want to put up a fence to block my neighbor from using the easement, do I need a permit?: All fencing over 1 foot in height requires a permit from the Planning and Development Departments. Fencing is classified as a “B-fence” requiring building and zoning clearances if it is located on a vacant property; serves as a pool barrier; is over 8 feet in height; is located on a hillside property; or retains soils (retaining wall). All other fencing would be classified as “D-fencing” and requires a drainage clearance. For more information, visit our Residential Construction page.
Residential Construction page.

6. My neighbor is blocking my easement, what are you going to do about it/what can I do about it?: Fencing or structures should not cross an ingress/egress easement. The Planning and Development Department does not prohibit fencing or structures located in an ingress/egress easement, but relies on the customer to provide accurate information on the documents submitted for a permit.

The Planning and Development Department is not involved with ingress/egress easement conflict as this is a civil concern and must be resolved as such. If you believe there has been a violation on a neighboring property, please contact the Code Compliance Team to report the issue. For an overview of the Code Compliance process, and the option of submitting a complaint online, view the reporting a complaint page.

7. I want to split my property and need to know how to do this?: Please read more about how to split (or combine) parcels of land on our informational Splitting Property page.
Splitting Property page.

8. Who provides electrical, sewer, water service to my property?: Learn more about the companies that provide service on our utility services page.
utility services page.

▼
Planning & Development - Residential

1. What is the definition of an accessory building?: Section 202 of the Zoning Ordinance defines an accessory building as: “A building or manufactured/mobile home which is subordinate to and the use of which is incidental to that of the principal building or use on the same lot."

2. What determines if a building is an accessory?: The first criteria is that a lot must have a permitted primary use established (usually a dwelling unit). Next, the proposed accessory building must be clearly incidental to the established primary use (e.g. detached garage, home workshop, etc.).

3. Where should an accessory building be located on a property?: On any lot, an accessory building can be located at any location that the primary building can be located. In addition to the regular location standards, detached accessory buildings are permitted to be constructed/placed at a minimum 3 foot setback in any location other than the required front yard. Accessory buildings cannot occupy more than 30 percent of the required rear yard or side yard. Finally, if the detached accessory building is a garage entering an alley, it must be a minimum of 10 feet from the alley line.

4. How do I get electricity during construction of my home/business?: At the time a building permit is being obtained, construction power must be requested. If construction surpasses the rough topout state, construction power will not be issued. Temporary construction power may be secured for a residence at the time of permit application for the residence by mentioning to the building safety counter person that temporary construction power is needed.

Once the building permit for the residence is issued, should the applicant need construction power, a “field change” may be issued by the building inspector. In either case, the applicant will receive instruction on setting up a temporary construction service and will be given the appropriate forms to fill out and sign. Temporary construction power for a business is left up to the discretion of the building inspector, since he or she will be more familiar with the project.

▼
Planning & Development - Temporary Power

1. How do I get electricity during construction of my home/business?: At the time a building permit is being obtained, construction power must be requested. If construction surpasses the rough topout state, construction power will not be issued. Temporary construction power may be secured for a residence at the time of permit application for the residence by mentioning to the building safety counter person that temporary construction power is needed.

Once the building permit for the residence is issued, should the applicant need construction power, a “field change” may be issued by the building inspector. In either case, the applicant will receive instructions on setting up a temporary construction service and will be given the appropriate forms to fill out and sign. Temporary construction power for a business is left up to the discretion of the building inspector, since he/she will be more familiar with the project.

2. What is the procedure to have electricity turned on?: Once a permit is obtained and a final inspection has been performed, the inspector will direct staff to contact the servicing utility company with a clearance number to initiate this process.

▼
Planning & Development - Temporary Use

3. Can a property have temporary housing?

1. Why do I need a Temporary Use Permit?: Certain uses are not allowed on a property but may be necessary or desirable for a limited period of time and these uses can be carefully regulated through the issuance of a Temporary Use Permit.

2. What uses typically require a Temporary Use Permit?: The uses are determined by the Zoning Inspector; typical uses include:
- Temporary Housing
- Caretaker’s Quarters
- Temporary Events
- Temporary Seasonal Sales
- Underage Occupancy
- Off-Site Construction Yard
- Temporary Model Home Sales Complex

Yes, for up to 2 years if the owner is constructing or reconstructing a permanent residence on the site and the building permit for the permanent residence remains active.

The Ordinance also has allowance for emergency housing. An example of emergency housing is temporary shelter for persons displaced by fire, flood, etc.

4. My parents are ill and need my care. Can I place another residence on my property until their condition changes?: Yes, with a statement from their physician. The Temporary Use Permit for the caretaker’s quarters must be renewed annually. The additional residence shall not be permanent in nature and must be removed once the need is no longer valid or necessary.

5. Is a Temporary Use Permit necessary for a weekend or a seasonal event?: It depends on the specifics of the event and how large it may be, but generally yes, this permit is needed for a weekend or seasonal event. A Temporary Use Permit may be approved for temporary/special events limited to 30 event days within a 6 month period.

▼
Planning & Development - Variance Cases / Meetings

1. Will the Board of Adjustment consider my building request?: You will be provided an opportunity to present your case to the Board at a hearing.

2. What are my chances of getting my request approved?: Staff cannot answer that question since the Board is responsible for the final determination. If you do not agree with the Board’s decision, you have the right to file an appeal with the Maricopa County Superior Court within 30 days of the Board’s decision.

3. How long does it take for a case to be heard?: Typically 1 to 2 months if all the information is correct and revisions are not required. There are exceptions for hillside variances, drainage review, interpretations, and complex requests.

4. Do I have to have a pre-application meeting?: A pre-application meeting is highly recommended for variance requests. This allows the property and staff to evaluate the request(s) and to provide information on the variance application process.

5. Whom do I contact for the pre-application meeting?: For more information on the individuals or boards to contact, Planning and Development has made available a Pre-Application Meeting Packet (PDF).
Pre-Application Meeting Packet (PDF).

6. Is there a fee for a variance pre-application meeting?: Yes, based upon the following: Residential with violation $150, Residential without violation $50. The Pre-Application Meeting packet includes the fee schedule and the application materials required for submittal.

7. What types of cases are heard by the Board?: Deviations to the Zoning Ordinance with regard to applicable zoning standards (i.e. yard setbacks, lot coverage, lot area or width, etc.), hillside and drainage regulations, interpretations of the meaning of a word or phrase in the zoning ordinance, code compliance reviews, appeal of determinations and some temporary use permit requests.

▼
Planning & Development - Variance Requests

1. I own the property, so why can’t I build what I want and where I want it?: A structure must be compliant with the Maricopa County Zoning Ordinance, applicable building codes and all regulations before an approved building permit will be issued. All required inspections must be obtained before the structure receives a final inspection and/or a certificate of occupancy.

2. I don’t see why I have to do anything about an existing structure, since it was on the property when I purchased the site.: As the property owner, you are responsible for the zoning compliance of all structures on your property, whether you or a previous owner built it.

3. There is a violation on my property. Does it continue while I have applied for a variance?: Yes, but the violation will be placed in administration remedy until the variance request has been heard by the Board.

▼
Planning & Development – Inspections

1. How can I get a hold of my inspector?: Call 602-506-7170 for assigned inspector information; if unavailable, contact the Call Center at 602-506-3301 for immediate assistance.

2. Why can’t I get the 970 and 900 on the same day? Or 155 and 110?: These inspections are performed by separate divisions. Grading inspections must be performed first to ensure construction will be free of inundation. We are currently working on a program to permit 155 FF inspections and 110 inspections at the same time; the website will be updated when implemented.

3. Where can I get a list of all the inspections and the codes?: Available inspections are listed on the permit, they may appear on page 2 or 3 of your issued permit.

4. Why didn’t I get my gas clearance with the 819?: Gas clearances are sent upon 900 Final inspection approval for safety reasons. The 819 inspection is usually just for the underground piping. Approval of the 819 inspection is normally just to backfill or cover the trench and not all final testing, connections or related permits are complete at this time. If the permit only requires a single inspection for a gas repair, a clearance would be sent at that time.

5. Why can I not receive temporary power now? We were approved for it months ago?: Temporary power is issued for construction of the project only, usually for limited GFCI receptacles. If it was approved early in the project and is not requested from the utility company until further along in the project, a final inspection would be required to verify the electrical installation that has progressed meets all applicable codes. There may be exceptions based on special circumstances, ex: service panel replacements, upgrades and PV solar installations.

6. Why didn’t my inspector call me when he/she didn’t find the permit/plans?: Contact information must be given on each inspection request if you would like to receive a call from the inspector. Given the volume of inspections and area we cover, inspections are not available by appointment.

7. Do I have to be there for my inspection?: No. Approved plans, access to inspection site, and any special instructions must be provided for inspector.

8. Do I have to have the cabinets/carpet/grass etc. installed to pass final?: All elements required by code or ordinances must be completed prior to final inspection. Cosmetic items such as paint and carpet do not need to be completed on residential projects for final.

9. How do I request a Certificate of Occupancy or Letter of Completion?: A Certificate of Occupancy (C of O) may be requested by submitting a request via our online inquiry system. C of O’s are not issued for residential permits; you may request a Letter of Completion for your residential project using the above email address.

▼
Procurement Services

7. Does the County buy what I sell? How do I find out?

1. Why do I have to register in two places?: Periscope/Bidsync E-Procure manages the purchasing activities, while the Department of Finance maintains expense information including 1099 reporting. The information required for both of these business units to operate is different. Periscope/Bidsync collects detailed information about the goods/services you provide, while the Department of Finance collects the information required to get you paid.

2. Where can I find my Periscope/Bidsync payee ID number?: This number is provided to first time awardees in the Periscope/BidSync system. It can be found at www.bidsync.com under your vendor record or in the notification email that you received the first time you were awarded from a bid or quote through BidSync. You will need this number when you register for payment with the Department of Finance.

3. Do I need a Tax Identification Number to register or may I use my Social Security number?: If you have a Tax Identification Number, also called a FEIN number (Federal Employer Identification Number) you should use it when registering your company. If you are an individual doing business, you will use your Social Security number to register. If you have applied for a FEIN and have not yet received it, you may also use your Social Security number, and replace it when you receive your FEIN.

4. What is the importance of the NIGP Codes and can I change my NIGP Codes after I register?: The NIGP Code is a type of Standard Industry Code (SIC) used by governmental organizations. It is highly recommended that vendors carefully select the NIGP commodity codes that most accurately reflect the commodities and services their company provides. Bid invitations are sent to those bidders and suppliers who have registered the specified NIGP codes on their profile. You may change your NIGP Codes by logging in and going to the area where you maintain your contact information. If you don’t find an exact match to the goods that your company supplies, choose the closest NIGP Code or select multiple codes.

5. What if my information changes?: Changes should be made in both systems. You can login to Periscope/Bidsync with your username and password to make any changes there, and complete a Vendor Change Request Form for any changes to your payment information.

6. Do local vendors get preference for the County? (Small, Minority, Women-Owned, etc.): Maricopa County does not have any preference programs, however encourages departments to utilize small businesses (as determined by Program guidelines) for non-contract purchases of less than $50,000.

Maricopa County purchases a wide variety of commodities and services needed to support dozens of county agencies, including public safety agencies, general offices, courts, public health and welfare, maintenance and construction of buildings, roads, parks and playgrounds. Additional information on the commodities and services purchased by the County can be obtained by searching the currently awarded contracts. This will provide information on not only what is being purchased but also the specifications, contractor and prices.

Notices are published on the Office of Procurement Services' website when the County issues formal competitive solicitations (RFPs, IFBs and RFQs) for those procurements expected to exceed $50,000. The notices are accompanied by the entire solicitation document, when practical, in a downloadable format. Notices are also posted in the Office of Procurement Services offices and published in county’s newspaper or record which is currently the Arizona Business Gazette. When a wider distribution is deemed necessary for any type of solicitation, regional and national publications may be used to circulate the required information.

Vendors that have registered on the County’s web-based E-purchasing system with a current email address should receive automatic notification of solicitations for quotes (for procurements valued $50,000 or less) in the commodity or service areas in which they have registered. Any vendor that has not registered on the County's web-based bidders' list may still obtain a copy of the quote requests by visiting the Office of Procurement Services' website.

8. How can I find out what goods or services are currently being solicited by Maricopa County government?: All bids for goods and services currently being solicited are posted on the Office of Procurement Services' web site at the URL shown above, and can be found at www.periscopeholdings.com/s2g.
Periscope/Bidsync

9. How do I get added to an existing contract?: Unless a solicitation is "Open and Continuous", new vendors may only be added to a contract through participation in a formal solicitation and award. If you are registered with Periscope/Bidsync, and have selected your notification preferences as well as the appropriate commodity code, you will receive notification when a solicitation for those codes is (re)issued.

10. How do I find out which buyer I should contact?: Please see the Procurement Officer Assignment Listing (PDF).

11. Does Maricopa County always award to the lowest bidder?: No, Maricopa County may utilize the following solicitation methods:
- Invitation for Bid: awarded to the lowest price, responsive and responsible bidder meeting specifications. If a response to an Invitation for Bids is not responsive, responsible or does not meet the minimum specifications, the price offered is irrelevant.
- Request for Proposal: Awarded to respondent whose offer is in the best requirements of the County based on evaluation criteria contained in the solicitation.

12. How do you solicit goods and services?: Unless otherwise required by law, all goods and services shall be procured by issuing competitive sealed bids or proposals. - Formal Requests for Proposals (RFP’s), Invitations for Bids (IFB’s) and Requests for Qualifications (RFQ’s) are used for the purchase of goods and services in excess of $50,000 and construction in excess of $100,000. Informal quotes are used for goods and services $50,000 or less. The County Board of Supervisors approves all contracts for goods and services in excess of $250,000. - Formal solicitations require posting of a public notice and submission of a sealed bid or proposal. Although a sealed bid technique is not used, all informal quotations greater than $10,000 are made on a competitive basis, soliciting quotes from at least 3 vendors whenever possible. The Maricopa County Procurement Code exempts small purchases of $10,000 or less from the competitive solicitation process. Procurement requirements shall not be artificially divided so as to constitute a small purchase.

13. What types of contracts do you use?: The County normally utilized two types of contracts, either a firm-fixed price contract or a term contract.
- Firm-Fixed Price Contract: This type of contract is used when the County procures required services or commodities on a one-time basis. A firm price is requested for fixed quantities, for a fixed price, with single or multiple delivery sites.
- Term Contract: This type of contract is used when the County procures commodities and services as needed, at fixed unit prices or fixed discount schedules, through multi-year contracts for estimated quantities of materials or services commonly used in volume by specific agencies or on a county-wide basis. Certain contracts may include a price escalation clause.

14. Who can use County contracts?: In addition to county agencies, there are other organizations that have the authority to utilize County contracts. These include the State of Arizona, most local cities, all state counties, the Superior Court, all Arizona school districts, and others. For a complete list, contact Office of Procurement Services, at 602-506-3967.

15. Can I bid on other agency’s solicitations I find in BidSync?: Yes. Just be aware that other agencies may utilize a different pricing model. All relevant information is available within the bids.

16. How do I get on your bid list?: The County has a web-based vendor registration system on its E-purchasing website. Vendors must self-register, and registration is free. The County encourages vendors to participate in county solicitation opportunities. However, it is the vendors' responsibility to keep their registration current and it is their responsibility to modify their registration online whenever any changes occur in their commodities or service, address, ownership, or status as a prospective bidder. Failure to respond to a formal solicitation is defined as a lack of response when invited to bid. The County reserves the right to update and validate the bidders' list periodically and may require renewal of applications on file.

17. How do I submit a bid or proposal?: All formal bids and proposals shall be submitted as specified in the solicitation document. It is the vendor’s responsibility to assure delivery of their response to a solicitation regardless of the method chosen for delivery. Submissions must be received by Maricopa County on or before the published date and time contained in the solicitation document. The time and date deadline will be noted on the cover page of the respective bid or proposal. The Purchasing time stamp shall be the official time of receipt. Bids and proposals received after the designated date and time will be returned unopened and will not be considered for award.

18. Are solicitation openings public?: Unless otherwise stated on the Notices page, all formal bids are opened publicly at the location shown in the solicitation document on the date and at the time listed. A County Procurement Officer presides over the bid openings, and shall read pertinent information based on the solicitation method being used. A cordial invitation is extended to vendors, sales staff, and the interested public to be present at the bid opening to witness the reading. No decisions of award or rejections are made during the bid opening. No discussions relating to the bids are entered into during the bid opening. A copy of the “unofficial tabulation” that is recorded at the reading is made available upon request for those interested parties that are unable to attend. Other representatives of the County may be in attendance. Notices Page

19. What if I make a mistake?: The County will allow for the correction or withdrawal of inadvertently erroneous bids before bid opening. After bid opening, corrections or withdrawals shall only be permitted to the extent that the bidder can show, by clear and convincing evidence that a mistake of a non-judgmental character was made. The Chief Procurement Officer reserves the right to waive any informality or irregularity in any bid/proposal. Any provision, which if changed or waived would materially change the bid/proposal, cannot be waived, as that would impact the fairness of the solicitation process.

20. How do I know who won the contract?: For IFB's, the award is made to the lowest responsive (conforms in all material respects) and responsible (has the capability to perform and the integrity and reliability which will assure good faith performance) bidder who meets the minimum specification defined in the solicitation document. The Purchasing Division produces a tabulation for all formal IFB's. Copies of the official tabulations are available upon request after the award. Results are not provided over the telephone. The bid documents are public information and therefore may be inspected under the Freedom of Information Act.

For requests for proposal (RFPs), the award is made to the proposer whose proposal is deemed most advantageous to the County based upon the evaluation criteria as published in the RFP document. The Chief Procurement Officer's recommendation for award notice is issued to all RFP respondents after the evaluation process is finished. Proposals are available for public inspection under the Freedom of Information Act.

21. Do you always issue an award?: The County reserves the right to reject or cancel any or all bids or proposals for any reason. The County may or may not reissue bids or proposals if all responses are rejected.

22. I submitted a response to a solicitation but wasn't successful. How can I see what the other respondents submitted?: After a bid award has been approved, you can submit a Public Records Request to the responsible Procurement Officer listed on the solicitation.

23. How can I see a current contract online?: See the County Contracts page.

24. I just received a purchase order, what do I do now?: If you have questions, contact the responsible agency listed on the purchase order. A purchase order is a document that authorizes a contractor or vendor to provide commodities or services to the County. The County may not be responsible for payment for services rendered or goods delivered in instances where an authorized purchase order has not been issued. If you are asked to fulfill an order or provide a service without a County purchase order, you are cautioned to acquire an authorized purchase order and to obtain the name and department of the individual who issued the request for commodities or services. A purchase order is essential to doing business with the County. It is your assurance that you are authorized to be paid for the goods provided or the services rendered.

25. Why do you ask for delivery dates?: Vendors are typically asked on the solicitation document to provide the number of days required before delivery of a commodity or service can be completed, or the specific date upon which delivery will be made. The time required for delivery may be a critical consideration in determining which vendor shall receive the award, or whether the contract should be awarded. Successful bidders will be expected to deliver the commodities and/or services they are providing within the specified time. If delivery dates cannot be met, Office of Procurement Services must be notified immediately. Office of Procurement Services will decide, after notification of late delivery, the next course of action.

26. Where do I ship goods to?: All shipments to the County must be made to the locations designated on the purchase order. Deliveries may be required to be made to different divisions in various locations. All purchases are made F.O.B. destination, unless otherwise specified. The County's title to goods occurs upon satisfactory delivery and acceptance at the delivery point shown on the purchase order. The purchase order number must appear on the shipping or delivery ticket, as well as on the invoice. Failure to meet specified delivery schedules may result in cancellation of the order. At a minimum, such delinquency will be noted in the vendor's record.

27. What if I can’t ship the whole order?: A delivery normally must be made in the exact quantity called for on the purchase order unless otherwise defined in the purchase order. Partial deliveries, however, are accepted in some instances. The County will make payment on partial deliveries when:
1. A contract for the commodities or contractual services extends over a period of months
2. The solicitation/contract does not require a single payment upon completion
3. Authorization for payment is made by the receiving agency

In the case of any partial delivery, the shipping ticket and invoices must indicate the quantity being delivered and not the quantity ordered by the County.

28. How do I get paid?

Once awarded a contract, a vendor must complete their registration in the Maricopa County Vendor Self-Service Portal (VSS) in order to receive payment for commodities or services furnished to the County. After registration in VSS, a vendor must submit an original invoice to the using agency. Invoices should not be sent to Office of Procurement Services. Invoices must show: 1. Purchase Order number 2. Complete description of the commodities or services furnished 3. Quantity 4. Unit prices and extensions 5. Date of delivery or date services were performed 6. The discount terms 7. Name of the department to which shipment was made or services performed 8. Vendor Registration Number In addition, the invoice should include the vendor's invoice number and date. Before issuing the invoice, be sure to verify that it complies with the pricing agreed to in the contract or there may be a delay in payment while the discrepancy is resolved.

For VSS help please call (602) 506-1000. It is recommended to use Internet Explorer browser when using VSS.

Maricopa County Vendor Self-Service Portal (VSS)

29. How do I check on my invoice?: Contact the Department of Finance at 602-506-3561.

30. What is the rule on personal gifts from vendors?: Office of Procurement Services employees may not accept gifts, services or gratuities from vendors or potential vendors.

31. What are your normal business hours?: Office of Procurement Services is open for business from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except observed holidays. The office is located at: 160 S. 4th Avenue
Phoenix, AZ 85003.

32. May I visit County Purchasing staff?: Sales representatives are a valuable source of information in obtaining bids, specifications, state of the art advancements or product improvements. They also assist in resolving problems in delivery, billing and payment matters, etc. Therefore, we value their visits. However, we recommend scheduling an appointment in order to effectively utilize time.

▼
Public Advocate

1. What is a public advocate?: A public advocate is someone who graduated from law school, passed the bar exam, and is licensed to practice law. In other words, a public advocate is a lawyer. All public advocates have received extensive training for juvenile court and are held to the highest standards.

2. How will my public advocate help me?: Your public advocate is your lawyer. Your lawyer will talk privately with you about your case. Your lawyer will explain your case to you and answer your questions. Your lawyer will keep your secrets confidential. Your lawyer will be on your side in court.

If you are younger than 18, you still have the right to have a lawyer. Your lawyer will need to meet with you without your parents in the room.

Normally, your lawyer also can talk to your parents and answer their questions, if that’s okay with you. Sometimes, however, that is not possible. For example, in some cases, victims’ rights laws prevent defense lawyers from talking to parents.

3. How can I get a public advocate?: The court appoints public advocates when the person who needs a lawyer cannot afford to hire a lawyer.

If you don’t have a lawyer yet and would like to speak with a public advocate, you may call us at 602-372-9550.

4. Is a public advocate free?: Public advocates are lawyers who work in juvenile court for people who cannot afford to hire a lawyer. It costs a lot of money to hire a lawyer.

Usually, when the court orders the services of a public advocate for a person younger than 18, the court also orders the parents to pay $400 to help the county for the cost of legal representation.

However, the Office of the Public Advocate does not receive the money and does not know if the money is paid or not. The public advocate will work hard on the case no matter what. Also, if the parents cannot afford to pay, they can participate in a financial review process that can result in reduction or waiver of the fee.

5. Why is a probation officer calling me? I’m not on probation!: If you have a court case (or if you are going to have a court case soon), a probation officer is going to call you and/or your parents. This is because the probation office is gathering information for the court to use. The court will use this information to help decide whether to lock someone up and to help decide what the person must do and what rules they must follow.

The probation officer is not your lawyer. The probation officer will tell the judge what you tell him or her. Also, the probation officer cannot give you legal advice.

6. What happens at juvenile court?: At juvenile court, you first meet with your lawyer, and then go into the courtroom with your lawyer, who will help you.

It is important to arrive at court at least half an hour before your court hearing. This way, you will have enough time to talk to your lawyer. Your lawyer will need to explain things to you and answer your questions.

Then, in the courtroom, the judge will decide what will happen to you. It is important to make a good impression on the judge. It is important to be polite and to wear appropriate clothing.

7. Can the juvenile court take away my driver's license?: The juvenile court can take away your driver license for:
- Car theft and related offenses
- Doing graffiti or possessing graffiti tools
- Driving under the influence of drugs or alcohol
- Driving with any alcohol in your body
- Possession or use of drugs or drug paraphernalia
- Some other driving offenses

If you do not have a driver license, the court can take away your chance to get a driver license for these offenses. This is true even if you are too young to drive at the time of the offense, and even if the offense has nothing to do with driving.

Generally, the loss of driver license is until age 18, but can be longer. For example, the loss of driver license of for driving under the influence of drugs or alcohol is for 2 years, or 3 years if the offense is aggravated.

8. What is an appeal?: For more information on the nature and process of appeals, please read our helpful appeals guide.

▼
Public Advocate - Restoration of Rights

7. Where can I get an application?

1. What rights are lost when a person is convicted of a felony?: A felony conviction suspends a person’s civil liberties. The person loses the right to vote, the right to hold public office of trust or profit, the right to serve as a juror and right to possess a gun. A felony conviction may also prevent a person from obtaining business and professional licenses, government secured loans and housing.

2. Can a person restore their civil liberties?: A person’s civil liberties may be restored. A person with only one Arizona felony conviction, whose civil rights were lost or suspended, had their rights automatically restored upon completion of a term of probation, or receipt of an absolute discharge from imprisonment if the person paid all imposed fines or restitution.

This does not apply to the right to possess a weapon, however. To restore the right to possess a weapon the person must file an application with Maricopa County Superior Court.

A person with two or more Arizona felony convictions must file the applications to restore their civil liberties with Maricopa County Superior Court. A separate application will be required for each felony criminal case.

3. What if my felony conviction was in another state?: A person wishing to restore their civil liberties must do so in the state in which the felony conviction occurred. Many states automatically restore a person’s civil liberties upon completion of probation or discharge from the department of corrections.

A person should contact the state in which the conviction occurred to obtain information regarding the restoration process.

4. What if I was convicted of a felony in federal court?: A person convicted of a felony in federal court may apply to restore their civil liberties in the county in which they currently reside, however, the state may not restore the person’s right to possess a fire arm or have their judgment of guilt vacated/set aside.

5. How do I know if I am eligible to restore my rights?: If you only had one Arizona felony your rights were restored upon completion of probation or absolute discharge from the Department of Corrections as long as all fines and restitution were paid. However, to ensure that the court informs the elections office that you are eligible to vote you should file an application to restore your civil liberties. Also, the court will not set aside a judgment of guilt without an application.

If you have two or more felonies in Arizona you may apply to restore your civil liberties upon completion of probation or two years from your absolute discharge as long as all your fines and restitution were paid.

6. What is setting aside judgment?: Upon completion of probation or sentence and discharge by the court a person may file to have their judgment set aside. Setting aside a judgment releases the citizen from all penalties and disabilities resulting from the conviction.

Setting aside judgment does not seal or expunge ones record. The record is still accessible to the public. However, the record will have a notation stating that the judgment has been set aside. Some employers are more likely to view the setting aside of a judgment favorably. The setting aside of a judgment lets the employer know that the court is satisfied that the person has been rehabilitated.

The setting aside of judgment does not apply to Department of Motor Vehicle records or Game and Fish. A felony that has been set aside may be used at a subsequent trial as a prior felony conviction. Persons convicted of criminal offenses involving infliction of serious physical injury, exhibition or use of a weapon, sexual motivation or a victim under fifteen may not have their judgment vacated.

You may pick up an application in person at: 201 W Jefferson Street Phoenix, AZ 85003

222 E Javelina Mesa, AZ 85210

Carefully read over the form to ensure you know what information the form is requesting.

In addition, the form may be accessed under "Restoration of Civil Rights" on the Maricopa County Superior Court Website.

8. Where do I get a copy of my Absolute Discharge?: Certificate of Absolute Discharge from the Department of Corrections may be obtained by writing and requesting the records or visiting:
Arizona Department of Corrections
1601 West Jefferson, M/C 112
Phoenix, AZ 85007

The information will be mailed in three to six weeks.

If you were at the Federal Bureau of Prisons you may obtain a copy of your discharge from your federal probation officer. An individual might wish to contact the restoration clerk at 602-506-4949 to assist with a federal conviction.

9. Once I complete the application, then what?: After making a copy of the completed application and absolute discharge (if you were sentenced to the Department of Corrections), file the documents at the Court Clerk’s desk marked criminal at the Jefferson or Javelina Court house.

The Court will send you written notice of whether your request was granted or denied. It may take 90 days or more to get your notice.

If the court denies your application the court will provide you with the reason for the denial. You may file an application for reconsideration.

10. My felony was reduced to a misdemeanor, but background checks are still showing that I have a felony. Why?: For more information on why this occurs and how to fix it, we have compiled a helpful guide.

▼
Public Defender

1. How do I get a Public Defender?: A Public Defender must be appointed by the Court to represent you. If a court determines you are not financially able to retain private counsel, the court will appoint the Public Defender’s office to represent you.

In the case of a conflict of interest, or if the office has reached its maximum caseload, the court may appoint the Legal Defender’s Office, the Office of the Legal Advocate, or an attorney from the Office of Public Defense Services to represent you rather than the Public Defender’s Office.

By statute, the Public Defender’s Office is only appointed in criminal matters and mental health commitments. Public Defenders are not appointed for any civil cases.

2. When will I meet with my Public Defender?: If you are scheduled for a preliminary hearing, you will meet your attorney on your court date. If you were indicted and are scheduled for an arraignment, your attorney will be assigned after that court date. It generally takes at least 5 to 7 days following the appointment of the Public Defender’s Office for your case to be assigned and to get the attorney a copy of your file.

Clients scheduled to appear in one of the County Justice Courts can expect to meet with their attorney on the day of the Pretrial Conference.

3. How can I help my attorney?: - Always dress appropriately for court.
- Be on time for court and meetings with your attorney.
- Do not discuss your case on personal phone calls from the jail. Personal calls may be recorded.
- Do not discuss your case with anyone other than your Public Defender or a representative from this Office.
- Make sure that your attorney has a way to reach you in at all times. Provide the attorney with your change of address and phone number promptly.
- Provide your attorney with a list of potential witnesses and character references early in your case.

4. What type of cases does the Public Defender’s office handle?: The Public Defender’s Office is assigned by the Court to represent indigent individuals in Adult Criminal Cases (which includes juveniles transferred to adult court), mental health commitment matters, related Appeals and Post Conviction Relief matters.

5. Why was I told to contact your office within in 2 days of being released from jail?: When you contact our office you will participate in a brief interview with our Initial Services Specialists.

Initial Services Specialists are members of the defense team who are responsible for collecting valuable information about you and your case for your attorney. They are not attorneys, and they will not provide legal advice. However, they will provide you with important information regarding the court process.

6. Where and when can I get a copy of my police report?: You may request a copy of the police report from your attorney when you meet with him or her.

7. What is a preliminary hearing?: A preliminary hearing is a court proceeding that is conducted to determine two primary elements:
1. Did a crime occur?
2. Does probable cause exist to believe that the person before the court committed the crime?

8. What happens at the Initial Pretrial Conference?: The Initial Pretrial Conference (IPTC) is a court setting to review the status of your case with the court. The court will ensure that both the prosecutor and defense attorney have been assigned and that initial discovery has been provided, including a police report. The court may order that additional information, or discovery, be provided.

Additionally, the court will set your trial date and may set other pretrial hearings. If the county attorney has extended a plea offer to settle the case, you may enter the plea agreement at this court setting. If you enter a plea, the Court will set another court date for sentencing.

9. Why was my hearing vacated?: There are many reasons that a hearing may be vacated. It is important to understand that being vacated is not the same as being dismissed. Vacated cases are often refiled (reactivated). In some cases, the prosecutor vacates the case so that he or she can present it to the Grand Jury for indictment. Other times, they vacate a case simply because they are anticipating that additional charges will be forthcoming and they want to consolidate the matters.

If you are out of custody, you should receive a letter advising of the date of your next court hearing. While your case is pending, it is very important to keep the court and the Public Defender’s Office updated with current contact information.

If you are in custody, you can contact us at 602-506-7711 to confirm that a new court date has been set.

10. Who has a right to file a notice of appeal?: Any defendant whose case went to trial, either before a judge or a jury. Additionally, individuals who have a contested violation hearing.

11. How much time do I have to file a notice of appeal from a Superior Court case?: A notice of appeal must be filed within 20 days of sentencing.

12. Who files the notice of appeal?: If you were represented by the Public Defender’s Office at the trial level, a Public Defender Appellate attorney will prepare and file a notice of appeal.

If you were not represented by a public defender at the trial level, the attorney who represented you should file the notice of appeal.

Occasionally, individuals will file their own notice of appeal.

13. Who has a right to file a PCR (petition for post-conviction relief)?: Any defendant who accepted a plea, went to trial, admitted or contested a probation violation proceeding.

14. How much time do I have to file a PCR?: A PCR must be filed within 90 days of sentencing, or 30 days after an appeal has concluded. You can initiate this process by filing a Notice of PCR with the Clerk of Superior Court.

15. I missed my court hearing, what do I do?: If you missed your court date, contact your attorney immediately.

16. Can I get my attorney right now because I want to get my bond reduced?: Once our office is appointed by the court, it usually takes 5 - 7 days for an attorney to be assigned and to receive your file. Once your attorney is assigned, you can call and discuss the possibility of modifying your release conditions. You will have to discuss some specific details of your case and situation before your attorney can tell you if it appropriate to file the motion.

It is important to know that modification of release conditions is not appropriate in every case. Also, it can take several weeks for the court to address release conditions, as your attorney must file a written motion and the prosecutor is allowed time to respond.

17. How often should I expect to hear from my attorney?: Your attorney is working on your case, and you can expect to hear from him or her periodically throughout the pendency of your case. He or she will contact you when there are any updates or changes to your case.

Your attorney will also make arrangements to have more detailed conversations with you when decisions need to be made regarding your case. To assist, please make sure your attorney always has your current contact information.

Finally, you should make sure you are always aware of your next court date.

18. I was told my case was “Scratched.” What does that mean?: Cases are sometimes “scratched” or “vacated” at the preliminary hearing stage. This may mean that the formal charges were not filed or that the prosecutor has chosen to take the case to the grand jury.

The charges may be re-filed.

▼
Public Defender - Courts & Case

1. What do I need to remember about court hearings?: You must appear in court for all your court hearings unless told otherwise by your lawyer. It can take several months for a case to move through the court system. During that time, it is important for you to keep in touch with your lawyer and to make all court appearances until your lawyer tells you that your case is over.

You can help your lawyer by:
- Being on time for court
- Coming to court prepared with any questions you have for your attorney
- Wearing appropriate clothing

2. What is an initial appearance?: The initial appearance is your first step in the criminal justice system. At this appearance you will be:
- Informed of your charges
- Appointed an attorney if you are unable to afford to retain the services of a private attorney
- Advised of your next court date and court location

3. What happens at a preliminary hearing?: Preliminary hearings occur for persons accused of committing a felony through a direct complain, instead of an indictment. We have a helpful document that gives a full overview of preliminary hearings.
Preliminary Hearing Overview.

4. Does a preliminary hearing still occur if I received an indictment?: If you received an “indictment” on a felony offense, you will not have a preliminary hearing. Instead, the Grand Jury has already found probable cause to charge you. Your next court date will be for an arraignment.

5. What occurs at an arraignment?: Arraignments are held in Superior Court. At the arraignment, the Court will enter a “Not Guilty” plea on your behalf and will ensure that you have an attorney representing you on your case. If the Court determines that you cannot afford to hire an attorney, one will be appointed to assist you and you will receive instructions on how to contact your assigned attorney. The Court will also assign your case to a judge and set your upcoming court dates.

The next court date is an Initial Pretrial Conference.

6. What do I need to know about plea agreements?: Under the law you are presumed innocent until proven guilty.

A plea agreement is an agreement you enter with the State, with the acknowledgement and assistance of your attorney. Typically, plea agreements offered by the prosecutor will give you a better sentence than if you went to trial and lost. The decision to plead guilty is entirely up to you. By pleading guilty you give up several rights, including your right to trial. It is important to review the entire plea agreement with your attorney and that you understand the consequences of the entering into the agreement before you sign it and before you enter it in court. If you have any questions about the plea agreement, be sure to discuss them with your attorney.

Please note that even though you sign a plea agreement with the prosecutor, the judge is not required to accept the terms of the agreement.

7. How many different kinds of pretrial hearings are there?: The Court may set a number of pretrial hearings before your case proceeds to trial. The settings may include:
- Comprehensive Pretrial Conference (CPTC)
- Hearings on motions filed by the attorneys
- Initial Pretrial Conference (IPTC)
- Settlement Conference
- Status Conference
- Trial Management Conference

8. I'm not sure I understand the purpose of the trial after all these hearings. What happens at a trial?: A trial is a court proceeding where the prosecutor must prove “beyond a reasonable doubt” that you committed the crime charged. Your attorney will have an opportunity to cross examine the prosecutor’s witnesses and to present witnesses and evidence to tell your story. Felony trials are heard by a jury unless you, your attorney, and the prosecutor agree to have your case presented to a judge.

9. How does sentencing occur, and when?: If you enter into a plea agreement or if you are found guilty after trial, you will be scheduled for sentencing approximately one month later. Before the sentencing date, you will meet with a probation officer who will prepare a report for the judge. The report will include a recommendation for your sentence. You should discuss this process with your attorney before you meet with the probation officer. In addition, provide your attorney with letters of support, personal references and other information that could motivate the judge to look more favorably upon you at your sentencing.

At sentencing, your attorney will have the opportunity to speak on your behalf. You also will have the chance to speak to the judge. If you want anyone else to speak on your behalf at sentencing, let you attorney know in advance of the hearing. Those who cannot attend sentencing can submit a letter on your behalf. The letters may be addressed to the sentencing judge, but should be sent to your attorney so the attorney can review them and submit them to the Court on your behalf.

10. Can I appeal a decision on my case?: If you are convicted after a trial and wish to appeal your case, you will have the right to file an appeal. Discuss this with your attorney prior to sentencing. If you wish to appeal, your attorney will arrange to have a notice of appeal filed within 20 days after you are sentenced.

▼
Public Defender - Non-Criminal Matters

1. Looking for a General Durable Power of Attorney?: A generic Power of Attorney form is available at this link General Durable Power of Attorney. This form was prepared by Community Legal Services and we have been given permission to share it with clients who have expressed a need for such a form. Some clients may want to use this form to work with others to handle non-criminal matters impacting their lives. Please note that the MCPD does not take any responsibility for its contents or for any consequences that may result from a client or a client's family member(s) using this form. It is merely provided as a convenience for individuals seeking a power of attorney form.

▼
Public Defender - Office FAQ

1. What does the Public Defender's Office do? Who established it?: The Maricopa County Public Defender’s Office represents people charged with criminal acts and those facing mental health commitments. The Office was established by the Maricopa County Board of Supervisors as authorized by A.R.S. §11-581. (Public Defender Enabling Act).

2. What is a Public Defender?: A public defender is an attorney who represents people charged with criminal offenses or mental health clients who are held involuntarily and who cannot afford to hire a private attorney.

Like any other attorney, a public defender has graduated from an ABA accredited law school, has passed the Arizona bar exam, and has a license to practice law.

Public defenders are trained carefully through our office’s training program and are required to complete continuing legal education classes each year. In addition, they attend local and national conferences to keep themselves current in the law and to sharpen their trial skills.

3. How do I get a Public Defender?: Before a public defender can represent an individual, the court must determine that the person cannot afford to hire an attorney. Once that determination is made, the court must appoint a public defender to the case.

If a conflict of interest exists that prevents the Public Defender’s Office from representing you or if the Office has reached its maximum caseload, the court may appoint the Legal Defender’s Office, the Office of the Legal Advocate, or an attorney from the Office of Public Defense Services to represent you.

4. How can I best assist my attorney once I have one?: It takes time, sometimes several months, for a case to move through the courts. During that time, you can do many things to assist your attorney in working on your case. These include:
- Be on time for court and other legal appointments. If you are delayed for any reason, call your attorney.
- Do not discuss your case with anyone other than your attorney or our office staff. Since anything you say may be used against you in trial, you should not discuss the case with family members, friends, other inmates, detention officers, probation officers, in person or on the telephone.
- Dress appropriately for court.
- Give your attorney copies of all relevant documents.
- Give your attorney a list of possible witnesses.
- Maintain regular contact with your attorney.
- Provide current contact information. Give your attorney your home and work addresses, your home, work, mobile, and message phone numbers, and let your attorney know immediately if any of these change.
- Remember that all personal telephone calls made from the jail may be recorded.

5. What decisions do I make for my case?: The client always gets to decide:
- Whether to go to trial or to take a plea agreement
- Whether or not to testify
- Whether or not to appeal after being convicted at trial

The lawyer is responsible for making strategic decisions, such as:
- Which motions to file
- Whether to object in court
- Which witnesses to call

6. How and when can I contact the Office of the Public Defender?: Our office is open Monday - Friday from 8 a.m. - 5 p.m., except on holidays.

To contact the office by mail, send letters to:
Office of the Public Defender
620 West Jackson Street
Suite 4015
Phoenix, AZ 85003

To reach the office by phone, call 602-506-7711.

7. Why do I have to be careful about who I talk to, and what I discuss with them?: Please remember that anything you say to the police, to family members or to others could be used against you in court. Therefore, do not discuss your case with anyone except your attorney or our office staff.

Always remember that you and your attorney are partners working for the best possible result for you. If you would like the attorney to discuss your case with family members, you must give the attorney permission to speak with them.

▼
Public Defender - Restoration of Rights

2. Can a person restore their civil liberties?

1. What rights are lost when a person is convicted of a felony?: A felony conviction suspends a person's civil liberties. The person loses the right to:
- Hold public office of trust or profit
- Possess a gun
- Serve as a juror
- Vote

A felony conviction may also prevent a person from obtaining business and professional licenses, government secured loans and housing.

A person's civil liberties may be restored. A person with only one Arizona felony conviction, whose civil rights were lost or suspended, had their rights automatically restored upon completion of a term of probation, or receipt of an absolute discharge from imprisonment if the person paid all imposed fines or restitution. However, this does not apply to the right to possess a weapon. To restore the right to possess a weapon the person must file an application with Maricopa County Superior Court.

A person with two or more Arizona felony convictions must file the applications to restore their civil liberties with Maricopa County Superior Court. A separate application will be required for each felony criminal case. For more information or to access the applications, please visit the Maricopa County Superior Court Website.

3. What if my felony conviction was in another state?: A person wishing to restore their civil liberties must do so in the state in which the felony conviction occurred. Many states automatically restore a person's civil liberties upon completion of probation or discharge from the department of corrections. A person should contact the state in which the conviction occurred to obtain information regarding the restoration process.

4. What if I was convicted of a felony in federal court?: A person convicted of a felony in federal court may apply to restore their civil liberties in the county in which they currently reside. However, the state may not restore the person's right to possess a fire arm or have their judgment of guilt vacated/set aside.

5. How do I know if I am eligible to restore my rights?

If you only had one Arizona felony your rights were restored upon completion of probation or absolute discharge from the Department of Corrections as long as all fines and restitution were paid. However, to ensure that the court informs the elections office that you are eligible to vote you should file an application to restore your civil liberties. Also, the court will not set aside a judgment of guilt without an application.

If you have two or more felonies in Arizona you may apply to restore your civil liberties upon completion of probation or two years from your absolute discharge as long as all your fines and restitution were paid.

For more information on applying to restore your civil liberties, please visit the Maricopa County Superior Court Website.

6. What is setting aside judgment?: Upon completion of probation or sentence and discharge by the court a person may file to have their judgment set aside. Setting aside a judgment releases the citizen from all penalties and disabilities resulting from the conviction.

Setting aside judgment does not seal or expunge ones record. The record is still accessible to the public. However, the record will have a notation stating that the judgment has been set aside. Some employers are more likely to view the setting aside of a judgment favorably. The setting aside of a judgment lets the employer know that the court is satisfied that the person has been rehabilitated.

The setting aside of judgment does not apply to Department of Motor Vehicle records or Game and Fish. A felony that has been set aside may be used at a subsequent trial as a prior felony conviction. Persons convicted of criminal offenses involving infliction of serious physical injury, exhibition or use of a weapon, sexual motivation or a victim under fifteen may not have their judgment vacated.

7. Where can I get an application?

You may pick up an application in person at:
201 West Jefferson Street
Phoenix, AZ, 85003

222 East Javelina Mesa, AZ, 85210

Carefully read over the form to ensure you know what information the form is requesting.

In addition, the form may be accessed under "Restoration of Civil Rights" on the Maricopa County Superior Court Website.

8. Where do I get a copy of my Absolute Discharge?: To assist citizens in procuring Certificates of Absolute Discharge, we have compiled a helpful guide.

9. Once I complete the application to receive a copy of my Certificate of Absolute Discharge, then what?: After making a copy of the completed application and absolute discharge (if you were sentenced to the Department of Corrections), file the documents at the Court Clerk's desk marked criminal at:
Superior Court of Arizona, Maricopa County
201 West Jefferson
Phoenix, AZ 85003

or

Maricopa County Superior Court
222 East Javelina Avenue
Mesa, AZ 85210

The Court will send you written notice of whether your request was granted or denied. It may take 90 days or more to get your notice. If the court denies your application the court will provide you with the reason for the denial. You may file an application for reconsideration.

10. My Felony was dropped to a Misdemeanor, but background checks are still showing that I have a felony. Why?: For more information on why this occurs and how to resolve it, we have provided a helpful guide.

▼
Public Fiduciary - Burial Information

2. What are the financial qualifications for eligibility?

1. Am I responsible to pay out of pocket for my family member who died?: Burial responsibility falls to the next of kin. For more information, please see A.R.S. § 36-831.
A.R.S. § 36-831.

The funeral home will refer the case to the burial program if the decedent’s estate or their family’s total assets are less than $350.00. If the funds are less than $350.00 the program will review the case to determine what financial assistance is available.

In order to determine eligibility the program will require financial documentation that the deceased person’s estate and their family members do not have the ability to pay any funeral expenses from any resource or income.

3. How do I apply for assistance?: An application must be completed with one of the contracted funeral homes. They will perform the initial financial review to determine if the final arrangements will be fully or partially paid by the legally responsible family member, legal agent, or other community entity. The contracted funeral home will only submit the application to the burial program for final eligibility determination after all other alternatives have been fully exhausted. For more information please call the burial coordinator at 602-506-5801.

4. What do I need to bring with me to the funeral home interview to help determine initial eligibility?

The family should bring important documents belonging to the decedent, for example:

- Any Power of Attorneys
- Bank statements
- DD214, if the decedent served in the military
- Decedent's written instructions regarding final arrangements, etc.

▼
Public Fiduciary - GUARDIANSHIP AND/OR CONSERVATORSHIP

13. How do I find out more about guardianships and/or conservatorships?

1. Who does the Office of the Public Fiduciary provide services for?: The office serves individuals who have very limited or no funds, no family members or other interested parties, or a private fiduciary willing to serve in the role as guardian and conservator.

2. What is a Guardian?: A guardian is a person who has the legal authority to care for the personal and property interests of another person. A guardian is appointed by the court for a person who is unable to take care their personal and medical needs themselves. The Public Fiduciary will only serve as guardian when there are no other alternatives or persons qualified.

3. Who is the Court likely to appoint as guardian?: The court will look to the family first to determine if there is anyone qualified to serve as guardian. A family member is often the best choice to serve, because the family will be most familiar with their loved ones unique preferences and will have knowledge of their individual history. The Public Fiduciary is appointed only when there are no other alternatives to guardianship and there is no one else willing and able to serve. There are also private fiduciaries that perform these services.

4. What is a Conservator?: Under the court’s supervision, a conservator oversees a person’s assets and manages those assets for the benefit of that individual. Each year the conservator must file an accounting with the court and receive the court’s approval.

5. Are there any alternative options to petitioning for guardianship?: Yes, Arizona Law recognizes several alternatives to guardianship

6. Where can I go to get help petitioning for guardianship?: The form is available here - Court Forms.

7. What steps should be taken before considering a referral to the Office of the Public Fiduciary?: See alternatives to guardianship.

8. How is a Guardian and/or Conservator appointed?: A guardian and/or conservator is appointed by the court. A court hearing is held to consider all the necessary information. The court decides whether the person is in need of protection and appoints a guardian and/or conservator.

9. Is setting up a guardianship expensive?: Court filing fees apply to every case, unless a deferral or waiver application is granted by the court. An attorney retainer is common and if the appointment is successful, the legal expenses may be paid out of the funds belonging to the person needing protection. Some families file the legal documents with the help of the forms available at the self-help service center, Court Forms.

10. Is there a cost for service from the Office of the Public Fiduciary?: Yes, for more information visit the Public Fiduciary fees.

11. How is a referral made to the Office of the Public Fiduciary?: For more information please see Guardianship and/or Conservatorship page.

12. Is the Guardian responsible for the Ward's debts and expenses?: No. The Ward's debts and expenses are paid from their own income and resources. The debtor cannot collect from the legal agent's personal funds.

If there are no funds after the Ward's basic expenses for care and services are paid, the guardian notifies the creditor that their claim cannot currently be paid as the Ward is unable to pay.

You may want to consult an attorney familiar with guardianships/conservatorships.

To find an attorney suitable for consultation, contact the Arizona State Bar.

https://azbar.legalserviceslink.com/

14. What do I do if the Ward no longer needs a Guardian?: Obtain a new medical report that states the Ward no longer needs a guardian. Then file a petition with the court for termination of guardianship.

▼
Public Health - Birth Certificates

1. Will I receive the certified copies of my birth certificate the same day I apply?

In most cases, when applying in person at a Maricopa County Vital Registration Office you may be able to receive a certified copy of an Arizona event the same day you make an eligible application.

However, there are some instances when additional time will be needed to process your request. Such instances could include but are not limited to the following examples:

Requesting corrections to the certificate
Providing additional factual documentation to meet eligibility requirements
Need to make payment in the accepted form

2. I ordered my birth certificate, why am I receiving a certified copy?: The original birth record is maintained permanently in the state records archives. Offices of Vital Registration “issue” certified copies of these original certificates. These certified copies are official, meet all legal purposes are printed on special paper that contains a raised and embossed seal and the official registrar’s signature.

3. How do I request a correction to an Arizona birth certificate prior to 1997?: These corrections may be requested from the State Office of Vital Records.

4. Why does our old address still appear on my Arizona birth certificate?: The information provided at the time the birth event was recorded is the information listed on the birth certificate. This information is for statistical purposes only and it is acceptable that the address on the birth certificate is not your current address. In other words, you do not need to “correct or amend” this information.

However, please make certain you provide your current mailing address on your application for certified copies if seeking to have your order mailed to you.

5. How long does it take after a child is born at a hospital for the birth certificate to be available?: For children born in hospitals, certified copies of these birth events may be available as soon as 7 business days from the date of birth. The hospital has 7 business days after the child is born to transmit the birth certificate information to our office, the Maricopa County Office of Vital Registration. Our office ensures that the filing was complete; however, if parents filed paternity paperwork at the hospital, recording the birth certificate may take up to 30 days before certified copies will be available for purchase.

6. How long does it take after a child is born at home or outside of a hospital for the birth certificate to be available?: For children born at home or outside a licensed birthing facility or hospital, parents and/or licensed midwives need to register a home birth event within 7 days of the event to our office, the Maricopa County Office of Vital Registration. Our office will verify the information prior to registering this birth and preparing the certificate for certified copies. Please allow time if the birthing information provided to the Office of Vital Registration was incomplete or needs to be completed and/or verified. Our Deputy Local Registrars are also available by telephone to assist you with further questions, Monday-Friday from 8 a.m.-4:30 p.m. at 602-506-6805.
Register a Home Birth

7. Why haven’t I received a certified copy of my child’s birth certificate in the mail?: You must apply for a certified copy of your child’s birth certificate with the Office of Vital Registration; certified copies are not provided by hospitals.

8. Is there a fee for the 1st certified copy of an Arizona birth certificate?: The 1st certified copy of an Arizona Birth Certificate costs $20. All additional copies are $20 each. Any documentation received from a hospital and/or a midwife are not official certified copies of the Arizona birth certificate.

9. Is there a fee associated with obtaining a copy of my child’s birth certificate?: Yes, each certified copy is $20. To make a correction and receive 1 certified copy of the corrected certificate is $30.

10. How do I obtain an Apostille for a birth certificate?: An Apostille is a specific authenticating certificate that is required by certain countries for establishing a live birth. In Arizona, the Arizona Secretary of State’s Office prepares this document and information is available on the Arizona Secretary of State’s Office website.

11. How can I correct information on an Arizona birth certificate?

The procedure to make changes from changing or adding a name spelling, to correcting errors in the information provided at the time of registration varies with type of change requested and how recently the certificate was filed.

Please review the information on the Birth Certificate Corrections page for further details regarding the most commonly requested correction changes and review or print out the forms you may need to prepare before submitting your requests.

Our Deputy Local Registrars are also available by telephone to assist you with further questions, Monday-Friday from 8 a.m.-4:30 p.m. at 602-506-6805. Birth Certificate Corrections

12. How can I add the father’s information onto an Arizona birth certificate?: Once a child is born with only the mother listed on the certificate, a father may be added through the correction process.

If a mother is not married at the time a child is born and has not been married any time during the preceding 10 months, both biological parents must complete and file the Acknowledgement of Paternity (AOP) (PDF) packet. The parents may also establish paternity by court order. For more information about making changes or corrections to an Arizona Birth Certificate, please review the Birth Corrections page for more information.

Our Deputy Local Registrars are also available by telephone to assist you with further questions, Monday-Friday from 8 a.m.-4:30 p.m. at 602-506-6805.

13. What do we need certified copies for?: Certified copies of birth certificates are important documents and often are needed when preparing tax filings, school registrations, for benefits enrollment and other legal matters. Original certificates are held in the state archives. Arizona is a “closed” record state which means only certain parties may receive a copy of this important document. Please read the eligibility requirements tab on the Birth Certificates page for more information.

14. Where do I find your offices?: Our offices are located valley wide and accessed easily from major highways. We are open Monday to Friday from 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Please arrive by 4 p.m. if you are needing to discuss a possible correction with one of our Deputy Local Registrars.

15. Need your birth certificate from a different state?: If you need a birth certificate from a different state view the Where to Write for Vital Records page.

16. What is needed to apply for a US Passport?: The U.S. Department of State requires a certified copy of the birth certificate of the person needing a passport AND a photocopy of that certified copy as well. Non-certified copies of birth certificates will not be accepted for passport applications. For more information, please review the 2019 U.S. Passport requirements.

▼
Public Health - Death Certificates

7. Will I receive the certified copies of an Arizona death certificate the same day I apply?

1. What do we need certified copies for?: Certified copies of death certified copies for Arizona death certificates are important documents and often are needed when managing wills and trusts, tax filings, amending real estate deeds, bank records, for benefits enrollment and other legal matters.

2. Who may apply for copies of Arizona death certificates?: Arizona is a “closed” records state which means only certain parties may receive a copy of this important document. State law explains that only “eligible” applicants may apply for a certified copy of this important document. This is established by providing direct proof of relationship to the Decedent and may also require establishing the applicant’s “legal or other vital interest” in the death certificate.

Common examples of establishing legal or other vital interest could include the applicant being named as a beneficiary in Will or Trust or the Decedent and the applicant being named jointly on financial documents. Please read the eligibility requirements tab below for more information.

3. Where do I find your offices?: Our offices are located valley wide and accessed easily from major highways. We are open Monday-Friday from 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Please arrive by 4 p.m. if you are needing to discuss a possible correction with one of our Deputy Local Registrars.

4. Need a certified copy of a death certificate from a different state?: If you are in need of a death certificate from a different state you will want to view the Where to Write for Vital Records page.

5. How long does it take after a person passes away for the death certificate to be available?: In Arizona, a funeral home or other similar agency has up to 7 days to submit complete and accurate information regarding a death in our county. Next and in most cases, a death certificate is available approximately 3-5 business days after these events.

However, certain circumstances may delay this time frame. Please contact the funeral home or other agency with whom you are communicating about this death event to learn if they have completed their filing.

6. I thought I was able to receive 2 “free” copies of the death certificate?: The federal government in association with the Veteran’s Affairs Office and the Social Security Administration assist eligible family members filing claims (VA or SSA) for survivor benefits and burial benefits. Eligible parties may request a special certified copy with a stamp, “For Government Use Only” for use with filing these unique government claims. These copies will not be accepted by other agencies as official certified copies.

*Note: The Social Security Administration is notified electronically once someone has passed and typically no longer requires these specially stamped certified copies. Again, please know, these certificates will not be accepted by any other agency.

In most cases, when applying in person at a Maricopa County Vital Registration Office you may be able to receive a certified copy of an Arizona event the same day you make an eligible application. However, there are some instances when additional time will be needed to process your request. Such instances could include but are not limited to the following examples:

Requesting corrections to the certificate
Providing additional factual documentation to meet eligibility requirements
Need to make payment in the accepted form

8. How can I correct information on an Arizona death or fetal death certificate?

Please review the information on the Death Certificate Corrections page for further details regarding the most commonly requested correction changes and review or print out the forms you may need to prepare before submitting your requests.

Our Deputy Local Registrars are also available by telephone to assist you with further questions, Monday-Friday from 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. at 602-506-6805.

9. Who may apply for copies of Arizona death certificates?: Arizona is a “closed” records state which means only certain parties may receive a copy of this important document. State law explains that only “eligible” applicants may apply for a certified copy of this important document. This is established by providing direct proof of relationship to the Decedent and may also require establishing the applicant’s “legal or other vital interest” in the death certificate. Common examples of establishing legal or other vital interest could include the applicant being named as a beneficiary in Will or Trust or the Decedent and the applicant being named jointly on financial documents.

▼
Public Health - Flu FAQ

1. What types of flu vaccine are available?

There are many options for the flu vaccine this year. Below is an overview of each option; click the link to learn more about each one.

If you have questions about any of these options, please talk with a doctor about what is right for you or your child.

Standard dose flu shots: These injections are given into the muscle.
- They are usually given with a needle.
- Two versions (Afluria and Afluria Quadrivalent) can be given to some people (those aged 18 through 64 years) with a jet injector.
High-dose shots: These are approved for people aged 65 and older. Fluzone High-Dose is three-component (trivalent) inactivated flu vaccine, manufactured by Sanofi Pasteur Inc.
- Who can get it: Fluzone High-Dose is licensed specifically for people 65 years and older.
- Why it's high-dose: Fluzone High-Dose contains four times the antigen (the part of the vaccine that helps your body build up protection against flu viruses) of standard-dose inactivated influenza vaccines. The higher dose of antigen in the vaccine is intended to give older people a better immune response, and therefore, better protection against flu.
Shots made with adjuvant:These are for people aged 65 and older. An adjuvant is an ingredient added to a vaccine that helps create a stronger immune response to vaccination.
- How it's made: It is manufactured using an egg-based process (like most flu vaccines), and it is formulated with the adjuvant MF59.
- What makes it different: FLUAD is a standard-dose, three-component (trivalent) inactivated flu vaccine, manufactured by Seqirus that contains an adjuvant.
- Who can get it: FLUAD is designed specifically for people 65 years and older.
Shots made with virus grown in cell culture: A cell-based flu vaccine was developed as an alternative to the egg-based manufacturing process.
- What makes it different: Cell culture technology is potentially more flexible than the traditional technology, which relies upon adequate supply of eggs. In addition, the cell-based flu vaccine has the potential to offer better protection than traditional, egg-based flu vaccines as a result of being more similar to flu viruses in circulation..
Shots made using a vaccine production technology: This type is also called a recombinant vaccine.
- What makes it different: It does not require the use of flu virus and does not use chicken eggs in the production process.
- Who can get it: Currently, recombinant flu vaccine is the only egg-free vaccine on the U.S. market. Flublok Quadrivalent is approved for use in people 18 years and older.
Live attenuated influenza vaccine (LAIV): This is commonly called the nasal spray vaccine.
- Who can get it: The nasal spray is approved for use in non-pregnant individuals, 2 years through 49 years of age.
- Who cannot get it: People with some medical conditions should not receive the nasal spray flu vaccine.

Does Fluzone High-Dose offer better protection than the adjuvanted flu vaccine?

To date, there have been no randomized studies comparing Fluzone High-Dose with FLUAD (the adjuvanted influenza vaccine).

2. When does the flu season start? When does it end?: While seasonal influenza (flu) viruses are detected year-round in the United States, flu is most common during the fall and winter. The exact timing and duration of flu seasons can vary, but influenza activity often begins to increase in October. Most of the time flu activity peaks between December and February, although activity can last as late as May.

3. Can a flu shot give me the flu?

No. The flu shot is made from an inactivated influenza virus and cannot give you the flu.

"But my mom got sick..."

Some people experience body aches and fatigue for a short time after getting the flu shot, which is the body’s immune system responding to the vaccine.

It is also possible that you may be exposed to a flu virus shortly before getting vaccinated or during the 2 weeks it takes the body to develop an immune response after getting vaccinated. This exposure may result in you becoming ill with flu before the vaccine begins to protect you.

4. Is this year's vaccine a good match?

Unfortunately, we won’t know whether the flu vaccine is a good match to circulating flu viruses until well into the flu season. It’s not possible to predict with certainty if a flu vaccine will be a good match for circulating flu viruses.

A flu vaccine is made to protect against the flu viruses that research and surveillance indicate will likely be most common during the season. However, experts must pick which flu viruses to include in a flu vaccine many months in advance in order for flu vaccines to be produced and delivered on time.

CDC works to characterize about 2000 circulating flu viruses every year to compare them to the virus strains in the vaccine. This helps them understand the flu vaccine’s ability to produce an immune response in people. It also helps them decide what strains to include in the next season’s flu vaccine.

5. Why do we count pediatric flu deaths and not adult flu deaths?

The number of pediatric deaths from influenza is required to be reported to public health in Arizona by state statute. Because there is no requirement to report influenza-related deaths in adults, we monitor adult deaths due to influenza and/or pneumonia as a substitute.

People who die from influenza typically do not die from influenza itself. They usually die from the bacterial pneumonia that can occur as a complication to influenza.

6. What is the difference between a pandemic and a normal flu season?

Influenza viruses are constantly changing. They can change in two different ways:

"Antigenic Drift"

One way they change is called “antigenic drift.” These are small changes in the genes of influenza viruses that happen continually over time as the virus replicates. But these small genetic changes can accumulate over time and result in viruses that are look different to the body’s immune system. When this happens, the body’s immune system may not recognize those viruses. That is why the flu vaccine composition must be reviewed each year and updated as needed to keep up with changing viruses.

"Antigenic Shift"

The other type of change is called “antigenic shift.” Antigenic shift is an abrupt, major change in the influenza A viruses, resulting in a completely different virus that infects humans. Such a shift occurred in the spring of 2009, when an H1N1 virus with a new combination of genes emerged to infect people and quickly spread, causing a pandemic. When shift happens, most people have little or no protection against the new virus.

While influenza viruses are changing by antigenic drift all the time, antigenic shift happens only occasionally. Type A viruses undergo both kinds of changes; influenza type B viruses change only by the more gradual process of antigenic drift.

7. When should I get vaccinated?

You should get a flu vaccine before flu begins spreading in your community. It takes about two weeks after vaccination for antibodies that protect against flu to develop in the body. CDC recommends that people get a flu vaccine by the end of October.

Children who need two doses of vaccine to be protected should start the vaccination process sooner, because the two doses must be given at least four weeks apart.

Does my child need two doses?

8. Does the flu vaccine work right away?: No. It takes about two weeks after vaccination for antibodies to develop in the body and provide protection against influenza virus infection. That’s why it’s better to get vaccinated by the end of October, before the flu season really gets under way.

9. Does the flu shot wear off if I get it too early?: Flu vaccine protection lasts about one year. Other than children who are getting the flu vaccine for the first time, people only need one dose of flu vaccine each season.

10. What protection does the flu vaccine provide if I do get sick with flu?

Some people who get vaccinated may still get sick. However, flu vaccination has been shown to reduce severity of illness in people who get vaccinated but still get sick.

The vaccine has also been shown to reduce deaths, intensive care unit admissions, and length of hospitalization among hospitalized flu patients.

A 2017 study was the first of its kind to show that flu vaccination can significantly reduce a child’s risk of dying from influenza.

11. Why do I need a new flu shot every year?

A flu vaccine is needed every season for two reasons:

The body’s immune response from vaccination declines over time, so an annual vaccine is needed for optimal protection.
Flu viruses are constantly changing, the formulation of the flu vaccine is reviewed each year and updated as needed to keep up with changing flu viruses.

For the best protection, everyone 6 months and older should get vaccinated annually.

12. Where can I get a flu vaccine?: To find a flu vaccine for you or your child, please visit the flu page and use the Find a Flu Shot button that has options for free flu shots for children and other flu shot options for adults. Some of our community vaccine events offer free flu shots for all ages.

▼
Queen Creek Landfill

2. Are there health risks presented by the contaminated groundwater?

1. Has contamination been confirmed at the Queen Creek Landfill?: Yes. Routine monitoring that the County conducts on all of its closed landfills showed a low level of contamination in the groundwater and was confirmed by a follow up test. The levels detected were under 10 parts per billion which is very low, however, still exceeds the action level of 0.005 mg/L (5 parts per billion).

There are no known health risks from the groundwater. The groundwater is located approximately 180 to 190 feet below ground surface (ft bgs) and there is no known exposure pathway to this water.

Existing water supply wells identified within two miles of the QCLF are generally not of concern as they are completed in a deeper aquifer unit and are not located directly downgradient of the landfill, based on the current groundwater flow direction.

3. Does this affect the Town of Queen Creek's drinking water system?: None of the Town's active drinking or irrigation wells are within one mile of the monitoring well on the landfill property that PCE was detected in. In addition, the Town tests for PCE at all well sites and has reported that all results have been non-detect.

4. Who is responsible for the monitoring and clean up?: Maricopa County is the owner of the property and is responsible for monitoring and remediating the groundwater contamination, as necessary. This will be done in conjunction with guidance and approval from the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ). The Town of Queen Creek is not responsible for the project but is an important stakeholder and will be consulted in each step of the remediation.

5. Learn more about Maricopa County's commitment to remediating the problem.: Maricopa County is handling this as an environmental property damage claim and is committed to continuing characterization and remediation activities until they are no longer needed. The County is committed to being a good member of the QCLF community and to being a good steward of the environment.

▼
Rabies

1. Do rabies shots hurt?: Current rabies vaccines are relatively painless and are given in the arm, like a flu or tetanus vaccine. Human Rabies Immune Globulin (HRIG) will be administered around any wound(s) and may be more painful depending on the severity of the wounds.

Adverse reactions to rabies vaccine and immune globulin are not common. Newer vaccines in use today cause fewer adverse reactions than previously available vaccines.

Mild, local reactions to the rabies vaccine, such as pain, redness, swelling, or itching at the injection site, have been reported. Rarely, symptoms such as headache, nausea, abdominal pain, muscle aches, and dizziness have been reported. Local pain and low-grade fever may follow injection of rabies immune globulin.

2. What should I do if I was bitten / exposed to a bat?: If you can safely capture the bat, put on heavy gloves, wait for the bat to land, and cover the bat with a coffee can or container. Slide a piece of cardboard or something similar between the container and the wall. Secure the cardboard to the container and call the Maricopa County Department of Public Health (MCDPH) at 602-747-7500 to arrange to have the bat picked up and submitted to the Arizona State Lab for testing.

Any wounds should be immediately washed and medical attention from a health care professional should be sought for any trauma. You may need a tetanus booster shot. The need for rabies vaccination should be evaluated under the advisement of your physician and/or local health department.

3. What should I do if I was bitten by a wild animal?: Any wounds should be immediately washed and medical attention from a health care professional should be sought for any trauma. You may need a tetanus booster shot. The need for rabies vaccination should be evaluated under the advisement of your physician and/or local health department.

4. What should I do if I was bitten by a domestic animal like a dog or cat?: Any wounds should be immediately washed and medical attention from a health care professional should be sought for any trauma. You may need a tetanus booster shot. Report any bite to Maricopa County Animal Care and Control (MCACC) at 602-506-7387.

Rabies is not common in Maricopa County. If you think you may be at risk contact the Maricopa County Department of Public Health at 602-747-7500 .

5. How can rabies be prevented in animals?: There are several things you can do to protect your pet from rabies:
- Take your pet to your veterinarian regularly to keep rabies vaccinations up-to-date for all dogs, cats, and ferrets.
- Maintain control of your pets by keeping cats and ferrets indoors and keeping dogs under direct supervision.
- Spay or neuter your pets to help reduce the number of unwanted pets that may not be properly cared for or vaccinated regularly.
- Call animal control to remove all stray animals from your neighborhood since these animals may be unvaccinated or ill.

6. How can I tell if an animal has rabies?: There is no way to tell if an animal has rabies unless it is tested at a laboratory. It is best to avoid contact with wild animals and report any suspicious animal behavior to Arizona Game and Fish (for wild animals) or Maricopa County Animal Care and Control (for domestic animals).

7. What can I do to reduce the risk of rabies?: Vaccinate your animals from rabies and stay away from any wild animals.
For more information on avoiding contact with wild animals, visit the Arizona Game and Fish Department's Living With Wildlife page.

8. Is there anything available for someone who is at high risk of being exposed to rabies?: Rabies pre-exposure prophylaxis is available to people at high risk for being exposed to rabies. Some situations in which rabies pre-exposure prophylaxis should be considered are:
- Persons in high-risk occupational groups, such as veterinarians and their staff, animal handlers, rabies researchers, and certain laboratory workers.
- Persons whose activities bring them in frequent contact with rabies virus or potentially rabid bats, raccoons, skunks, cats, dogs, or other species at risk for having rabies.
- International travelers who are likely to come in contact with animals in areas where dog rabies is common, especially if they will have limited access to appropriate medical care.

▼
Real Estate

1. How much does this property cost?

The minimum bid is established through an appraisal that is prepared by a County-approved, third-party appraiser. The appraisal process is initiated by an interested buyer who is willing to submit Request for Public Auction form and a bid deposit to cover the cost of the appraisal.

2. Does the property have to be auctioned?

Yes, unless the buyer is a qualified government agency or a qualified non-profit organization, if applicable. Arizona Revised Statutes outline the requirements for the sale of real and personal property via the competitive public auction process.

3. How long does the purchase process take?

The purchase process time varies depending upon the stage the particular property has reached in the excess property declaration process. Typically, a property that has already been declared as excess by the Maricopa County Board of Supervisors/Flood Control District Board of Directors can close escrow six to nine months from the date the initial bid deposit is received.

4. What is the cost of the bid deposit to bring a property to auction?

The bid deposit or cost to bring a property to auction is an estimated cost of the appraisal and a preliminary title report. This deposit typically ranges from $1,000 to $5,000 and will be set once of a bona fide interested party submits the Request for Public Auction form. Once the Request for Public Auction form is filed, the prospective party must bid at auction or risk forfeiting their deposits.

5. What is the deposit for participating at the auction?

Prospective buyers must have 10% of the property's appraised value plus the amount of the sales deposit in certified funds to be recognized as a bidder in the auction.

6. What happens to my bid deposit?

If you are the successful bidder at a public auction for a Flood Control District of Maricopa County (District), Maricopa County Department of Transportation (MCDOT) or County owned property and the respective Board approves the sale documents, all deposits are applied to the purchase price and/or escrow fees. If you are an unsuccessful bidder, and you were not the initiating party, all of your deposits will be returned to you. If you are an unsuccessful bidder and you were the initiating party and did not bid, you will forfeit the bid deposit. The Appraised Value Deposit, which is required on the day of the auction, will be returned to you the day of auction. If you are an unsuccessful bidder and were the initiating party and were outbid, all of your deposits will be returned to you. The Appraised Value Deposit, which is required on the day of the auction, will be returned to you the day of auction. The appraisal and title report deposits will be returned to you after the close of escrow.

7. What if I'm the successful bidder and my financing falls through?

If the financing falls through, you will forfeit one-half of the appraised value deposit, the entire cost of the appraisal and the entire cost of the preliminary title report.

8. Is a Broker's Commission offered?

While not routinely available for all properties, broker commissions may be offered on select properties and will be called out as being offered in the respective bid package.

9. What can I build on the property?

Before considering future development plans for a particular property, check with the local jurisdiction of the subject property to obtain guidance as to the allowed uses of the subject property. If the subject property is located within a floodplain, a floodplain use permit or equivalent will be required prior to making any changes to the property. The District enforces floodplain regulations in unincorporated Maricopa County and regulates the location and construction of buildings and other developments within designated floodplains. Keep in mind that some jurisdictions within Maricopa County enforce their own floodplain regulations.

10. How does the County advertise?

There are statutory requirements for providing public notice of a public auction of real and personal property. The requirements for the duration and type of legal notice are dictated by state statutes but the public notice period is normally 3-4 weeks in duration. Typically, the public notice postings appear in the Arizona Business Gazette.

11. Are these the only properties the County, District and MCDOT have available for auction?

No, MCDOT, the District and the County may have additional property that could become available but has not been declared as excess and available for auction at this time.

12. What about County buildings?

County owned buildings are managed by the Facilities Management Department (FMD). Any request to lease or purchase County owned buildings is handled by the General County Property Management team within the Real Estate Department who can be reached at 602-506-1054.

13. Can I bid below the starting bid if the minimum is not met?

No. You cannot bid below the starting bid even if the minimum is not met.

▼
Solid Waste

1. Does Maricopa County provide any refuse collection services?: For these details, please review our Refuse Collection Services page.

2. Where can I get information about recycling?: Please view our informational Nearest Centers / Useful Resources page.

3. What is the cost of my permit?: Each permit requires an annual fee. The annual fees are listed on page 11 of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code (PDF).

4. When does my permit expire?: Permits are issued for a period of 1 year. Permits may be renewed annually provided that the permit holder is in compliance with the rules and regulations.

5. Is there a fee for my Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) License?: For information regarding ADEQ license fees, please contact the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality.

6. How will I know when my permit expires?: A renewal notice for the permit will be sent to the mailing address listed on the permit prior to the expiration date of the permit. If the permit is no longer required, cancel the permit by contacting the Maricopa County Environmental Services Department.

7. What size lettering do I use for my Maricopa County permit number?: The lettering must be a minimum of 3 inch lettering and must be of a contrasting color to the surface they are located on to allow easy identification of the vehicle.

▼
Solid Waste - Bio-Hazardous Medical Waste Transportation

1. What is bio-hazardous medical waste?: The Arizona Administrative Code (AAC) Title 18, Chapter 13, "Solid Waste Management" defines bio-hazardous medical waste in Section R18-13-1401.5 as "“Bio-hazardous medical waste” is composed of one or more of the following:
b. Cultures and stocks: Discarded cultures and stocks generated in the diagnosis, treatment or immunization of a human being or animal or in any research relating to that diagnosis, treatment or immunization, or in the production or testing of biologicals.
c. Human blood and blood products: Discarded products and materials containing free-flowing blood or free-flowing blood components.
d. Human pathologic wastes: Discarded organs and body parts removed during surgery. Human pathologic wastes do not include the head or spinal column.
e. Medical sharps: Discarded sharps used in animal or human patient care, medical research, or clinical laboratories. This includes hypodermic needles; syringes; pipettes; scalpel blades; blood vials; needles attached to tubing; broken and unbroken glassware; and slides and coverslips.
f. Research animal wastes: Animal carcasses, body parts, and bedding of animals that have been infected with agents that produce, or may produce, human infection."

View the Arizona Administrative Code (AAC) (PDF).

2. How must bio-hazardous medical waste be disposed?: Bio-hazardous medical waste must be disposed by an approved method at an approved site. Approval must be obtained from the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) in advance of the commencement of operations and prior to any change of method or site.

For the rules and regulations related to approved methods and sites for the disposal of bio-hazardous medical waste, see the Arizona Administrative Code (AAC) Title 18, Chapter 13, Article 14 "Bio-hazardous Medical Waste and Discarded Drugs." "Bio-hazardous Waste - Discarded Drugs" (PDF).

3. Who has to have a biohazardous medical waste transportation permit?: The Arizona Administrative Code (AAC) Title 18, Chapter 13, "Solid Waste Management" states in Section R18-13-1402.A(3) that a permit must be obtained by "A person who transports bio-hazardous medical waste and any motor vehicle used for that purpose."

View the document, "Solid Waste Management" (PDF).

4. What are the bio-hazardous medical waste transportation vehicle regulations?: Vehicles used for the transportation of bio-hazardous medical waste must have a secure, covered and leak-proof cargo compartment(s) constructed of non-porous material impervious to bio-hazardous medical waste, shall be operated in an approved sanitary manner, minimizing exposure to flies and other insects, spillage, odor, and without other hazard or danger to the public health, shall be cleaned frequently enough to prevent their becoming a public health nuisance, and shall be maintained in good repair.

Bio-hazardous medical waste storage compartments in the vehicle shall not be open or exposed except during filling, emptying and cleaning. Vehicles shall be loaded and moved in such a manner that the contents are not exposed and do not fall, leak, spill or escape. If spillage does occur, it shall be carefully cleaned up and the area affected by the spill properly disinfected.

5. How much does a bio-hazardous medical waste transportation vehicle permit cost?: Only the vehicle loaded with bio-hazardous medical waste is required to be permitted. On tractor/trailer combinations, only the trailer will be permitted. The fees for operating permits are listed in the fee schedule of Chapter I of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code (PDF).

6. When does a bio-hazardous medical waste transportation vehicle permit expire?: Bio-hazardous medical waste transportation vehicle permits are issued for a period of 1 year. Permits may be renewed annually provided that the permit holder is in compliance with the rules and regulations.

7. What is required to obtain a bio-hazardous medical waste transportation vehicle permit?: A permit application must be completed and a vehicle inspection performed prior to a bio-hazardous medical waste transportation vehicle permit being issued for a vehicle. An inspector will be assigned and meet with you at a location convenient to conduct the vehicle inspection(s) and fill out the required documentation. Get this process started by contacting the Solid Waste Program.

8. When can I use my vehicle to transport bio-hazardous medical waste?: All bio-hazardous medical waste transportation vehicles must be inspected and permitted before operation begins. Only then can you use your vehicle.

9. How do I apply for a bio-hazardous medical waste transportation vehicle permit?: To apply for a bio-hazardous medical waste transportation vehicle permit, please contact the Solid Waste Program.

▼
Solid Waste - Chemical Toilets, Portable Restroom Units & Portable Waste Holding Tanks

1. What is a chemical toilet?: A chemical toilet is a privy having a water tight, impervious pail or tank containing a chemical solution placed immediately beneath the seat or urinal and a pipe or conduit connecting the riser with the tank.

2. What is a portable restroom unit?: A portable restroom unit is a trailer or skid-mounted temporary restroom facility that contains:
- Approved Waste Storage / Disposal Method
- Hand Washing Sink
- Integral Non-Hazardous Liquid Waste Holding Tank
- Sanitary Fixtures
- Shower
- Toilet
- Urinal

3. What is a portable waste holding tank?: A portable waste holding tank is a watertight container installed above ground and used to collect non-hazardous liquid waste from temporary facilities, such as office trailers and temporary kitchens.

4. How must the waste from a chemical toilet, portable restroom unit or portable waste holding tank be disposed?: The waste from a chemical toilet, portable restroom unit or portable waste holding tank is non-hazardous liquid waste (NHLW). NHLW must be disposed by an NHLW hauler permitted by Maricopa County. For a list of approved disposal sites, see the Non-Hazardous Liquid Waste Disposal Sites.
resource page.

5. Who has to have a chemical toilet permit, portable restroom unit or portable waste holding tank permit?: Chapter II, Section 6 of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code states: “No person shall provide, for rent or hire portable, or install portable, nonpermanent chemical toilet facilities, portable restroom units, portable waste holding tanks, or an underground sewage vault unless the person holds a valid permit to do so.”

6. What are the chemical toilet, portable restroom unit and portable waste holding tank regulations?: Chemical toilets shall be constructed with floors of a smooth finished, nonabsorbent material. Seats, walls and ceilings must be of smooth, easily cleanable, light colored finish. The tank and bowl must be ventilated by means of a screened pipe at least 4 inches in diameter, which shall extend at least 6 inches above the roofline. Portable restroom units shall be constructed with floors of a smooth finished, nonabsorbent material. Seats, walls and ceiling shall be of smooth, easily cleanable, light-colored finish.

Waste holding tanks shall be structurally designed specifically for waste holding tank application and constructed from corrosion resistant, leak free, durable material. The tank and all waste plumbing shall be ventilated to drain all fixtures and minimize objectionable odors. Units shall be installed to allow unobstructed access for servicing equipment to remove waste.

A solution of sodium hydroxide or other approved chemical shall be maintained in the tank or receiving element of the chemical toilet at a level that prevents septicity and the creation of objectionable odors. All chemical toilets, portable restroom units and portable waste holding tanks shall be plainly and durably marked with the permit holder’s name and telephone number, in clear, easily readable letters, on outside of the toilet.

7. How often do chemical toilets, portable restroom units and portable waste holding tanks have to be serviced?: Chemical toilets, portable restroom units and portable waste holding tanks shall be emptied often enough to prevent overflowing, creation of an unsanitary condition, a health hazard or nuisance, and shall be maintained in good repair so as to prevent leakage of the contents to the surrounding ground or onto the floor or other portions of the structure.

8. Where can chemical toilets, portable restroom units and portable waste holding tanks be placed?: No toilet shall be installed within 20 feet of an occupied premise or within 10 feet of any public thoroughfare or sidewalk, unless authorized by the Solid Waste Program.

9. What is the blue liquid in the tank and why is it there?: The blue liquid is a solution of sodium hydroxide or other approved chemical. It is added to prevent the waste from turning septic and creating objectionable odors.

10. Are toilet facilities required on construction sites?: Chapter II, Section 6 of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code states: “No person shall initiate or proceed with construction, erection, alteration, repair, or razing project without first having provided an adequate number of suitable sanitary job toilet facilities for the use of persons on the project in a ratio of at least one toilet per 20 persons. Such toilets shall be of the water-flushed or chemical type approved by the department and located on or within 200 feet of each work area within the project site.”

View the Health Code (PDF).

11. Are toilet facilities required at public gatherings?: Chapter II, Section 6 of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code states: “At any public gathering for any commercial, religious or public event where adequate permanent toilet facilities are not provided on the immediate premises as required by State law, suitable approved sanitary toilet facilities of the water-flushed or chemical type adequate for the estimated attendance, shall be located within 200 feet of such gathering, with the minimum of 1 per 100 attendance or as required by the Health Officer.”

View the Health Code (PDF).

12. How much does a chemical toilet, portable restroom unit or portable waste holding tank permit cost?: Permit fees for chemical toilets, portable restroom units and portable waste holding tanks are based on the number of toilets being permitted. The fees for operating permits are listed in the fee schedule of Chapter I of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code (PDF).

13. When does a chemical toilet, portable restroom units and portable waste holding tanks permit expire?: Chemical toilet, portable restroom unit and portable waste holding tank permits are issued for a period of 1 year. Permits may be renewed annually provided the permit holder is in compliance with the rules and regulations.

14. What is required to obtain a chemical toilet, portable restroom unit or portable waste holding tank permit?: A permit application must be completed and an inspection performed prior to a chemical toilet, portable restroom unit or portable waste holding tank permit being issued. When you contact the Solid Waste Program, an inspector will be assigned and meet with you at a location convenient to conduct the inspection and fill out the required documentation. Get this process started by contacting the Solid Waste Program.

15. When can I use my chemical toilet, portable restroom unit or portable waste holding tank?: All chemical toilets, portable restroom unit and portable waste holding tanks must be inspected and permitted before they can be used.

16. How do I apply for a chemical toilet, portable restroom unit or portable waste holding tank permit?: To apply for a chemical toilet, portable restroom unit or portable waste holding tank permit, please contact the Solid Waste Program.

▼
Solid Waste - Construction & Debris Landfills

1. What is a construction and debris landfill?: A construction and debris landfill is a site at which solid waste derived from constructing, repairing or remodeling of buildings or other structures or demolishing buildings or other structures is disposed of, stored or interned.

2. Who has to have a construction and debris landfill permit?: Chapter II, Section 4 of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code states: “No person shall conduct, operate or maintain a sanitary landfill without a permit therefore or otherwise than in compliance with the regulations.”

3. What are the construction and debris landfill regulations?: For answers regarding these regulations, visit the Construction & Debris Landfill Regulations page.

4. How much does a construction and debris landfill permit cost?: The fees for operating permits are listed in the fee schedule of Chapter I of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code (PDF).

5. When does a construction and debris landfill permit expire?: Construction and debris landfill permits are issued for a period of 1 year. Permits may be renewed annually provided that the permit holder is in compliance with the rules and regulations.

6. What is required to obtain a construction and debris landfill permit?: A permit application must be completed and an inspection performed prior to a construction and debris landfill permit being issued. When you contact the Solid Waste Program, an inspector will be assigned and meet with you to conduct the inspection and fill out the required documentation. Get this process started by contacting the Solid Waste Program.

7. When can I use my landfill to receive construction debris?: All construction and debris landfills must be inspected and permitted before operation begins. Only then can you use your landfill.

8. How do I apply for a construction and debris landfill permit?: To apply for a construction and debris landfill permit, contacting the Solid Waste Program.

▼
Solid Waste - Non-Hazardous Liquid Waste (NHLW) Transportation

1. What is non-hazardous liquid waste?: Non-hazardous liquid waste is defined as human excreta and liquid or semi-solid wastes that include other liquid wastes that do not contain hazardous wastes in addition but are not limited to:
- Grease Trap Wastes
- Grit Traps Waste
- Septic Wastes
- Sludges
- Wastewaters

2. Who has to have a non-hazardous liquid waste transportation permit?: Chapter II, Section 7 of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code states: “No person shall remove, store, transport or dispose of any non-hazardous liquid wastes without applying for and receiving a permit to do so.”

3. What are the Non-Hazardous Liquid Waste (NHLW) transportation vehicle regulations?: Vehicles used for the collection, storage, transportation and disposal of non-hazardous liquid waste must have a secure liquid and gas tight NHLW storage tank(s) constructed so that no offensive material may spill or escape from the tank, shall be operated in an approved sanitary manner, minimizing exposure to flies and other insects, spillage, odor, and without other hazard or danger to the public health, shall be cleaned frequently enough to prevent their becoming a public health nuisance, and shall be maintained in good repair.

NHLW storage tanks shall have a minimum capacity of 750 gallons, with the exception of tanks used exclusively for servicing chemical toilets, which may have a smaller capacity. Storage tanks shall not be open or exposed except during filling, emptying and cleaning. Vehicles shall be loaded and moved in such a manner that the contents are not exposed and do not leak, spill or escape. If spillage does occur, it shall be carefully cleaned up and the area affected by the spill properly disinfected.

4. What are the non-hazardous liquid waste operation and sanitation regulations?: No unclean vehicles or auxiliary equipment shall be allowed to stand or remain near any occupied premises without necessity. The loading and unloading of such vehicles and the transportation through any street, place or premises shall be completed in a timely manner.

All vehicles, tools, equipment shall be maintained in good repair at all times. At the end of each day's operation all containers, suction pumps, hose, and other tools and equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned and sanitized. No vehicle, tank, or equipment used in these operations shall be used to contain or transport water for potable purposes.

5. How much does a non-hazardous liquid waste transportation vehicle permit cost?: Only the vehicle loaded with non-hazardous liquid waste is required to be permitted. On tractor/tanker combinations, only the tanker will be permitted. The fees for operating permits are listed in the fee schedule of Chapter I of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code (PDF).

6. When does a non-hazardous liquid waste transportation vehicle permit expire?: Non-hazardous liquid waste transportation vehicle permits are issued for a period of 1 year. Permits may be renewed annually provided that the permit holder is in compliance with the rules and regulations.

7. What is required to obtain a non-hazardous liquid waste transportation vehicle permit?: A permit application must be completed and a vehicle inspection performed prior to a non-hazardous liquid waste transportation vehicle permit being issued for a vehicle. An inspector will be assigned and meet with you at a location convenient to conduct the vehicle inspection(s) and fill out the required documentation. Get this process started by contacting the Solid Waste Program. contacting the Solid Waste Program.

8. When can I use my vehicle to transport non-hazardous liquid waste?: All non-hazardous liquid waste transportation vehicles must be inspected and permitted before operation begins.

9. How do I apply for a NHLW transportation vehicle permit?: To apply for a non-hazardous liquid waste transportation vehicle permit, contact the Solid Waste Program.

▼
Solid Waste - Non-Hazardous Liquid Waste Transfer Facilities

1. What is a non-hazardous liquid waste transfer facility?: A non-hazardous liquid waste transfer facility is defined as a facility or any site owned, operated or utilized by any person where non-hazardous liquid waste is removed from containment and/or processed for the purpose of subsequent transfer or disposal of the waste.

2. How must the waste from a non-hazardous liquid waste transfer facility be disposed of?: Non-hazardous liquid waste must be disposed by an approved method at an approved place. Approval must be obtained in advance of the commencement of operations and prior to any change of method or place. For a list of approved disposal sites, see the Non-Hazardous Liquid Waste Disposal Site resource page.

3. Who has to have a non-hazardous liquid waste transfer facility approval?: Chapter II, Section 1 of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code states: “All sewage, refuse, human excreta, and other wastes shall be kept, transported, treated, disposed of, or reclaimed by a method or methods which are in compliance with these regulations, and at sites which are approved by the Department.”

View the Health Code (PDF).

4. What are the non-hazardous liquid waste transfer facility regulations?: Construction of a non-hazardous liquid waste transfer facility cannot commence prior to receiving an “Approval to Construct” from the Department.

Facilities shall be operated in an approved sanitary manner that minimizes exposure to flies and other inspects, spillage, odor, and without causing other hazards or dangers to the public health. Facilities shall be designed to prevent emission of any offensive odor beyond the boundary of the facility, and shall not be operated in a way that emits any such odor on a persistent basis beyond the boundary of the facility. The facility must be designed to prevent wastes from being deposited into any waters of the County or upon or under any land within the County, except as approved by the Department.

5. What is a non-hazardous liquid waste transfer facility plan?: A non-hazardous liquid waste transfer facility plan provides information on operational and structural techniques proposed for the management and handling on non-hazardous liquid waste at a designated location.

6. What documentation is required for a non-hazardous liquid waste transfer facility plan approval?: A non-hazardous liquid waste transfer facility plan must demonstrate that no public health hazard or nuisance will exist through structural and operational techniques.

The plan must include technical plans for construction, operation and maintenance procedures and emergency situation response procedures for spills and other environmental impacts nuisances or hazards.

7. What is the cost of a non-hazardous liquid waste transfer facility plan approval?: The initial and maximum fee amounts for a non-hazardous liquid waste transfer facility plan review are listed in the fee scheduled in Chapter I of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code (MCEHC) fee schedule. The plan must be submitted for review with the initial fee amount.

The total cost of the plan approval will depend on the number of man-hours expended by the Solid Waste Program staff to complete the review. If the initial fee does not cover the cost of the review and approval, the Department will send a bill for the additional cost. The total cost of the review and approval will not exceed the maximum fee amount listed in the fee schedule in the Health Code (PDF).

8. How do I submit a non-hazardous liquid waste transfer facility plan for review and approval?: To submit a non-hazardous liquid waste transfer facility plan, contact the Solid Waste Program.

▼
Solid Waste - Non-Hazardous Solid Waste (NHSW) Transportation

1. What is non-hazardous Solid Waste?: The Maricopa County Environmental Health Code defines "Non-hazardous Solid Waste" as "any garbage, trash, rubbish, industrial wastes, refuse, or other discarded material that does not contain hazardous wastes or is not classified as being exempt for the definition of solid waste pursuant to the Arizona Revised Statutes."

View the Health Code (PDF).

2. How must non-hazardous solid waste be disposed?: Learn how non-hazardous waste must be disposed on this Disposal information page.

3. Who has to have a non-hazardous solid waste transportation permit?: This is determined by the Health Code. Chapter II, Section 5 of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code states: “No person shall collect, haul, remove or dispose of non-hazardous solid waste as a function or service of their business/organization without a valid permit to do so.”

4. What are the non-hazardous solid waste transportation vehicle regulations?: Vehicles used for the collection and transportation of non-hazardous solid waste shall have securely covered, watertight metal bodies of easily cleanable construction, shall be cleaned frequently enough to prevent their becoming a public health nuisance, and shall be maintained in good repair. Non-hazardous solid waste compartments therein shall not be opened or exposed except during filling, emptying and cleaning vehicles. Vehicles shall be loaded and moved in such a manner that the contents are not exposed and do not fall, leak, spill or escape; and where spillage does occur, it shall be picked up immediately by the permit holder and removed in a sanitary manner.

5. How much does a non-hazardous solid waste transportation vehicle permit cost?: The fees for operating permits are listed in the fee schedule of Chapter I of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code. Only the vehicle loaded with non-hazardous solid waste is required to be permitted. On tractor/trailer combinations, only the trailer will be permitted.

View the Health Code (PDF).

6. When does a non-hazardous solid waste transportation vehicle permit expire?: Non-hazardous solid waste transportation vehicle permits are issued for a period of 1 year. Permits may be renewed annually provided that the permit holder is in compliance with the rules and regulations.

7. What is required to obtain a non-hazardous solid waste transportation vehicle permit?: A permit application must be completed and a vehicle inspection performed prior to a non-hazardous solid waste transportation vehicle permit being issued for a vehicle. When you contact the Solid Waste Program, an inspector will be assigned and meet with you at a location convenient to conduct the vehicle inspection(s) and fill out the required documentation. To get this process started, contact our office.

8. When can I use my vehicle to transport non-hazardous solid waste?: All non-hazardous solid waste transportation vehicles must be inspected and permitted before operation begins.

9. How do I apply for a non-hazardous solid waste transportation vehicle permit?: To apply for a non-hazardous solid waste transportation vehicle permit, please contact the Solid Waste Program.

▼
Solid Waste - Refuse Containers

1. What is refuse?: The Maricopa County Environmental Health Code defines "refuse" as "all putrescible and non-putrescible solid and semi-solid wastes, except human excreta, but including garbage, rubbish, ashes, manure, street cleanings, dead animals, abandoned automobiles, and industrial wastes."

Read the Health Code (PDF).

2. What is garbage?: Garbage is defined as swill and any accumulation of animal, vegetable and other matter that attends the preparation, handling, consumption, storage or decay of plant and animal matter including the following:
- Birds
- Dairy Products
- Fish
- Fowl
- Fruit
- Meats
- Vegetable
- Waste Containers
- Waste Wrappers

3. What are ashes?: Ashes are defined as any residue, other than salvage, from the burning of any combustible material.

4. What is rubbish?: Rubbish is defined as the following and other similar material:
- Bedding
- Cardboard
- Combustible and Non-Combustible Wastes
- Crockery
- Glass
- Non-Putrescible Solid Waste Excluding Ashes
- Paper
- Tin Cans
- Waste Metal
- Wood
- Yard Clippings

5. Where must refuse be disposed?: Refuse must be disposed by an approved method at an approved site. Please view, for more information, our Non-Hazardous Waste Disposal page.

6. What are refuse container regulations?: All refuse storage containers made available by the permit holder for public use other than those provided by a municipality shall be plainly and durably marked with the permit holder's name and telephone number. Containers shall be of sufficient size and number to accommodate the service area, shall be emptied completely during the collection operation and where required, treated to prevent insect harborage or odor nuisance.

7. How often do refuse containers have to be emptied?: The frequency of collection shall be in accordance with regulations of the collection agency but not less than the following terms: collection for garbage only is twice weekly; collection for refuse with garbage is twice weekly; collection for rubbish and ashes is as often as necessary to prevent nuisances and fly breeding.

Any variance from the required frequency of collection must be reviewed and approved by the Solid Waste Program.

8. What is a refuse container collection frequency variance plan?: Please view the Frequency Variance Plan page.

9. What documentation is required for a refuse container variance plan approval?: A refuse container variance plan must demonstrate that no public health hazard or nuisance will exist and that fly breeding will be controlled by biological, chemical or mechanical means. The plan must also contain provisions for random inspections by the Department of at least one percent of all refuse containers.

The plan must describe how all of these requirements are to be met. The plan can be submitted for review as a written report. Supplementary material in support of the plan, such as drawings or charts, may be included in the submittal package.

10. What is the cost of a refuse container variance plan approval?: The initial and maximum fee amounts for a refuse container variance plan review are listed in the fee schedule of Chapter I of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code (MCEHC). The plan must be submitted for review with the initial fee amount.

The total cost of the plan approval will depend on the number of man-hours expended by the Solid Waste Program staff to complete the review. If the initial fee does not cover the cost of the review and approval, the Department will send a bill for the additional cost. The total cost of the review and approval will not exceed the maximum fee amount listed in the fee schedule in the MCEHC. For details view the MCEHC website.

11. How do I submit a refuse container variance plan for review and approval?: Submit a refuse container variance plan by contacting the Solid Waste Program.

12. Who has to have a refuse container collection frequency variance permit?: Whoever has refuse containers that are included in a refuse collection frequency variance plan. These must be permitted.

13. How much does a refuse container permit cost?: Permit fees for refuse containers are based on the number of containers being permitted. The fees for operating permits are listed in the fee schedule of Chapter I of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code (PDF).

14. When does a refuse container permit expire?: Refuse container permits are issued for a period of 1 year. Permits may be renewed annually provided that the permit holder is in compliance with the rules and regulations.

15. What is required to obtain a refuse container permit?: A permit application must be completed and an inspection performed prior to a refuse container permit being issued. When you contact the Solid Waste Program, an inspector will be assigned and meet with you at a location convenient to conduct the inspection and fill out the required documentation. Get this process started by contacting the Solid Waste Program.

16. When can I use my refuse containers?: All refuse containers must be inspected and permitted, then they can be used.

17. How do I apply for a refuse container permit?: To apply for a refuse container permit, please contact the Solid Waste Program.

▼
STD Clinic

1. Where is the STD Clinic located?: The STD Clinic is located in the Public Health Building at 1645 East Roosevelt, Phoenix, AZ 85006. The building is just east of 16th Street, on Roosevelt. Ample parking is available in the front of the building.

2. Can I make an appointment?: The STD Clinic is a walk-in clinic, and no appointment is necessary. When you get a number from the receptionist, you will be given an estimated time that you will be seen.

3. Is all my information confidential?: Yes. All information about you and your visit will be kept strictly confidential. There will be no correspondence sent from the clinic to you, and there will be no telephone calls placed to you without your permission.

4. Where do I go when I get in the building?: On arrival, the receptionist at the front desk will ask you the reason for your visit. Based on the services you are requesting, you will be given a numbered ticket and directed to the registration area. Your number will be called and you will complete the registration process. Once your registration is completed, you will be directed to the STD Clinic waiting area.

5. How much does it cost to get tested and treated for an STD?: The fee of testing, examination and treatment (if needed) is $20 at the STD Clinic and will be requested at the time of registration.

6. What if I don't have the $20 to pay for testing?: You can check our calendar for sites where free testing is being conducted, or you can come into the clinic during normal business hours. No one will be turned away because of an inability to pay.
Free Testing.

7. Why am I given a ticket with a number?: While you are receiving care at the Clinic, the staff will call you by the number on your ticket rather than your name. This is to protect your privacy and confidentiality.

8. Why are numbers not called in order?: Numbers are managed electronically by the system. Numbers are called in order based on the services that are being requested. Since we provide many different services throughout our clinics, at times it may appear that numbers are being called out of sequence.

9. What will happen during the clinic visit?: You will first be seen by a Medical Assistant who will draw your blood for testing. You will then see a medical provider (a physician, a Nurse Practitioner or a Physician's Assistant) who will take a sexual history, explain the exam procedure, perform a comprehensive STD exam, (for women this is a pelvic exam and not a pap smear) and give you any medication you may need, as well as information on any follow-up appointments.

10. How long will I have to wait to be tested?: When you get your number from the receptionist, most patients go through the registration process in 15 minutes or less. The time of the wait varies, depending on how busy the Clinic is, however, for most rapid service it is suggested that you come to the Clinic in the morning.

11. What are the busiest days and times at the clinic?: The STD Clinic is typically busiest on Monday and Friday. The busiest times are between the hours of 11:30 a.m. to 1:30 p.m. and from 3 to 5 p.m. The receptionist may stop giving out numbers to patients, or may stop giving numbers for a period of time during the day, if the maximum patient volume is reached. To increase the likelihood of being seen the same day, or if you require treatment, it is strongly recommended you arrive at the clinic between 9 a.m. to 11 a.m.

12. I don't have time to wait. Is there another option for me?: Express testing services are offered for testing all STDs except Herpes. During the registration process, you will complete a short, confidential questionnaire. If you are not symptomatic and you are deemed to be at a lower risk for an STD or HIV infection, you will be offered the opportunity to be tested through express testing.

13. What can I get tested for?: The STD Clinic can test you for most STD infections, including Gonorrhea, Chlamydia, Syphilis, and HIV. The Clinic does NOT currently offer testing for herpes.

HIV testing is offered in the STD Clinic only in conjunction with STD testing. HIV testing is not offered in the STD Clinic separate from other STD testing. In addition, the rapid HIV test is only offered if patient's meet the criteria for "high risk."

14. What if I am diagnosed with an STD?: You will be provided with treatment if you are diagnosed with an STD. You may also be referred to another staff member for enhanced counseling, including a discussion on how to talk to your sexual partners about their exposure to an STD and how to prevent new infections.

15. What if I get tested and I don't have an STD, but I have another medical problem?: The STD Clinic provides testing and treatment for STD infections. If the tests or examination reveal another medical problem, you will be referred to your primary care physician. If you do not have a primary care physician, we can provide you with a list of clinics and physicians where you can get further care and treatment.

16. How do I get the results of my STD and HIV tests?: After your visit, you will be provided with a phone number to call where you can get your test results. You may call the number Monday through Friday, from 9 a.m. to 11 a.m. To ensure patient confidentiality, you will be asked to verify some personal information before your results will be given over the phone.

17. What if I want a copy of my STD test results?: You can request a free copy of your test results from our Medical Records Unit by completing a Release of Information form, available from the receptionist. Copies of test results are provided Monday through Friday, from 9 a.m. to 11 a.m. and 2 p.m. to 4 p.m. A photo ID will be required to obtain copies of your test results. To maintain patient confidentiality, copies of test results will only be given if the name and date of birth that you gave during the initial registration process matches exactly with the name and date of birth on your photo ID.

18. What if I lose my medication?: If you lose your medication, you will need to go through the registration process and you will be requested to pay for the visit. Medications will not be refilled through the express testing process.

19. Can I bring my children with me?: Due to the nature and subject matter, patients are strongly encouraged not to bring children with them to their clinic visit. Children cannot be left unattended in the waiting area.

▼
Stormwater Quality Program

1. What is the Stormwater Program?: The program is responsible for preventing pollution to the Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System. To find out more, click here.

2. What is the Arizona Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (AZPDES) program?: The AZPDES program is the Arizona version of the federal NPDES program. The Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) is the authority responsible for regulating the AZPDES program in Arizona.

3. What is stormwater runoff?: Stormwater runoff is the water that runs off surfaces, such as rooftops, paved streets, highways, parking lots, and the desert itself. It can also come from hard grassy surfaces, such as golf courses, lawns, parks, and play fields.

4. What is an MS4 system?: A municipal separate storm sewer system means a conveyance or system of conveyances (including roads with drainage systems, municipal streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, man-made channels, or storm drains) owned or operated by a County or other public body, including special districts such as a flood control district, designed or used for collecting or conveying storm water and which is not a combined sewer and which is not part of a Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW).

The County’s MS4 system consists mainly of flood control conveyances, drainage ditches, catch basins, storm drains, County owned streets, curbs and gutters.

5. Why is stormwater regulated?: Stormwater runoff from lands modified by human activities can harm surface water and, in turn, cause or contribute to an exceedance of water quality standards by changing natural hydrologic patterns, accelerating natural stream flows, destroying aquatic habitat, and elevating pollutant concentrations and loadings. Such runoff may contain high levels of contaminants, such as sediment, suspended solids, nutrients (phosphorus and nitrogen), heavy metals, pathogens, toxins, oxygen-demanding substances (organic material), and floatables.

Nationwide, polluted stormwater runoff has been identified as a leading cause of problems in nearly 40 percent of surveyed U.S. waters, which currently do not meet water quality standards. Over land or via storm sewer systems, polluted runoff is discharged, often untreated, directly in local waters. When left uncontrolled, this water pollution can lead to the destruction of fish, wildlife, and aquatic life habitats; a loss in aesthetic value; and threats to public health.

6. Does my construction site require a Stormwater Plan Approval from Maricopa County?: If your construction site is located in the Urbanized Area of Unincorporated Maricopa County and will disturb one or more acres, or is less than one acre but is part of a larger plan of development, Stormwater Plan approval by Maricopa County is required prior to the start of land disturbance. Urbanized Area of Unincorporated Maricopa (PDF)

7. Do I require a Post-Construction Permit from Maricopa County?: A permit is required for land disturbance equal to or greater than one acre. Land disturbance of less than one acre constituting a part of a larger plan of development are also regulated.

Activities for which a permit is required include land development and redevelopment to include clearing or grubbing, leveling, construction of new or additional impervious or semi-pervious surfaces such as driveways, roadways, parking lots, recreation features, construction of new buildings or additions to existing buildings and installation of stormwater management facilities or appurtenances thereto.

8. How do I apply for Stormwater Plan Approval?: For applications and instructions, please visit our Construction Site Requirements page.

9. What is the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program?: This is the federal stormwater program. In 1972, the NPDES program was essentially the regulatory mechanism of the Clean Water Act (CWA) which the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) used to focus on industrial process wastewater and municipal sewage discharges. These sources were identified as being responsible for severely degraded water quality. In 1987, in an effort to mitigate diffuse sources of pollution conveyed in stormwater runoff, Congress enacted the Water Quality Act, an amendment to the CWA a comprehensive program to regulate stormwater.

EPA promulgated the Phase I stormwater rule on November 16, 1990. This rule targeted stormwater discharges from communities with a population of at least 100,000 (termed by EPA as medium and large municipal separate storm sewer systems or MS4s), as well as stormwater discharges associated with certain industrial activities and construction sites impacting five acres or more of land. In Arizona, there were 8 entities targeted by the Phase I stormwater program. They included, Phoenix, Mesa, Tempe, Glendale, Scottsdale, Tucson, Pima County and the Arizona Department of Transportation (ADOT).

The Phase II stormwater rule was promulgated on December 8, 1999 and focused on small MS4s. Small MS4s were communities serving a population of less than 100,000 or communities greater than 100,000 (based on the 2000 census) not captured by the Phase I program that are located in an “urbanized” area or designated by the permitting authority. In addition to the MS4s, Phase II also focused on federal and state facilities including prisons, hospitals and universities, municipally owned/operated industrial facilities and lastly construction sites greater or equal to one acre and less than five acres in size. It is the unincorporated areas of Maricopa County within the urbanized area that are the areas regulated by the Phase II permitting program.

▼
Subdivision & Infrastructure - Approvals

1. When is an approval required?: An approval must be obtained for a water, wastewater or reclaimed water facility or system when:
- A new facility or system is to be constructed
- An existing facility or system is to be modified and the modification affects the capacity, quality, flow, location or operational performance of the facility or system
- A new or revised plan for a facility or system is being proposed
- A new subdivision requires an approval of sanitary facilities
- A new mobile home and/or recreational vehicle park is to be constructed or an existing mobile home park is to be modified and the modification affects the capacity of the park’s sewer or water system

For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

2. What types of approvals are issued by the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program?: The following types of approvals are issued by the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program:
- Approval to Construct
- Approval of Construction
- Approval of Sanitary Facilities for a Subdivision
- Approval of Sanitary Facilities for a Mobile Home Park
- Approval of A312G Alternative Features

For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

3. When can I start construction on my project?: Construction may commence once an Approval to Construct certificate has been issued. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

4. How long do I have before I must start construction of my project?: Construction must commence within 1 year after the date of issue of an Approval to Construct certificate or else the certificate expires. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

5. How long do I have to complete construction of my project?: Construction of a water project must be completed within 3 years after the date of issue of an Approval to Construct certificate or else the certificate expires. Construction of a sewer or reclaimed water project must be completed within 2 years after the date of issue of an Approval to Construct certificate or else the certificate expires. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

6. Is the approval still valid if construction of my project has been halted?: An Approval to Construct certificate expires if construction of a project has been halted for more than 1 year. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

7. Can I renew an expired approval certificate?: An expired Approval to Construct certificate can be renewed once within an 180 day period from its date of expiration provided that the original design is unchanged.

An Application for Approval to Construct (ATC) and/or Provisional Verification of General Permit Conformance for Water/Wastewater Facilities must be submitted with a check for the renewal fee. The renewal fee is equal to 1/2 the fee amount originally charged for the project. The renewal grants a 1 year extension from the date the certificate is renewed.

If an Approval to Construct certificate has expired and cannot be renewed because it was previously renewed or the design of the project has been changed, then a new project approval must be obtained. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

8. When can I start-up my facility or system?: Start-up and full operation of the facility or system may commence immediately once an Approval of Construction certificate has been issued. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

▼
Subdivision & Infrastructure - Documentation

1. What types of documentation are required to be submitted?: The type of documentation submitted to the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program for review and approval of a project will vary depending on the characteristics of a particular project and the type of approval that is required. Find typical documentation that may be required to be submitted for project approval.

2. Are electronic (digital format) documentation submittals accepted?: At the present time electronic documentation submittals are not accepted by the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program. This is due to the requirements of public records archiving, as established by the State of Arizona. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

3. Does the documentation submitted for my project become part of the 'public record'?: When a project is 100% complete (i.e. a final approval certificate has been issued) all of the project documentation submitted to the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program becomes part of the public record and is available to the general public. The final documentation set for a completed project typically includes, but is not limited to, an application for Approval Of Construct and as-built Design Drawings. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

4. What types of documentation must be sealed by a Professional Engineer?: For water projects with a construction value greater than $12,500, a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Arizona must sign and stamp specific documentation.

5. What format and how many copies of the documentation should be submitted?: ANSI ‘D’ size (24”H x 36”W standard size) drawings must be submitted for the review and approval. Normally only 1 copy of the documentation is required. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

6. Does the MCESD sign the cover page of the design drawings?: The cover page of the design drawings is signed by the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program staff for projects which involve the construction of or modification to a facility or system and require an Approval to Construct.

An approval area for the MCESD should be provided on the cover page with space reserved for the following information:
- Approval By: (Signature)
- Approval Date:
- Project Number:

For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

▼
Subdivision & Infrastructure - Engineering Design

1. What are the applicable rules and regulations?: For the rules and regulations that apply to water, wastewater and reclaimed water facilities and systems located within the public right-of-way, subdivisions and Mobile Home parks see the Engineering Design page.

2. What are the separation distance requirements for underground piping?: The separation distance for potable water and sewer pipelines located in the public right-of-way is governed by Arizona Administrative Code (AAC) R-18-5-502.C. The separation distance for reclaimed water pipelines located in the public right-of-way is governed by AAC R-18-9-602.F. The Maricopa Association of Government’s "Uniform Standard Details for Public Works Construction" standards 404-1, 404-2 and 404-3 detail the separation distance and protection requirements for the installation of potable water, reclaimed water and sewer pipelines for MAG participants.

▼
Subdivision & Infrastructure - Engineering Design - Reclaimed Water Facilities & Systems

1. What are the identification requirements for pipes, valves and other equipment in reclaimed water service?: The minimum identification requirements are defined by Arizona Administrative Code (AAC) R18-9-601 through 603 for pipeline or open conveyance of reclaimed water.

The color purple shall be used for identifying all valves and other equipment used for conveying reclaimed water. For pipelines the pipe must be marked on opposite sides with “Caution: Reclaimed Water Line” labeling in intervals of three feet or less.

Above-ground reclaimed water piping must be labeled per the preceding paragraph and colored purple or wrapped with durable purple tape. Underground piping must be identified with one of the following alternatives:
- The pipe must be labeled per the preceding paragraph and colored purple or wrapped with durable purple tape.
- Identification sleeving (pipe socks) made from an inert polyethylene plastic, 4 mils thick, purple in color with the words “Caution: Reclaimed Water Line” or similar wording printed in 1-1/2" high black lettering continuously along the entire length may be installed on the pipe.
- Identification tape made from inert polyethylene plastic, 4.0 mils thick and no less than 3" wide with the words “Caution: Reclaimed Water Line” or similar wording printed in 1-1/2" high black lettering continuously along the entire length may be installed parallel to the centerline and on top of the pipe. The identification tape must be installed continuously for the entire length of the pipe and be securely fastened with plastic adhesive tape banded around both the pipe and the identification tape at no more than 4-foot intervals.

For additional guidelines for installing reclaimed water piping and equipment, MAG participants should reference Section 616 in the Maricopa Association of Government’s Uniform Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (PDF).

2. What are the design requirements for wet well, basin, tank or reservoir overflows?: Overflows of reclaimed water must be contained and not allowed to spill onto the ground. A suitable means of onsite containment must be included in the design.

Counterweighted flapper valves or self-sealing valves which open and close automatically when an overflow occurs must be installed on the end of the overflow discharge pipe to prevent the ingress of birds and insects. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

3. Can reclaimed water be discharged to a dry well?: Reclaimed water shall not be discharged to a drywell (for example, a storm water retention basin drywell) unless an Aquifer Protection Permit has been obtained from the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality permitting such disposal. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

4. Can reclaimed water be discharged to a storm water retention basin?: Reclaimed water can be discharged to a storm water retention basin, provided that the basin has vegetation. During a rain event reclaimed water cannot be discharged to the storm water retention basin if the basin discharges to the waters of the United States, unless an AZPDES permit approving such a discharge has been obtained from the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

5. Can reclaimed water be discharged to the waters of the United States?: Reclaimed water, including reclaimed water mixed with surface water, ground water or rain water may not be discharged to the waters of the United States unless an AZPDES permit approving such a discharge has been obtained from the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

▼
Subdivision & Infrastructure - Engineering Design - Wastewater Facilities & Systems

1. Is emergency power required for sewer collection system lift stations?: Yes in most cases. Maricopa County Environmental Health Code (MCEHC) Chapter I, Section 2, Regulation 5 states: "For systems that treat, or which are designed to treat greater than 10,000 gallons/day, a standby power source shall be provided at all sewage treatment systems and/or pump stations where a temporary power failure may allow a discharge of raw or partially treated sewage. Standby power may be via a standby generator, separate feeders from separate substations, a loop feeder on separate transformers from a common substation, or a high-level alarm with portable generators. Standby power also shall be provided to any sewage treatment systems and/or pump stations, regardless of size, if a temporary power failure may allow a discharge into surface waters classified as 'Unique Waters', by the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality."

This is also a requirement for obtaining a Type 4 General Aquifer Protection Permit for a sewer collection system as described in Arizona Administrative Code R18-9-E301.D.5f. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

2. What are the design requirements for venting wet wells, dry wells, basins, tanks and reservoirs?: All wet wells, dry wells, basins, tanks and reservoirs require venting. Wet and dry wells require forced ventilation and basins, tanks and reservoirs require normal ventilation.

Wet wells require 12 continuous air changes per hour or 60 intermittent air changes per hour based on the volume of the head space above the minimum sewage level. Dry wells require 6 continuous air changes per hour or 30 intermittent air changes per hour based on the volume of the dry well.

Wet wells and dry wells are usually vented by force draft fans or blowers in combination with odor control devices located on the ventilation discharge from the wet or dry well. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Section 820 specifies that all continuous ventilation systems should be fitted with flow detection devices connected to an alarm system to indicate ventilation system failure.

Basins, tanks and reservoirs are usually vented using inverted 'U' type, 'chair' or cross-flow vents using normal air currents. In all cases, vents shall have a 16-mesh corrosion resistant screen installed to prevent the ingress of birds and insects. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

3. What are the design requirements for wet well, basin, tank or reservoir overflows?: Overflows of wastewater must be contained and not allowed to spill onto the ground. A suitable means of onsite containment must be included in the design.

Counterweighted flapper valves or self-sealing valves which open and close automatically when an overflow occurs must be installed on the end of the overflow discharge pipe to control odors and prevent the ingress of birds and insects. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

▼
Subdivision & Infrastructure - Engineering Design - Water Facilities & Systems

4. What are the design requirements for wet well, tank or reservoir overflows?

1. Is emergency power required for ground water production facilities?: Groundwater production facilities (typically a groundwater well, reservoir and booster pump station that do not treat the groundwater) usually do not require emergency power. However, emergency power may be required to meet the regulatory requirements for the distribution system. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

2. Is emergency power required for water distribution system facilities?: The requirement for back-up power for distribution system facilities is driven by 3 Arizona Administrative Code requirements.

3. What are the design requirements for venting wet wells, tanks and reservoirs?: The requirements are specified in the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality's (ADEQ) Engineering Bulletin No. 10, "Guidelines for the Construction of Water Systems," Chapter 6, Section E.9.

In addition to the installation of inverted 'U' type vents, MCESD also allows the use of recent designs such as 'chair' or cross-flow vents provided that these vents have an air flow direction change of 90 degrees in the horizontal plane prior to air entering/leaving the containment vessel.

In all cases, vents shall have a 16-mesh corrosion resistant screen installed to prevent the ingress of birds and insects. For more information, download the Guidelines for the Construction of Water Systems (PDF).

The requirements are specified in the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality's (ADEQ) Engineering Bulletin No. 10, "Guidelines for the Construction of Water Systems," Chapter 6, Section E.6.

In addition to the installation of overflow piping with a 16-mesh corrosion resistant screen, MCESD also allows the use of alternative designs such as the use of counter-weighted flapper valves or self-sealing valves that will open and close automatically when an overflow occurs.

In all cases, overflows shall have a 16-mesh corrosion resistant screen installed or provide a mechanical means of sealing the overflow opening to prevent the ingress of birds and insects.

If the overflow from a storage vessel is not connected to a sewer or storm water system, a suitable means of onsite containment must be included in the design. Onsite retention basins with riprap line channels and sides are typically used to contain an overflow and prevent erosion. Care should be taken in the design to insure that underground vaults and access points are not located in close proximity to overflow channels or retention basins. For more information, download the Guidelines for the Construction of Water Systems (PDF).

Construction of Water Systems (PDF).

5. What are the design requirements for entry hatches on wet wells, tanks and reservoirs?: The requirements are specified in the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality's (ADEQ) Engineering Bulletin No. 10, "Guidelines for the Construction of Water Systems," Chapter 6, Section E.8.

Entry hatches shall be constructed with seals to prevent the entry of unsafe water, birds and insects into the containment vessel. Typical entry hatch designs include frames with integral curbs and frame overlapping covers with rubber or plastic seals. For more information, download the Guidelines for the Construction of Water Systems (PDF).

6. Can pump seal water be discharged to a drinking water booster pump station wet well?: Pump seal water shall only be discharged to a drinking water booster pump station wet well if the seal water is free of contaminants and of equal water quality to the water contained in the wet well. A drinking water pump utilizing plant service water for the pump seal water source cannot discharge the seal water into the wet well as this installation would be a cross connection between potable and non-potable water systems. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

7. What are the disinfection requirements for commissioning piping or equipment in potable water service?: Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) Bulletin No. 8, "Disinfection of Water Systems", specifies the methodology and requirements for the disinfection of new piping and equipment. Bulletin No. 8 also discusses disinfection using chlorination as well as safety measures and emergency disinfection procedures.

In addition to the disinfection procedures specified in ADEQ Bulletin No. 8, the American Water Works Association (AWWA) standards may be used. (AWWA) standards may be used.

▼
Subdivision & Infrastructure - Projects

1. What types of projects are reviewed by the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program?: Find information about the types of projects reviewed and approved by the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program.

2. How do I submit a project for approval?: Projects requiring approval are submitted by sending a transmittal letter, an application form, a check for the review fee and the relevant documentation for the project to the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program.

Multiple projects cannot be submitted on a single application. However, a project may have multiple components bundled into a single project. For example, a drinking water project may include a well, storage tank and booster pump station components.

Application and instruction forms for submission of projects can be found on the Forms/Applications page.

3. Whom should I contact if I have a question about submitting a project?: Contact the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program at 602-506-1058 regarding any questions you may have about submitting a project. Specific information concerning project applications, fees and submittal documentation requirements is contained in the application instruction forms. Application and instruction forms can be obtained from the Forms/Applications page.

4. How can I obtain application and instruction forms?: Application and instruction forms can be obtained from the Forms/Applications page.

5. Where can I get the PWS name/identification information for the application form?: The Public Water System (PWS) name/identification information should be available from the owner of the water treatment facility or system if the project is an extension to an existing water system. The identification number usually takes the form of 04-07-### for Public Water Systems, where Number ## is the specific identification number for a particular facility or system.

If the project is for a new facility or system, please contact the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program.

6. Where can I get the township, range and section site location information for the application form?: The township, range and section site location information can be obtained from the Maricopa County Assessor and from some commercially available maps such as the Phoenix Metropolitan Street Atlas. If the parcel number or address of the property is known, the information may be obtained by doing a Parcel Search at the Maricopa County Assessor's website. Otherwise, the information may be obtained from the GIS Maps by doing an Interactive Maps search at the Maricopa County Assessor's website.

7. What type of documentation needs to be included in my project submittal package?: The type of documentation submitted to the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program for review and approval of a project typically includes an Engineering Design Report, Engineering Calculations and Design Data, and Design Drawings.

If you have any questions concerning what documentation is required to be submitted for a particular project, please contact the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program.

8. How much will it cost to get my project approved?: The fee amount charged for the review depends on the type of project and number of project components. Find more information.

9. Do I need to meet with the MCESD prior to submitting my project?: A meeting prior to submitting your project is not required. However, if your particular project is very large or complex, is time constrained, or involves prototype or novel equipment, it is strongly recommended that you meet with staff from the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program prior to submitting your project to ensure that the review and approval process proceeds smoothly. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

10. What happens after I have submitted my project?: When your project is submitted to the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program it will be logged into our database and assigned a project number. When the review of the project is started, a Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program staff member will contact you. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

11. How long will it take to get my project reviewed and approved?: There are several factors impacting the length of time it takes to obtain an approval.

12. Is there any way to expedite the review of my project?: The review and approval of a project may be expedited by paying an expedited review fee. An expedited review doubles the fee amount for the project.

The review will be expedited, with the project being reviewed ahead of non-expedited projects. However, no guarantees can be made regarding the length of time the review cycle will take to complete because the review cycle time is dependent on the quality of the engineering design, the level of detail contained within the submitted project documentation, and the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program's current workload. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

13. Is there any way to get my project reviewed and approved in phases?: The review and approval of a project may be phased by paying a phased review fee. A phased review doubles the fee amount for the project. If an expedited phased review is requested, it would result in a quadrupling of the fee amount for the project.

A phased review may be performed for a very large project or a fast track project. A phased review allows the engineering design and construction of a project to be broken up into packages. For example, multiple separate components can be reviewed independently of one another during the engineering design process as the detailed design work is completed.

A phased review requires the submission and approval of the final Engineering Design Report prior to any Design Drawings, Technical Specifications or Plans being approved for any phase. For more information, please call 602-506-1058.

▼
Swimming Pools Management - Approvals

2. What types of approvals are issued by the Swimming Pools Program?

1. What is the difference between an approval and a permit?: An approval allows a new pool, wading pool, special use pool, spa or bathing lake to be constructed, or an existing pool, wading pool, special use pool, spa or bathing lake to be constructed or remodeled. A permit allows a pool, spa or bathing lake to be used and operated.

For example, when the engineering plan review process for a new swimming pool project is completed an Approval To Construct is issued to allow the construction of the swimming pool to commence. After construction of the swimming pool is completed and it has passed all inspections an Approval Of Construction is issued. Once the Approval Of Construction is issued, an operations and maintenance compliance inspection of the swimming pool is performed and an operating permit is issued. When the operating permit is issued the swimming pool is allowed to be used and operated as stipulated by the conditions of its permit.

The following types of approvals are issued by the Swimming Pools Program: - Approval To Construct/Approval Of Construction - Approval To Remodel/Approval Of Remodel

3. When can I start construction on my project?: Construction may commence once an Approval To Construct certificate has been issued.

4. When is an approval required?: An approval must be obtained for a public and semi-public pool, wading pool or special use pool, spa or artificial bathing lake when:
- A new pool, spa or bathing lake is to be constructed.
- An existing pool, spa or bathing lake is to be modified and the modification affects the shape, depth or water circulation system; modification of a disinfection system; resurfacing of the pool interior or deck; addition of a water feature or planter; installation of diving equipment; or modification of the enclosure.
- A change in use of an existing semi-public swimming pool, spa or bathing lake to a public swimming pool, spa or bathing lake.
- A change in use of an existing private residential swimming pool, spa or bathing lake to a public or semi-public swimming pool, spa or bathing lake.

5. How long do I have to complete construction of my project?: Construction must be substantially complete within one year after the date of issue of an Approval To Construct or Approval To Remodel or else the approval expires.

6. Can I renew an expired approval?: An expired Approval To Construct or Approval To Remodel can be renewed once within an 18 month period from its date of original issue provided the original design is unchanged.

An Approval To Construct or Approval To Remodel application must be submitted with a check for the renewal fee. The renewal fee is equal to one-half the fee amount originally charged for the project. The renewal grants a one year extension from the date the approval expired.

If an Approval To Construct or Approval To Remodel has expired and cannot be renewed because it was previously renewed or the design of the project has changed, then a new project approval must be obtained.

7. When can I start using my pool, spa or bathing lake?: A newly constructed public and semi-public pool, wading pool or special use pool, spa or artificial bathing lake may be used once an operating permit has been issued. An existing pool, spa or bathing lake that has been remodeled can be used once the Approval of Remodel has been issued.

▼
Swimming Pools Management - Construction

1. What types of field construction inspections are required during construction?: Two field inspections must be performed while the pool, spa or bathing lake is being constructed. The first inspection is the rough plumbing inspection. This inspection occurs prior to applying gunite to the pool, spa or bathing lake. The second inspection occurs after application of gunite to the pool, spa or bathing lake and prior to plaster or tile work being started.

When construction work is completed and a Construction Certification letter has been submitted a final construction inspection will be performed.

If you have any questions concerning construction inspections of public or semi-public pools, wading pools or special use pools, spas or artificial bathing lakes, please contact the
Swimming Pool Program.

2. Who should I contact concerning a construction inspection?: If you have any questions concerning construction inspections of public or semi-public pools, wading pools or special use pools, spas or artificial bathing lakes please contact the Swimming Pool Program.

3. Who should I contact regarding asbestos concerns?: The Maricopa County Air Quality Department regulates all asbestos renovation and demolition within Maricopa County. View Asbestos FAQs for pools.

▼
Swimming Pools Management - Design

1. What are the minimum design requirements?: For the minimum design requirements, visit the
Design Requirements and Standards page.

2. Do you have guidance for design features not listed in the regulations?: To assist you to obtain approval for designs that include commonly submitted pool and spa features that are not addressed in the regulations, the Department has posted a reference tool. The document provides design guidance for a list of features that can be approved in plan review without a variance, and features that can be approved through a time-saving, direct appeal variance process. It also lists features that must be submitted through the formal variance process. Typical stipulations are included for each variance.

3. What is my pool's maximum allowed bathing load?: A public swimming pool is calculated as follows:
- 10 square feet of pool surface area per bather shall be provided in the "non-swimmer" area.
- 24 square feet of pool surface area shall be provided for each swimmer in the "swimming" area.
- 300 square feet of pool surface area shall be reserved around each diving board or diving platform. This reserved area shall not be included in determining the "swimming" area.

4. What is my spa’s maximum allowed bathing load?: Per the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code Chapter VI, Section 6, Regulation 1(h), the maximum allowed bathing load for a public or semi-public spa is calculated as follows:
- The maximum bathing load for a public or semi-public spa shall not exceed the area of the spa in square feet divided by nine square feet.

5. What are the requirements for water used to fill a pool, spa or bathing lake?: A pool, spa or bathing lake must be filled only with potable water from an approved source. An approved backflow prevention device or an air gap must be installed on the potable water supply line.

6. Is drinking water required at a public pool or spa?: One or more drinking fountains dispensing drinking water from an approved source must be located on the deck of each public swimming pool or spa.

7. Must a pool, spa or bathing lake be disinfected?: All pools and spas must be continuously and automatically disinfected by an approved means, which will maintain an adequate and readily measurable residual of disinfectant in the water. Bathing lakes may not be required to be disinfected unless disinfection is necessary to meet bacteriological standards.

8. Where can filter backwash or wasted water be disposed?: The Maricopa County Environmental Health Code Chapter VI, Section 3, Regulation 21(b) states; "Filter backwash and wasted swimming pool or spa water shall be discharged into a sanitary sewer through an approved air gap, an approved subsurface disposal system or by other means that are approved by the Department. The method of disposal shall comply with applicable disposal requirements established by a municipal or other local authority. There shall be no direct physical connection between the sewer system and the water circulation system of a public or semipublic swimming pool or spa."

▼
Swimming Pools Management - General

1. What are your location and hours?: For the Swimming Pool Program’s location and hours, visit the Location and Hours page.

2. How do I contact a Swimming Pools Program staff member?: Contact the Swimming Pools Management Program.

3. What are the types of pools, spas and bathing lake facilities are regulated?: Public and semi-public pools, wading pools or special use pools, spas and artificial bathing lakes are regulated by the Swimming Pool Program. The Swimming Pool Program does not regulate or approve plans for the construction of new or modification of existing private residential pools, spas and bathing lakes.

The wading and special use pools class includes a number of different pool types. For example, spray pads fall under this class of pools. For definitions of the various types of pools, spas and bathing lakes, visit the Terminology page.

4. What rules and regulations apply to pools, spas and bathing lakes?: For the rules and regulations that apply to public and semi-public pools, wading pools or special use pools, spas and artificial bathing lakes, visit the
Rules and Regulations page.

▼
Swimming Pools Management - Operating Permits

1. What types of pools, spas or bathing lakes need to be permitted?: Operating permits are required for public and semi-public pools, wading pools or special use pools, spas and artificial bathing lakes. Operating permits are not required for private residential pools and spas. The operating permit must be displayed in a conspicuous place on the premises where the public may readily observe it.

Projects to construct and/or modify public and semi-public pools, wading pools or special use pools, spas and artificial bathing lakes require review and approval by the Swimming Pools Program prior to undertaking the work even if the pool, spa or bathing lake already has an operating permit in place.

If an existing operating permit lapses or is revoked, the pool, spa or bathing lake must submit a new construction application and come into compliance with the current code requirements in order to qualify for a new operating permit.

2. When/how are operating permits renewed and how much does it cost?: Operating permits for public and semi-public pools, wading pools or special use pools, spas and artificial bathing lakes are renewed annually. A renewal notice is mailed by the Department’s Administrative Services Division to the owner of the pool, spa or bathing lake prior to the expiration of the permit. Renewal eligibility is contingent on compliance with the rules and regulations.

The fees for operating permits are listed in the fee schedule in Chapter I of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code.

3. How can an operating permit be closed?: An operating permit can be closed when a public or semi-public pool, wading pool or special use pool, spas or artificial bathing lake is permanently closed. Please contact the Swimming Pools Program if you want to close an operating permit. Swimming Pool Program

▼
Swimming Pools Management - Operations & Maintenance

1. What are the bacterial standards for a swimming pool or spa?: The Maricopa County Environmental Health Code Chapter VI, Section 2, Regulation 3 requires that not more than 15% of the water samples collected from a pool shall:
- Contain more than 200 bacteria per milliliter as determined by the standard (35 degrees Celsius) agar plate count
- Show a confirmed positive test for coliform organisms in any of the five - ten milliliter portions of a sample or more than one coliform organism per 50 milliliters when the membrane filter test is used.

2. What are the chemical standards for a swimming pool or spa?: The Maricopa County Environmental Health Code Chapter VI, Section 2, Regulation 4 requires disinfection residuals and alkalinity to be maintained as follows:
- Whenever chlorine, or a chlorine compound, is employed for disinfection the amount of free chlorine residual in the water shall not be less than 1 parts per million or more than 5 parts per million for public and semi-public swimming pools, and shall not be less than 3 parts per million or more than 5 parts per million for a spa, at a pH of 7.2 to 7.8.
- Whenever bromine is employed for disinfection the bromine residual in the water shall not be less than 2 parts per million or more than 4 parts per million for public and semi-public swimming pools, and shall not be less than 3 parts per million or more than 5 parts per million for a spa.
- Total alkalinity for pools and spas shall be maintained between 60 and 180 parts per million.
- The pH of the water should be maintained between 7 and 8.

3. What are the physical standards for a swimming pool or spa?: The Maricopa County Environmental Health Code Chapter VI, Section 2, Regulation 5 requires:
- The surface of the pool or spa’s water shall be kept free of scum and floating debris. The bottom and sides of the pool or spa shall be maintained free of sediment, dirt, slime and algae. Water shall be maintained free of turbidity and shall be sufficiently clear so that the main drain outlet is clearly visible to an adult standing on the pool or spa’s deck, or that a Secchi Disk, when placed at the bottom of the pool or spa at the deepest point, is clearly visible to an adult standing on the deck.
- The temperature of heated water coming into a bathing place shall not exceed 104 degrees Fahrenheit (40 degrees Celsius).

4. What are the minimum testing and record keeping requirements for a swimming pool or spa?: The minimum testing and record keeping requirements are detailed in the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code Chapter VI, Section 2, Regulation 6 which states; "All pools shall be equipped with approved test equipment to determine pH, disinfectant residual, total alkalinity and temperature. The chemical disinfection level, pH, total alkalinity, and temperature of the water shall be tested at least once daily and an operating log that includes the results of these tests shall be maintained for 12 months and made available to the Department, any other regulatory authorities, or a member of the public upon request."

5. What are the bacterial and physical standards for a bathing lake?: The Maricopa County Environmental Health Code Chapter VI, Section 12 Regulation 2 requires; "Operators of a public or semipublic natural bathing place, a semi-artificial bathing place, or an artificial lake shall ensure that the public or semipublic natural bathing place, semi-artificial bathing place, or artificial lake meets the narrative and numeric water quality standards in 18 A.A.C. 11, Article 1 when the public or semipublic natural bathing place, semi-artificial bathing place, or artificial lake is open for water contact recreation. Operators shall collect one sample per one acre in the bathing area and one sample per ten acres of overall lake surfaces. Samples shall be collected and examined in accordance with the procedures outlined in the latest edition of "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater". The owner shall collect and submit weekly water samples for bacteriological examination on a routine basis while the bathing area is in active use."

6. What are the minimum testing and record keeping requirements for a bathing lake?: The minimum testing and record keeping requirements are detailed in the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code Chapter VI, Section 12, Regulation 1 which states; "The operator(s) shall perform tests or have tests performed by a certified laboratory to show the degree of compliance with these regulations and shall record the results of the tests in the daily operation record. Such records shall be maintained on the premises and made available to the Department upon request. They shall include as a minimum:
- pH - once daily
- Bacteriological results - weekly
- Turbidity, as measured by Secchi disk - once daily
- Temperature - once daily"

7. What are the signage requirements for a pool or spa?: Signage requirements are detailed in the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code Chapter VI, Section 1, Regulation 4. Signs shall be clearly lettered and prominently displayed to the general public. Maricopa County Environmental Health Code

8. What are the usage restrictions for a pool or spa?: A number of usage restrictions exist for pools or spas. Some typical usage restrictions include:
- Observe all safety regulations.
- No drinks, candy, tobacco, popcorn, gum, alcohol, or food of any kind shall be permitted in the pool or within ten (10) feet of a public bathing place or within four feet of a semipublic bathing place. Food or drink is allowed in the pool enclosure, but not in the pool or in walkways, provided that only plastic or paper serving utensils, cups and dishes are used.
- No glass is allowed within the pool enclosure.
- Shower and use the toilet before entering the pool.
- Keep gate(s) closed – do not prop open.
- Persons with sore or inflamed eyes, colds, nasal or ear discharges, boils or other acute or obvious skin or body infections, or cuts shall be excluded from the pool.
- Incontinent, wear tight fitting rubber or plastic pants or a swim diaper
- Animals are not allowed in the pool enclosure unless they are service animals.

Additional usage restrictions are detailed in the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code Chapter VI, Section 1.
Maricopa County Environmental Health Code

9. How many people can be in the pool?: The number of people allowed in the pool is based on the maximum allowed bathing load and should be specified on the pool’s sign.

10. What conditions may result in a pool or spa being closed?: A pool or spa may be closed if any of the following conditions exist:
- Violation of the bacteriological, chemical, physical standards listed in Maricopa County Environmental Health Code (MCEHC) Chapter VI, Section 2, Regulations 3, 4 and 5.
- Excessive turbidity, accumulation of scum, algae, grease, or debris in the water or on the pool surface where the water is not sufficiently clear so that the main drain outlet is clearly visible to an adult standing on the pool deck.
- Fecal contamination of the pool or spa
- Use of an unapproved water source.
- Absence of an approved disinfectant.
- Mechanical disinfectant feeder is missing, inoperative, or malfunctioning.
- Leaking gas chlorinator.
- Filtration system is inoperative.
- Broken or missing main drain covers or other suction outlet covers.
- When required, lifeguards are not present or the required number of lifeguards is not present.
- Gates are not self-closing and self-latching or there is a breach of the pool enclosure.
- Absence of all safety equipment.
- Electrical wires over the pool.
- Broken glass in the pool area.
- Any other operational condition which may cause injury or present a danger to the public health.

Please reference MCEHC Chapter VI, Section 1 and MCEHC Chapter VI, Section 2 for additional details.
Maricopa County Environmental Health Code

11. Who should I contact concerning a compliance inspection or an operational issue?: If you have any questions concerning compliance inspections or operational issues for public and semi-public pools, wading pools or special use pools, spas and artificial bathing lakes please contact the Environmental Services Department compliance inspector listed on the compliance inspection report or contact the Swimming Pool Program.

▼
Swimming Pools Management - Projects

1. What types of projects are reviewed by the Swimming Pool Program?: The Swimming Pool Program reviews and approves projects for public and semi-public pools, wading pools or special use pools, spas and artificial bathing lakes. Public and semi-public pools, spas and bathing lakes are typically owned and operated by municipalities or businesses such as hotels, apartment complexes, homeowner’s associations, churches, schools and other government, non-profit or commercial enterprises.

The Swimming Pool Program does not regulate or approve plans for the construction of new or modification of existing private residential pools, spas and bathing lakes. Private residential pools, spas and bathing lakes located in incorporated areas of Maricopa County are reviewed and approved by the Planning and Zoning Agency of the governing local municipality. Private residential pools, spas and bathing lakes located in unincorporated areas of Maricopa County are reviewed and approved by the Maricopa County Department of Planning and Development. Please contact the local municipality's Planning and Zoning Agency or the Maricopa County Planning and Development Department for their applications and requirements.
Planning and Development Department page.

2. Who can prepare a project?: All plans and specifications submitted to the Department for approval must have been prepared by, or under the supervision of, a currently registered Arizona Professional Engineer or Architect, or a swimming pool contractor with an Arizona Registrar of Contractor’s A-9, A-19, KA-5 or KA-6 license who is licensed to practice in the state of Arizona. The licensed preparer shall certify that the plans comply with the regulations and the criteria are contained in the swimming pool design policies.

Please contact the Swimming Pool Program if you have any questions about preparing a project for submittal.
Swimming Pool Program

3. How do I submit a project for approval?: Projects requiring approval are submitted by sending an application form, a check for the review fee and the relevant documentation for the project to the Swimming Pool Program.

Application and instruction forms for submission of projects can be found on the
Forms/Applications page.

4. Whom should I contact if I have a question about submitting a project?: Please contact the Swimming Pool Program if you have any questions about submitting a project. Swimming Pool Program

5. How can I obtain application and instruction forms?: Application and instruction forms can be obtained from the Forms/Applications page.

6. What type of documentation needs to be included in my project submittal package?: The type of documentation submitted to the Swimming Pool Program for review and approval of a project which involves the construction of or modification to a public and semi-public pool, wading pool or special use pool, spa or artificial bathing lake typically includes Engineering Calculations and Design Data, Design Drawings and Technical Specifications. The Design Drawings must include a pool enclosure detail.

Please contact the Swimming Pool Program if you have any questions concerning what documentation is required to be submitted for your project.
Swimming Pool Program

7. Are electronic (digital format) documentation submittals accepted?: At the present time electronic documentation submittals are not accepted by the Swimming Pool Program. This is due to the requirements of public records archiving, as established by the State of Arizona.

8. What types of documentation must be sealed by a Professional Engineer or Architect?: If a project is submitted by a Professional Engineer or Architect then the following documentation, as a minimum, must be signed and stamped by the Professional Engineer or Architect:
- Calculations and Design Data – As required by the Swimming Pool Program or by the Arizona State Board of Technical Registration’s rules and regulations.
- Design Drawings – Each Individual Design Drawing Sheet.
- Technical Specifications – Cover, Table of Contents or First Page.
- Reports and Other Documentation – As required by the Swimming Pool Program or by the Arizona State Board of Technical Registration’s rules and regulations.
The engineering or architectural firm must also be registered with the Arizona State Board of Technical Registration.

It is recommended that engineers and architects submitting documentation to the Swimming Pool Program contact the Arizona State Board of Technical Registration if they have any questions about the rules and regulations related to sealing documentation.
Arizona State Board of Technical Registration

9. What format and how many copies of the documentation should be submitted?: ANSI ‘D’ size (24 inches high by 36 inches wide standard size) drawings must be submitted for the review and approval. Normally only one copy of the documentation is required.

10. Does the MCESD sign the cover page of the design drawings?: The cover page of the design drawings is signed by the Swimming Pool Program staff for projects which involve the construction of or modification to a public and semi-public pool, wading pool or special use pool, spa or artificial bathing lake and require an Approval To Construct.

An approval area for the MCESD should be provided on the cover page with space reserved for the following information:
- Approval By: (Signature)
- Approval Date:
- Project Number:

11. How much will it cost to get my project approved?: The fee amount charged for the review depends on the type of project. Chapter 1, Regulation 5 of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code (MCEHC) itemizes the fees. The submittal package instructions for each of the application forms on the Forms/Applications page also lists the fees charged for the different types of project components and contains directions on how to compute the fee for a project. Forms/Applications page

12. What happens after I have submitted my project?: When your project is submitted to the Swimming Pool Program it will be logged into our database and assigned a project number. When the review of the project’s plans is complete a Swimming Pool Program staff member will contact you by facsimile or mail.

13. How long will it take to get my project reviewed and approved?: The length of time it takes to obtain an approval depends on the following factors:
- The degree of difficulty of the project. Complex projects take longer to review.
- The quality of the design and the level of detail contained within the submitted documentation for a particular project. If the design is complete and all regulatory, operational and maintenance concerns have been addressed, the review and approval process will be relatively quick.
- The current workload of the Swimming Pool Program staff. If a number of projects are already queued for review your project will not be reviewed immediately.

14. Is there any way to expedite the review of my project?: The review and approval of a project may be expedited by paying an expedited review fee. An expedited review doubles the fee amount for the project.

The review will be expedited, with the project being reviewed ahead of non-expedited projects. However, no guarantees can be made regarding the length of time the review cycle will take to complete because the review cycle time is dependent on the quality of the engineering design, the level of detail contained within the submitted project documentation, and the Swimming Pools Program's current workload.

▼
Swimming Pools Management - Variances

1. What is a variance?: A variance is an approval or waiver issued by the Department that authorizes a deviation from one or more requirements of the Maricopa County Environmental Health Code (MCEHC) for the construction or modification of a public or semi-public pool, wading pool or special use pool, spa or artificial bathing lake if, in the opinion of the Department, a health hazard, safety or nuisance will not result from the deviation.

To assist you to obtain approval for designs that include commonly submitted pool and spa features that are not addressed in the regulations, the Department has posted a reference tool. The document provides design guidance for a list of features that can be approved in plan review without a variance, and features that can be approved through a time-saving, direct appeal variance process. It also lists features that must be submitted through the formal variance process. Typical stipulations are included for each variance.

Additional information about variances can be found on the
Variance Information page.

2. How do I obtain a variance?: A variance may be requested by submitting a Variance Request application for the construction or modification of public and semi-public pool, wading pool or special use pool, spa or artificial and semi-artificial bathing lake with explanatory documentation, pertinent material, exhibits, photographs, and any material necessary to inform one as to the reason for the variance request. The Variance Request application and instruction forms can be obtained from the Forms/Applications page.

Variance requests are reviewed by the Swimming Pool Advisory Committee (SPAC) at a hearing open to the public. Swimming Pool Variance hearings are scheduled to be heard every second Thursday of the month when properly filed with the Division. A letter is sent to the Applicant in advance of the hearing notifying the Applicant of the date, time and location of the hearing. Once the hearing has been completed, the SPAC recommends the approval or disapproval of the request to an Environmental Health Officer. The Environmental Health Officer renders a final decision within ten (10) days of receiving the Committee recommendations. A letter will be sent to the Applicant notifying the Applicant of the decision.

If the Applicant for the variance request is dissatisfied with the decision of the Environmental Health Officer, the Applicant may appeal to the Board of Health. Such appeals shall be presented to the Secretary of the Board of Health in writing, within thirty (30) days after the filing of the decision of the Environmental Health Officer.
Forms/Applications page

▼
TB Control & Prevention

1. What TB services are available at the Maricopa County Department of Public Health clinic?

Tuberculosis diagnostic services for active TB and latent TB infection,TB blood testing (using an IGRA or Interferon-Gamma Release Assay), TB skin testing, evaluation of symptoms, chest x-rays (digital), sputum and other specimens for smear, culture and sensitivities
Nurse case management for TB cases and suspects, and those with latent TB infection
Treatment of active TB and latent TB infection following Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the American Thoracic Society's recommendations, including directly observed therapy (DOT)
DOT to ensure completion of therapy so patients will be cured of TB, and also to prevent drug resistance from developing
Anti-TB medication(s)
Monitoring for side effects of anti-TB medication(s), including laboratory tests
Monitoring for response to therapy, including laboratory tests
Referrals to appropriate health care providers for other medical problems
Residential facility for infectious TB patients, homeless and near homeless TB patients

2. How much does it cost for TB services at Maricopa County Department of Public Health?: There is no charge for any TB services for active TB cases, their contacts, and children 6 years old or younger with latent TB infection.

3. Do I need an appointment for a TB clearance/Health Card?: No appointments are needed, walk-ins are accepted.

4. What does it mean if I have a positive TB blood test or TB skin test?

A positive TB blood test or TB skin test indicates that you have been exposed to someone with TB. The next step is to have an evaluation for TB symptoms and a chest x-ray. If the symptom review and chest x-ray are negative, you have latent TB infection. With a normal immune system you have a 10% chance of developing TB disease; half of that risk or 5% is within the first 2 years after becoming infected. The other half of the risk is for the rest of your life.

If you are considered to be high risk for developing TB disease, the health department will treat you with a medication that will prevent that from occurring. It is important to understand that if you have latent TB infection (positive TB blood test or TB skin test, normal chest x-ray, no symptoms of TB), you cannot give anyone else TB. You are NOT infectious.

For other services, please call the TB clinic at 602-372-1407 for more information.

5. What if I need a TB blood test or TB skin test for work or school, or as a volunteer at a hospital, nursing home, prison, etc.?: You may visit our TB clinic, located at 1645 East Roosevelt Street in Phoenix, to receive a TB blood test or TB skin test with a Health Card. There is a charge for a Health Card, which is a release to attend work, school or to volunteer. The current charge is $65, cash, credit or debit card.

6. Why isn't a Health Card free of charge?: Only when there is a public health reason for a TB blood test or TB skin test (symptoms of TB, known contact to TB, etc.) is it provided at no charge.

7. What if one of my family members is diagnosed with TB?: Once a patient is referred to the Maricopa County Department of Public Health as a TB case or TB suspect, a nurse case manager and an epidemiologist are assigned to that patient. As part of the initial work with the patient, the epidemiologist will question the patient to learn the names and locating information of persons who have shared air with the patient, e.g., live or work with the patient, spend a lot of leisure time with the patient, etc. These people are called contacts. The epidemiologist will get in touch with the contacts and make arrangements for them to be evaluated, usually with a TB blood test, a symptom review, and if indicated, a chest x-ray, at the health department at no charge.

8. What if I need treatment for latent TB infection?: You may visit our TB clinic to be evaluated. There is a charge of $65, cash, credit or debit card.

▼
Vector Control - Roof Rats

1. What are common signs of roof rat activity?: - Visual sightings on power lines, trees, bushes, patios, etc.
- Hollowed out citrus and other fruit
- Rat droppings
- Noises in the attic and walls
- Gnawing sounds and gnaw marks around roof eaves
- Damage to plastics and coverings on electrical wires
- Unsettled pets

2. What should I do if I see evidence on my property?: Call the Maricopa County Environmental Complaint Line at 602-506-6616 or submit a Complaint Form. Vector Control officers identify and test rat specimens throughout Maricopa County. Environmental Services Complaint Form

3. How should I handle dead rats, rat droppings, and nesting areas?: - Use rubber gloves
- Ventilate the affected area the night before cleanup by opening doors and windows
- Spray dead rats, droppings, nests and surrounding areas with a 10% bleach solution (one part bleach and 9 parts water). Allow at least 15 minutes of contact time before removal.
- Clean the affected area with paper towels or a mop. Do not sweep or vacuum. Double bag both the disinfectant-soaked rat and cleanup materials securely in plastic bags and seal. Dispose in city trash containers.
- Before removing gloves, wash in disinfectant, then soap and water. Dispose of gloves with other household waste. Thoroughly wash hands with soap and water.

4. Where have roof rats been found?: Common places where roof rats have been found are in swimming pools, laundry rooms, attics, garages and patios. They’ve been seen on power lines in the alleys. Roof rats spend 90% of their life 4 feet or more off the ground.

5. When do they travel?: During twilight and nighttime hours in a territory 200 to 300 feet from their daytime nesting locations. They thrive in cool weather and are most active from November through May.

6. How do they travel?: Roof rats are strongly arboreal and travel along power lines to trees, oleanders, vines and roofs. They can climb up brick walls and other rough surfaces. They can jump 2 feet straight up and 4 feet horizontally (double the horizontal distance if they are jumping from a height). Bear in mind that ground covers and compost bins also provide safe travel routes and nests.

7. How do they enter homes?: They enter homes and garden sheds through any opening larger than a nickel. They follow pipes down from the attic, gnaw through drywall, and enter the kitchen or base sink cabinets. They chew through wood, plastic, aluminum siding, sheet rock and soft metals.

8. Why attics?: These rodents are fond of attics because they provide a safe refuge, a nesting place for their young and routes into the home below.

9. What do they eat and drink?: They love to eat citrus fruit (because it serves as both a food and water source) and other fruit (pomegranates, figs, etc.), nuts, seeds and stored grains, and vegetables in your garden. They also eat insects, lizards, tree bark, soap, paper, hides, and beeswax.

Bird seed (both in feeders and stored in bags) and dog and cat food left outside after dark are favorites. Roof rats eat Queen Palm tree fruits in the summer when citrus isn’t available.

Water sources include leaky faucets and sprinkler heads, bird baths, fountains and ornamental ponds, irrigation, air conditioner condensation drip lines, saucers under potted plants, and pet water dishes. They will chew through metal and plastic pipes to reach water.

10. How do I seal my home?: The most extensive damage occurs when roof rats enter the home, so the first goal is to keep them out. Use stucco diamond mesh available at building material suppliers to screen and seal all holes and vents leading into your home or garden shed. It cuts and molds very easily. For the rat, this mesh is like biting into small razor blades.

Look for holes in exterior walls and near hot water heaters, washers and dryers, dishwashers, and under sinks. Don’t forget to screen off the sewer stacks on the roof. All cracks should be caulked.

Stuff the cover of the air conditioning line that runs from the outside unit into the attic with steel wool or copper mesh to prevent rats from climbing up the insulated pipe inside the cover. Look for scratch marks on the insulation, and then set a snap trap there to catch them the next time they use that entrance.

11. Do roof rats carry disease?: Roof rats throughout Maricopa County continue to be tested for tularemia (rabbit fever), hantavirus and plague. All tests to date have been negative.

▼
Vector Control - West Nile Virus

13. How can I help protect myself and my family from West Nile Virus?

1. What is West Nile Virus?: West Nile Virus (WNV) is a mosquito-borne virus that can infect humans, birds, horses and other mammals. WNV was first detected in the United States in 1999. It is not known how the WNV was introduced into the United States but it may have entered in an infected traveler, bird, or mosquito.

WNV has been present in Africa, West and Central Asia, and the Middle East for a long time. The majority of people and animals that are infected with WNV have no symptoms or only a mild illness. In rare cases, WNV can cause a more serious condition called encephalitis, or an inflammation of the brain.

2. How do people become infected with West Nile Virus?: People become infected with WNV only from the bite of an infected mosquito. Birds and other animals cannot transmit WNV to people. WNV is not spread by person-to-person contact such as touching, kissing, or caring for someone who is infected.

3. How do mosquitoes become infected with West Nile Virus?: Mosquitoes become infected with WNV when they feed on birds that are infected with WNV. Infected mosquitoes then can transmit WNV to other birds, humans, and horses. Only certain species of mosquitoes carry the virus and very few mosquitoes are actually infected.

4. What is "encephalitis"?: Encephalitis is an inflammation of the brain. In rare cases, WNV can cause encephalitis.

5. Who is at risk of getting sick from West Nile Virus?: The chance of getting sick from a mosquito bite is very rare even in areas where WNV is prevalent. Approximately 80 percent of people who are bitten by a WNV infected mosquito will not show any symptoms at all, but there is no way to know in advance if you will develop an illness or not. Persons over the age of 50 and the Immunocompromised are generally at a higher risk for serious illness.

6. What are the symptoms of West Nile Virus infection?: Most people who are infected with WNV have no symptoms or may experience mild illness, such as a fever and headache, before fully recovering. In some individuals, particularly in those over age 50, WNV can cause severe illness including encephalitis.

Symptoms generally occur three to fifteen days following the bite of an infected mosquito. It is estimated that 1 in 150 people who are infected with the West Nile virus will require hospitalization. Of the most serious encephalitis cases, approximately 3-15% may be fatal. If you think you maybe experiencing symptoms of WNV, please seek medical care as soon as possible.

7. Is there a treatment for West Nile Virus infection?: There is no specific treatment for WNV infection. As with other viral illnesses, supportive care and symptomatic therapy are given.

8. Is there a vaccine to prevent West Nile Virus infection?: There is no vaccine for humans for protection against West Nile virus infection. Currently several companies are working towards developing a vaccine. However, there is a vaccine available for horses.

9. Can I get WNV from another person or an animal?: No. WNV is not spread by person-to-person contact or directly from animals to people.

10. Can I get WNV directly from birds?

Currently, there have been no reported cases of WNV being spread directly from live or dead birds to the general public. However, dead birds can carry a variety of other diseases and should never be handled with bare hands. Use gloves or use the inverted plastic bag method to handle the birds, and place the bird in the outdoor trash.

Maricopa County Environmental Services

11. If bitten by a mosquito, should I be tested for WNV?: No. Even in areas where mosquitoes and birds are known to carry WNV, very few mosquitoes are infected. The majority of people will not experience any symptoms if an infected mosquito bites them.

Small percentages of people develop mild symptoms and recover without specific medication or laboratory testing. Those over age 50 are more likely to develop severe symptoms requiring medical care. Contact your health care provider for more information.

12. What time of year are mosquito-borne viruses spread?: In Arizona, mosquito-borne viruses are most likely to be spread from May through October during the peak of mosquito activity.

The best way to protect you from WNV, or any other mosquito-borne illness, is to reduce the number of mosquitoes around your home and neighborhood and to take personal precautions to avoid mosquito bites.

These are some of the preventative steps that you can easily take: - Eliminate standing water where mosquitoes can breed. Check for items outside the home that collect water, such as cans, bottles, jars, buckets, old tires, drums and other containers. - Scrub the sides and change water in flower vases, birdbaths, planters and animal watering pans at least twice a week. - Repair leaky pipes and outside faucets, and move air conditioner drain hoses frequently. - Wear protective clothing such as long pants and long-sleeved shirts during peak mosquito activity. - Avoid shaded, bushy areas where mosquitoes like to rest. - Limit outdoor evening activity, especially at dusk and down when mosquitoes are most active. - Use insect repellent containing DEET (Please read instructions and use safely).

14. Which animals can get infected with West Nile Virus?: WNV infection has been reported in more than 70 bird species. The most severe illnesses are seen among crows, jays, ravens and magpies. Horses are susceptible to WNV infection but a vaccine is available for horses.

No clearly defined clinical signs associated with WNV infection have been shown for dogs, cats, bats, chipmunks, skunks, squirrels, domestic rabbits, and domestic birds. Contact your veterinarian for information about pets and livestock.

15. Can a person get West Nile Virus infection by eating infected birds?: Proper cooking kills the WNV. Consequently, there is no danger associated with eating birds that have been properly cooked.

16. What is Maricopa County doing to prepare for West Nile Virus?

County and state health workers monitor mosquitoes for mosquito-borne viruses. Mosquito surveillance involves trapping mosquitoes, counting them, identifying which species are present, and testing appropriate species for viruses.

These surveillance methods are used to target areas where mosquito control efforts are needed. Detection and control of mosquito breeding sites depends upon integrated efforts among state, county, and tribal agencies as well as private citizens.

17. Where can I get more information on West Nile Virus (WNV)?: Our dedicated Web site FightTheBiteMaricopa.org contains information about mosquitoes, prevention methods, a map with the routine trap information, such as location and times sprayed; a fogging calendar, and more. You can also call our WNV hotline 602-506-0700 or 602-506-6616.
Arizona Department of Health Services website.

▼
Waste Resources - Disposals

1. How do I dispose of paint?

Paint can be recycled for a fee at businesses, such as Stericycle Specialty Waste Solutions and Household Hazardous Waste Pickup. Please call 602-276-7602 for more information.

Paint may also be disposed of as trash after it has been hardened. To harden paint, add paint hardener (may be purchased at home improvement stores) or, clay cat litter to the paint, leave the paint can open and let it dry. When paint is dry, leave the lid off and dispose of in your regular trash.

2. I have just remodeled my bathroom; can I bring the construction debris to your transfer station?: No. Construction debris of any kind is not allowed.

3. Can I bring my old refrigerator for disposal?: For an $8 fee county transfer stations can take used refrigerator's after the Freon is evacuated, the compressor is removed and tagged by an appropriate vendor. Item will not be accepted if item has not met these conditions.

4. What can I do with my household hazardous waste (HHW) through the county?: Contact your municipality to see if there is an HHW event in your area. The county transfer stations can take a limited amount (5 gallons) of used oil and antifreeze for recycling but no other HHW items. Bring them to a Transfer Station.

5. What companies can I go to do dispose my household hazardous waste (HHW)?: Companies such as, Stericycle Specialty Waste Solutions may take other household hazardous waste (HHW) material for a fee (PDF). Please contact them for more information.

6. Can I dispose of my light bulbs at a county transfer station?: The county transfer stations accept incandescent, LED and non mercury coating fluorescent light bulbs. Companies such as Batteries Plus Bulbs may recycle fluorescent bulbs that contain mercury. Please contact the nearest location, fees may apply; visit their website to find a store near you.

7. How should I dispose of my empty grill propane tank?: Small camping propane tanks (Coleman) may be thrown away in the trash after the tank has been properly emptied. Larger tanks for home gas grills may not be thrown away in the trash. For alternative ideas please visit the Amerigas website.

▼
Waste Resources - Operations

1. What does bagged or bundled green waste mean?

The Maricopa County Environmental Services Department’s transfer stations accept bagged or bundled green waste.

Logs and branches must be less than 3 feet long and less than 3 inches in diameter. All green waste must be bundled or placed in black plastic garbage bags. You may use rope, twine, or wire to bundle the material together; bundles must not exceed 50 pounds. There is no limit on the amount of bagged or bundled green waste accepted. Customers will be charged based on the type of load (e.g., car, truck trailer).

Please visit our website to review our quarterly bulk collection schedule for larger pieces of green waste.

Have additional questions? Please email us at esd@maricopa.gov.

2. Do Transfer Stations accept bulk green waste year-round?

Maricopa County Waste Resources & Recycling Division's Transfer Stations no longer accept bulk green waste year-round. Transfer Stations accept bulk green waste during quarterly collection events at these locations only: Cave Creek, Hassayampa, and Rainbow Valley.

Please click on the schedule below for the dates of the next green waste collection event:

ESD Bulk Green Waste - Locations Schedule and Info - 2023

3. Why is the transfer station closed on Wednesdays if the actual holiday is Monday?: Because the holiday is observed on a day that the transfer station is normally closed our staff is given the next business day to observe the holiday. This year (2022), our Transfer Stations will be closed on Saturday 12/24/22 & 12/31/2022 to observe the Christmas and New Year’s Holidays.

4. Do I need to show proof of residency at the transfer station?: Proof of residency is not required.

5. Can I pay with a credit card at the transfer station?: Starting October 1, 2019, we will be rolling out a new payment system to accept ONLY debit and credit cards at all Transfer Station facilities. Please note that cash payments will be phased out in October.

6. Is there anything I need to do before I bring my household trash to a county transfer station?: All residential trash loads need to be bagged (no loose trash) to comply with A.R.S. 49-762.07. And, in accordance with A.R.S. 28-1098.A, vehicles need to be loaded in such a manner to prevent any of its load from dropping, sifting, leaking or otherwise escaping from the vehicle.

▼
Water & Waste Management

1. How do I contact a Water and Wastewater Treatment Program staff member?: Contact information for Water and Wastewater Treatment Program staff members is on the Maricopa County Environmental Services Department's Contacts webpage.

2. What rules and regulations apply to water and wastewater treatment facilities, reclaimed water facilities and reuse water systems?: For the rules and regulations that apply to water and wastewater treatment facilities, reclaimed water facilities and reuse water systems, please contact program staff.

▼
Water & Waste Management: Approvals

1. What is the difference between an approval and a permit?: An approval allows a new water or wastewater treatment facility, reclaimed water facility, or reuse water system to be constructed, or an existing facility or system to be modified. A permit allows a facility or system to be operated.

For example, when the engineering plan review process for a new water treatment plant project is completed an Approval to Construct certificate is issued to allow the construction of the plant to commence. After construction of the water treatment plant is completed an Approval of Construction certificate is issued and the treatment plant is allowed to be operated as stipulated by the conditions of its permit. For more information, please call 602-506-1069.

2. What types of approvals are issued by the Water and Wastewater Treatment Program?: The following types of approvals are issued by the Water and Wastewater Treatment Program:
- Approval to Construct and Approval of Construction
- Approval of Proposed Plan
- Approval to Transfer Ownership
- Approval to Decommission and Approval Of Decommissioning

For more information, please call 602-506-1069.

3. When is an approval required?: An approval must be obtained for a water or wastewater treatment facility, reclaimed water facility or system or reuse water system when:
- An existing facility or system is to be decommissioned
- An existing facility or system is to be modified and the modification affects the capacity, quality, flow, location or operational performance of the facility or system
- An existing facility's or system's ownership is to be transferred
- A new facility or system is to be constructed
- A new or revised plan for a facility or system is being proposed

For more information, please call 602-506-1069.

4. How are approvals made?: Approvals are made on a case-by-case basis depending on the characteristics of a particular project. When a project is initially submitted for approval it is reviewed by Water and Wastewater Treatment Program engineering staff. Find issues on which the review is primarily focused.

5. What are approval certificates?: Approval certificates are issued as the formal approval document for a project. The certificates specify the approval, listing any restrictions and stipulating any conditions of the approval.

The Water and Wastewater Treatment Program issues several different types of approval certificates as follows:
- Approval To Construct with Stipulations - Issued after the engineering design review is complete and prior to the start of construction of or modifications to the facility or system.
- Interim Approval To Construct with Stipulations - Issued after the engineering design review is complete and prior to the start of construction or modifications being made to the facility or system. This is a special case of an Approval To Construct that is usually issued so that equipment may be pre-purchased or construction may be completed in phases for time constrained projects.
- Approval to Commence Operations with Stipulations - Issued after construction is complete to allow start-up of a facility or system to commence. This approval is usually issued for a facility or system which utilizes a complex treatment process or system that is required to be validated prior to the facility or system being placed into full operation.
- Approval of Construction with Stipulations - Final approval after construction is complete, start-up and validation testing is complete, an Engineer's Certificate of Completion has been submitted, as-built design drawings have been submitted, an Operations and Maintenance manual has been submitted and approved, and all Approval to Construct and/or Interim Approval to Construct stipulations have been satisfied.
- Approval of Blending Plan with Stipulations - Issued for blending plans which do not involve construction.
- Approval to Proceed with Stipulations - Issued to allow implementation of a proposed plan to proceed. For some plans an authorization letter may be issued in lieu of an Approval to Proceed certificate.
- Approval to Transfer Ownership - Issued as a letter authorizing transfer of ownership of the facility or system.
- Approval to Decommission with Stipulations - Issued after the engineering design review is complete and prior to the start of demolition of the facility or system.
- Approval of Decommissioning with Stipulations - Final approval after demolition is complete, demolition test reports, water quality analyses and remediation reports have been submitted, an Engineer's Certificate of Completion has been submitted and all Approval To Decommission stipulations have been satisfied. This approval may be issued as a letter acknowledging the closure of the facility or system.

The particular approval certificate that is issued will depend on the type of project being approved and whether or not a phased approval is being implemented. For more information, please call 602-506-1069.

6. Why are there stipulations on the approval certificates?: Restrictions and conditions related to an approval are listed as stipulations on an approval certificate. Stipulations are approval specific and are requirements in addition to the requirements of the rules and regulations governing water or wastewater treatment facilities, reclaimed water facilities or reuse water systems.

Stipulations listed on an Approval to Construct, Interim Approval to Construct, Approval to Commence Operations or Approval to Decommission certificate must be completed before proceeding to the next step of the approval process.

Stipulations listed on an Approval of Construction, Approval of Blending Plan or Approval to Proceed certificate become the restrictions and conditions of the operating permit issued by the Maricopa County Environmental Services Department for a facility or system. For more information, please call 602-506-1069.

7. What other types of approvals and permits may be required by other regulatory agencies?: A number of other types of approvals and permits may be required for a particular project by other regulatory agencies. Find some of the other agencies that may require approvals and permits.

8. Will I need to submit copies of permits issued by other regulatory agencies?: The Water and Wastewater Treatment Program may require that copies of permits issued by other regulatory agencies be submitted prior to an approval certificate being issued. Since each project is unique, the exact permit submittal requirements will vary depending on the type of project and the complexity of the equipment and processes used at the facility or system.

For wastewater treatment facilities copies of the Aquifer Protection Permit (APP) and the Arizona Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (AZPDES) Permit issued by the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality are usually required to be submitted prior to an Approval Of Construction certificate being issued.

For non-hazardous liquid waste (NHLW) facilities a copy of the Pretreatment Permit, issued by the owner of the sanitary sewer collection system into which the NHLW facility is discharging, is usually required to be submitted prior to an Approval Of Construction certificate being issued.

For reclaimed water facilities or reuse systems copies of the Reuse Permit issued by the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality and any Underground Storage Facility, Water Storage, and Recovery Well Permits issued by the Arizona Department of Water Resources are usually required to be submitted prior to an Approval Of Construction certificate being issued. For more information, please call 602-506-1069.

9. When can I start construction on my project?: Construction may commence once an Approval to Construct or Interim Approval to Construct certificate has been issued. For more information, please call 602-506-1069.

10. How long do I have before I must start construction of my project?: Construction must commence within 1 year after the date of issue of an Approval to Construct or Interim Approval to Construct certificate or else the certificate expires. For more information, please call 602-506-1069.

11. How long do I have to complete construction of my project?: Construction must be completed within 3 years after the date of issue of an Approval to Construct or Interim Approval to Construct certificate or else the certificate expires. For more information, please call 602-506-1069.

12. Is the approval still valid if construction of my project has been halted?: An Approval to Construct or Interim Approval to Construct certificate expires if construction of a project has been halted for more than 1 year. For more information, please call 602-506-1069.

13. Can I renew an expired approval certificate?: An expired Interim Approval to Construct, Approval to Construct or Approval to Decommission certificate can be renewed once within an 18 month period from its date of expiration provided the original design is unchanged.

A Request for Approval to Construct Water and/or Wastewater Treatment/Reuse Facilities application must be submitted with a check for the renewal fee. The renewal fee is equal to 1/2 the initial fee amount originally charged for the project. The renewal grants a 1 year extension from the date the certificate is renewed.

If an Interim Approval to Construct, Approval to Construct or Approval to Decommission certificate has expired and cannot be renewed because it was previously renewed or the design of the project has changed, then a new project approval must be obtained. For more information, please call 602-506-1069.

14. When can I start-up my facility or system?: The initial testing requirements for facilities or systems utilizing a simple treatment process are stipulated on the Approval to Construct certificate. If an Approval of Construction certificate has been issued, start-up and full operation of the facility or system may commence immediately. Otherwise, start-up of a facility or system will be governed by the initial testing requirements stipulated on the Approval to Commence Operations certificate.

Facilities or systems utilizing a complex treatment process require an approved start-up plan detailing the initial testing procedures and methodology. An Approval to Commence Operations certificate is issued to allow initial testing to proceed to validate the performance of the facility or system.

When initial testing is successfully completed an Approval of Construction certificate is issued and full operation of the facility or system may commence. For more information, please call 602-506-1069.

▼
Water & Waste Management: Documentation

1. What types of documentation are required to be submitted?: The type of documentation submitted to the Water and Wastewater Treatment Program for review and approval of a project will vary depending on the characteristics of a particular project and the type of approval that is required. Find typical documentation that may be required to be submitted for project approval.

2. Are electronic (digital format) documentation submittals accepted?: At the present time electronic documentation submittals for the final set of as-built documentation are not accepted by the Water and Wastewater Treatment Program. This is due to the requirements of public records archiving, as established by the State of Arizona. However, electronic submittals for the preliminary set of documentation submitted for review and approval may be accepted depending on the digital format and content of the submittal. To determine if electronic submittals of documentation will be accepted for your particular project, please contact a Water and Wastewater Treatment Program staff member.

3. Does the documentation submitted for my project become part of the 'public record'?: When a project is 100% complete (i.e. a final approval certificate has been issued) all of the project documentation submitted to the Water and Wastewater Treatment program becomes part of the public record and is available to the general public. The final documentation set for a completed project typically includes, but is not limited to, an Engineering Design Report, as-built design drawings, Technical Specifications, and an Operations and Maintenance Manual. For more information, please call 602-506-1069.

4. My project contains proprietary or sensitive information. How can I protect this data?: The final documentation set for a completed project becomes part of the public record and is available to the general public. As defined by state law, public record documentation must be available for examination by the general public. However, the proprietary or sensitive information in question may not need to be submitted to obtain approval for your project unless that information is deemed as critical data for a proper review to be completed by the Water and Wastewater Treatment Program. If you wish to discuss this issue for your particular project, please contact a Water and Wastewater Treatment Program staff member.

5. What types of documentation must be sealed by a Professional Engineer?: For projects with a construction value greater than $12,500, the following documentation, as a minimum, must be signed and stamped by a Professional Engineer:
- Design Drawings - Each Individual Design Drawing Sheet.
- Engineering Calculations and Design Data - As required by the Water and Wastewater Treatment Program or by the Arizona State Board of Technical Registration’s rules and regulations.
- Engineering Design Report - Cover, Table of Contents or First Page.
- Engineer’s Certificate Of Completion - As required on the certificate form.
- Operations and Maintenance Manual - Cover, Table of Contents or First Page.
- Reports and Other Documentation - As required by the Water and Wastewater Treatment Program or by the Arizona State Board of Technical Registration’s rules and regulations.
- Technical Specifications - Cover, Table of Contents or First Page.

If the project is a reuse water system, then the documentation may be stamped by a Professional Landscape Architect instead of a Professional Engineer. The Professional Engineer or Landscape Architect must be registered in the State of Arizona. The engineering or architectural firm must be registered with the Arizona State Board of Technical Registration.

If there are any questions about the rules and regulations related to sealing documentation, it is recommended that engineers or architects submitting documentation to the Water and Wastewater Treatment Program contact the Arizona State Board of Technical Registration.

6. What format and how many copies of the documentation should be submitted?: If approved by the Water and Wastewater Treatment Program staff member performing the project review, reduced size drawings (for example, ANSI ‘C’ 12”H x 18”W drawings instead of ANSI ‘D’ 24”H x 36”W standard size drawings) may be submitted for the preliminary review and approval set of Design Drawings. However, if the level of detail on the drawings is very complex and is not discernable on smaller size drawings, then full size drawings should be submitted.

Normally only one copy of the documentation is required for the preliminary review. However, additional copies may be required if portions of the project are going to be reviewed by other MCESD programs.

The final as-built set of Design Drawings must be submitted as ANSI ‘D’ size 24”H x 36”W standard size drawings for the public record. All other documentation should be submitted in a binder and be 8-1/2”H x 11”W letter size sheets. For more information, please call 602-506-1069.

7. What is the submission sequence for project documentation?: Review the submission sequence of documentation for a typical project.

8. What are the criteria used for the review of submittals?: Review the criteria used for the review of submittals.

9. Does the MCESD sign the cover page of the design drawings?: The cover page of the design drawings is signed by the Water and Wastewater Treatment Program staff for projects which involve the construction of or modification to a facility or system and require an Interim Approval to Construct, Approval to Construct or Approval to Decommission.

An approval area for the MCESD should be provided on the cover page with space reserved for the following information:
- Approval By: (Signature)
- Approval Date:
- Project Number:

For more information, please call 602-506-1069.

▼
Water & Waste Management: Drinking Water Approvals and Permits

1. When must an approval be obtained from the Drinking Water Program?: An approval must be obtained from the Drinking Water Program for:
- Creation of a new Public Water System
- Connection of a new or reconnection of a previously used but currently inactive drinking water source
- Closure or deactivation of a drinking water source
- Implementation of Site Sampling, Backflow Prevention and Emergency Operations plans
- Closure of a Public Water System

2. Is an approval required for Public Water System infrastructure?: An approval is required for infrastructure that is part of a Public Water System, such as water distribution system pipelines, pressure reducing valve stations, ground water wells, storage tanks, booster pump stations, ground water production facilities or water treatment facilities, by the Department when a new infrastructure facility or system is to be constructed, an existing infrastructure facility or system is going to be modified and the modification affects the capacity, quality, flow, location or operational performance of the facility or system, the operational plan for an infrastructure facility or system is going to be revised, or the infrastructure facility or system is going to be decommissioned.
These types of approvals are issued by the Subdivision, Infrastructure and Planning Program or the Water and Wastewater Treatment Program. For questions concerning these types of approvals please contact these programs directly:
Waste & Water Management Programs

3. What types of operating permits are issued by the Drinking Water Program?: The following types of operating permits are issued by the Drinking Water Program a Community Public Water System and a Non-Community Public Water System.

4. How much will an operating permit cost?: The fee for a Public Water System (PWS) operating permit is based on the type of PWS, the size of the population served by the PWS and the number of well and treatment plant infrastructure components associated with the PWS.
The fees for operating permits are listed in the fee scheduled in Chapter I of the
Maricopa County Environmental Health Code.

▼
Water & Waste Management: Drinking Water General

1. How do I contact the Drinking Water Program?: Contact information for the Drinking Program is in the staff directory.

2. What are your location and hours?: Please visit the Water and Waste Management staff directory.

▼
Water & Waste Management: Drinking Water Quality

1. How can I test my water?: Owners of privately owned domestic wells or concerned public water customers may contract with private companies for independent water testing. For the most up to date information regarding testers currently certified by the Arizona Department of Health Services (ADHS) please contact ADHS at (602) 364-0724, or go to the ADHS’s Arizona Certified Commercial Drinking Water Laboratories web page.

2. How can I verify my privately owned domestic well’s water is safe?: Owners of privately owned domestic wells may contract with private companies for independent water testing. To assist owners of privately owned domestic wells in determining if their well’s water is safe the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has created the Private Drinking Water Wells web page.

3. My Water Tastes/Smells funny, what do I do?: The safe drinking water rule does not regulate color or tastes and odors in Drinking Water. Please contact your water distributer.

4. My water looks milky, what do I do?: Frequently when water is poured into a glass from a tap, air bubbles will escape, giving the appearance of “Cloudy” water, after a few minutes though, this effect will disappear.

5. I want to have my water tested, who should I contact to do so?: You can contact labs on this list of Arizona Certified Commercial Drinking Water Labs.

▼
Water & Waste Management: Engineering Design

1. What standards and references are used for the review and approval of engineering designs?: A number of standards and references are used by the Water and Wastewater Treatment Program for the review of engineering designs and as regulatory tools. Review a list of commonly used standards and references.

2. What treatment processes have been utilized on previously approved projects?: Water Treatment Processes:
- Clarification
- Coagulation/Flocculation
- Disinfection – Chlorine, UV, Ozone, Chlorine Dioxide, etc.
- Dissolved Air Flotation
- Filtration
- Ground Water Treatment (Arsenic, Nitrate, Fluoride, TDS, etc. removal) – Absorption, Ion Exchange, Coagulation & Filtration, Membranes, etc.
- Membranes (electrodialysis reversal, micro, ultra, nano, reverse osmosis)
- Sedimentation
- Solids Handling – Thickeners, Presses, Centrifuges, Drying Beds, etc.
- Special Treatment – pH Correction, Polishing, Desalination, Brine Concentration, Evaporation, Distillation, Vapor Recompression, etc.

Wastewater Treatment and Water Reclamation Processes
- Activated Sludge/Extended Aeration
- Clarification (Primary and Secondary)
- Coagulation/Flocculation
- Disinfection - Chlorine, UV, Ozone, etc.
- Dissolved Air Flotation
- Effluent Disposal - Reuse, Recharge, Discharge
- Filtration
- Membranes (micro, ultra, nano, reverse osmosis)
- Odor Control - Chemical Injection Systems, Dry and Wet Scrubbers, Biofilters, etc.
- Oxidation Ditches
- Sedimentation
- Sequencing Batch Reactors (SBRs)
- Solids Handling - Aerobic/Anaerobic Digesters, Thickeners, Presses, Centrifuges, Drying Beds, Cyclones, etc.
- Special Treatment - pH Correction, Polishing, Desalination, Brine Concentration, Evaporation, Distillation, etc.

For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

3. What information is required for a blending plan approval?: The following information should be included in the blending plan submittal package:
- A brief narrative describing the dilution and contaminant sources and the methodology used to achieve proper blending. The narrative should detail how proper blending is to be maintained using manual or automatic controls, safety interlocks, online analyzers and operational procedures.
- An analysis of possible failure modes which might affect the blending system and identification of any special conditions such as emergency or seasonal operation of the blending system.
- If construction work is associated with the blending plan then design drawings are required as part of the blending plan submittal. Otherwise, a sketch showing the existing configuration of the blending system, including major system components connected to the blending system such as wells, reservoirs and booster pumps should be included in the blending plan submittal package.
- Identification of the Point-of-Entry downstream from the blending point.
- Laboratory analyses and reports documenting the contaminant concentrations of all dilution and contaminant sources. If sufficient historical water quality data are available a 90th percentile value should be calculated for various sources' contaminant concentrations.
- The nominal flow rate and contaminant concentrations for each of the dilution sources.
- The nominal flow rate and contaminant concentrations for each of the contaminant sources.
- If a dilution or contaminant source is a well then the Arizona Department of Water Resources (ADWR) well identification number and the physical address of the well should be provided.
- The physical address of the blending point. If a physical address is not available then the cross streets or GPS coordinates of the blending point should be submitted.
- Identification of the point downstream of the blending point which will provide proper mixing of the blended stream (i.e. a static mixer or storage reservoir) prior to the blended stream being discharged into the water distribution system.

For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

4. What are the separation distance requirements for underground piping?: The separation distance for potable water and sewer pipelines located in the public right-of-way is governed by Arizona Administrative Code (AAC) R-18-5-502.C. The separation distance for reclaimed water pipelines located in the public right-of-way is governed by AAC R-18-9-602.F. The Maricopa Association of Government’s "Uniform Standard Details for Public Works Construction" standards 404-1 and 404-2 detail the separation distance and protection requirements for the installation of potable water, reclaimed water and sewer pipelines for MAG participants.

The separation distance between potable water and sewer pipelines from other pipelines such as non-potable ground, surface, irrigation, storm, industrial, etc., pipelines located in the public right-of-way is not defined by the regulations or MAG standards. The MCESD recommends that these non-potable pipelines:
- Be separated from potable water pipelines as specified by AAC R-18-5-502.C.
- Be located no closer than two feet vertically nor six feet horizontally from all other pipelines unless the non-potable pipeline is encased in at least six inches of concrete or using mechanical joint ductile iron pipe or other materials of equivalent or greater tensile and compressive strength at least 10 feet beyond any point on the pipeline conveyance within the specified minimum separation distance.

The MCESD will determine the separation distance requirements for these pipelines and pipelines not located in the public right-of-way on a case-by-case basis. For more information, download the Uniform Standard Details for Public Works Construction (PDF).

5. What are the design requirements for hose bibbs and hose stations?: The basic design requirements are as follows:
- Appropriate backflow prevention devices (for example vacuum breakers) must be installed at all hose bibbs.
- Signage must be installed at all hose bibbs. Signs for non-potable water hose bibbs should state "Caution: Non-potable Water, Do Not Drink" and display the international 'do not drink' symbol. Signs for reclaimed water hose bibbs should state "Caution: Reclaimed Water, Do Not Drink" and display the international 'do not drink' symbol.
- Hoses and hose racks must be installed at all hose bibbs. This requirement may be waived for unmanned facilities which do not routinely require clean-up or maintenance using hoses.

For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

▼
Water & Waste Management: Engineering Design - Reclaimed Water Facilities & Systems Engineering Design

1. Does reclaimed water have to be disinfected?: Arizona Administrative Code (AAC) R18-11-301 through 309 classifies reclaimed water into 5 class types A+, A, B+, B and C based on water quality standards for fecal coliforms. All reclaimed water classes except for Class C are required to be disinfected. Class C reclaimed water may be required to be disinfected if the water quality standards for fecal coliforms defined in AAC R18-11-307.B.2a or b cannot be met. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

2. Can a reclaimed water storage lake or reservoir be uncovered?: A reclaimed water storage lake or reservoir is not required to be covered provided it is after the Point-of-Compliance (POC) defined by the Aquifer Protection Permit for the wastewater facility producing the reclaimed water. Typically the POC is on the discharge of a wastewater treatment plant. If the POC for a wastewater treatment plant is located downstream from the plant's onsite reclaimed water storage reservoir then the reservoir would have to be covered.

Reclaimed water lakes or storage reservoirs located within the distribution system or at reuse sites such as golf courses typically do not have to be covered as they usually are located downstream of the POC. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

3. What are the identification requirements for pipes, valves and other equipment in reclaimed water service?: The minimum identification requirements are defined by Arizona Administrative Code (AAC) R18-9-601 through 603 for pipeline or open conveyance of reclaimed water.

The color purple shall be used for identifying all valves and other equipment used for conveying reclaimed water. For pipelines the pipe must be marked on opposite sides with “Caution: Reclaimed Water Line” labeling in intervals of 3 feet or less.

Aboveground reclaimed water piping must be labeled per the preceding paragraph and colored purple or wrapped with durable purple tape. Underground piping must be identified with one of the following alternatives:
- The pipe must be labeled per the preceding paragraph and colored purple or wrapped with durable purple tape.
- Identification sleeving (pipe socks) made from an inert polyethylene plastic, 4 mils thick, purple in color with the words “Caution: Reclaimed Water Line” or similar wording printed in 1-1/2" high black lettering continuously along the entire length may be installed on the pipe.
- Identification tape made from inert polyethylene plastic, 4.0 mils thick and no less than 3" wide with the words “Caution: Reclaimed Water Line” or similar wording printed in 1-1/2" high black lettering continuously along the entire length may be installed parallel to the centerline and on top of the pipe. The identification tape must be installed continuously for the entire length of the pipe and be securely fastened with plastic adhesive tape banded around both the pipe and the identification tape at no more than 4-foot intervals.

For additional guidelines for installing reclaimed water piping and equipment, MAG participants should reference Section 616, "Uniform Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction" from the Maricopa Association of Government.

4. What are the signage requirements for reclaimed water facilities or reuse irrigation systems?: The signage requirements are defined by Arizona Administrative Code (AAC) R18-9-704.H for reclaimed water reuse sites. Signage requirements vary depending on the Class of reclaimed water in use at a site. Classes A+ and A may be used at open access sites where access to reclaimed water by the general public is uncontrolled. Classes B+, B and C may be used at restricted access sites where access of the general public to areas served by reclaimed water is controlled.

All impoundments with open access including lakes, ponds, ornamental fountains, waterfalls, and other water features must be posted with signs regardless of the class of reclaimed water. The signage and notification requirements for other types reuse sites are identified in Table 1 of AAC R18-9-704.H. Signs must read “Caution: Reclaimed Water, Do Not Drink” and display the international “do not drink” symbol. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

5. Can backwash from the filter system on a storage lake or impoundment be discharged?: Backwash water from a filter system is considered to be wastewater and must be properly disposed. Proper disposal methods include sending the backwash water to a sewer system or using the backwash water for surface irrigation at the reuse site. A permit issued by the sewer utility company may be required to discharge the backwash water to the sewer system.
Backwash water may not be discharged to a drywell (for example, a storm water retention basin drywell) unless an Aquifer Protection Permit has been obtained from the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality permitting such disposal. Other backwash water disposal alternatives will be considered on a case-by-case basis. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

6. Can reclaimed water be discharged to a dry well?: Reclaimed water shall not be discharged to a drywell (for example, a storm water retention basin drywell) unless an Aquifer Protection Permit has been obtained from the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality permitting such disposal. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

7. Can reclaimed water be discharged to the waters of the United States?: Reclaimed water, including reclaimed water mixed with surface water, ground water or rain water may not be discharged to the waters of the United States unless an AZPDES permit approving such a discharge has been obtained from the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality. For more information, please email treatmentprogram@maricopa.gov.

8. What is the minimum thickness for reclaimed water storage lake liner?: The minimum thickness for a reclaimed water storage lake liner is 60 mils for a High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) liner. Other liner thicknesses and material of construction may be considered if it can be demonstrated that the proposed liner will meet the best available demonstrated control technology (BADCT) requirements for Aquifer Protection Permits.

Liners are only required for lakes storing Class A, B and C reclaimed water. However, liners are usually installed on all storage lakes to minimize loss of reclaimed water from the lake due to percolation. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

▼
Water & Waste Management: Engineering Design - Wastewater Treatment Facilities & Systems Engineering Design

1. Is emergency power required for a wastewater treatment plant and collection system lift stations?: Yes in most cases. Maricopa County Environmental Health Code (MCEHC) Chapter I, Section 2, Regulation 5 states: "For systems that treat, or which are designed to treat greater than 10,000 gallons/day, a standby power source shall be provided at all sewage treatment systems and/or pump stations where a temporary power failure may allow a discharge of raw or partially treated sewage. Standby power may be via a standby generator, separate feeders from separate substations, a loop feeder on separate transformers from a common substation, or a high-level alarm with portable generators. Standby power also shall be provided to any sewage treatment systems and/or pump stations, regardless of size, if a temporary power failure may allow a discharge into surface waters classified as 'Unique Waters', by the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality."

For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

2. Is emergency power required for collection system odor control stations?: No. However, the MCESD may require emergency power be installed on an odor control station if a loss of power would result in nuisance odors being generated. The requirement for emergency power will be determined by the MCESD as part of the review and approval process. For more information, please email treatmentreatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

3. What are the design requirements for equipment and process redundancy for a wastewater treatment plant?: The requirements for equipment and process reliability and redundancy are defined within the various chapters of the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality's (ADEQ) Engineering Bulletin No. 11, "Minimum Requirements for Design, Submission of Plans and Specifications of Sewage Works." The bulletin essentially requires that 2 or more of all essential treatment units or items shall be provided. With one unit or item out of service, the remaining units or items shall meet the design capacity of the plant.

Reliability and redundancy requirements can usually be met by using redundant treatment process trains or designing a single treatment process with parallel piping and equipment which provides full redundancy (i.e. main and standby process unit(s) or equipment).

An engineering analysis should be performed when designing a new or modifying an existing wastewater treatment plant to determine what process units and types of equipment require redundancy and increased reliability. The analysis should address the impact and the criticality of process interruptions and equipment failure and assess the length of time the process or system would be out of service. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

4. What are the requirements related to the rated capacity of a wastewater treatment plant?: The rated capacity of a wastewater treatment plant is based upon the ‘firm capacity’ of the facility. Firm capacity refers to the available capacity of a system or process with the largest unit out of service. Thus, the reliability and redundancy of a water treatment plant's equipment and process units are integral to the plant's firm capacity.

As noted in previous question, reliability and redundancy requirements are based on installed redundant equipment and process units. Using analytical or statistical methods such as ‘predicted downtime,' ‘mean time between failure’ or other types of failure mode analysis to justify the reliability of systems or processes within a wastewater treatment plant is not an acceptable means of determining the rated capacity of the plant. A wastewater treatment plant's rated capacity is solely based on its firm capacity.

The rated capacity of a wastewater treatment plant is critical in determining when an expansion of a plant is required. There are 2 stipulations normally included in a wastewater treatment plant's operating permit are based on the rated capacity of the plant. Those stipulations are:
- "By the time the average day maximum month flow to the Facility reaches 80% of the Facility's rated capacity, the Owner shall have initiated planning and design of the next expansion of the Facility."
- "By the time the average day maximum month flow to the Facility reaches 90% of the Facility's rated capacity, the Owner shall have initiated construction of the next expansion of the Facility."

Besides being used in determining when an expansion of a facility is required the rated capacity is also used as a basis of design for determining peaking factors. Since short term (instantaneous) influent flows may exceed the rated capacity of the facility, peaking factors are used during the design process to determine if flow equalization or additional equipment is required to handle the peak flows to the plant. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

5. What are the minimum setback requirements for a wastewater treatment plant?: Arizona Administrative Code (AAC) R18-9-B201.I specifies the minimum setback requirements for a wastewater treatment plant from the nearest adjacent property line. The specific setback distance requirements depend on no or full noise, odor, and aesthetic controls. Full noise odor and aesthetic controls by the AAC as: Full noise, odor, and aesthetic controls means that all treatment components are fully enclosed, odor scrubbers are installed on all vents, and fencing aesthetically matched to that in the area surrounding the facility.

Noise control is further defined in the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality's (ADEQ) Engineering Bulletin No. 11, "Minimum Requirements for Design, Submission of Plans and Specifications of Sewage Works," Chapter 6, Section B as: Noise control is defined as a sound level at the nearest existing property line not to exceed 50 dB on the A network of a sound level meter.

For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

6. What are the design requirements for venting wet wells, dry wells, basins, tanks and reservoirs?: All wet wells, dry wells, basins, tanks and reservoirs require venting. Wet and dry wells require forced ventilation and basins, tanks and reservoirs require normal ventilation.

Wet wells require 12 continuous air changes per hour or 60 intermittent air changes per hour based on the volume of the head space above the minimum sewage level. Dry wells require six continuous air changes per hour or 30 intermittent air changes per hour based on the volume of the dry well.

Wet wells and dry wells are usually vented by force draft fans or blowers in combination with odor control devices located on the ventilation discharge from the wet or dry well. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Section 820 specifies that all continuous ventilation systems should be fitted with flow detection devices connected to an alarm system to indicate ventilation system failure.

Basins, tanks and reservoirs are usually vented using inverted 'U' type, 'chair' or cross-flow vents using normal air currents.

In all cases, vents shall have a 16-mesh corrosion resistant screen installed to prevent the ingress of birds and insects. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

7. What are the design requirements for wet well, basin, tank or reservoir overflows?: Overflows of wastewater must be contained and not allowed to spill onto the ground. If the overflow from a storage vessel is not connected to a sewer or the head works of the plant a suitable means of onsite containment must be included in the design. Typically, lined onsite emergency retention basins are used to contain an overflow.

Counter-weighted flapper valves or self-sealing valves which open and close automatically when an overflow occurs must be installed on the end of the overflow discharge pipe to control odors and prevent the ingress of birds and insects. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

▼
Water & Waste Management: Engineering Design - Water Treatment Facilities & Systems Engineering Design

1. Is emergency power required for a water treatment plant?: Yes in most cases. The requirement is specified in the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality's (ADEQ) Engineering Bulletin No. 10, "Guidelines for the Construction of Water Systems" in Chapter 4, Section A.4.

The only exception would be for:
- A plant that is 100% redundant to another potable water source (e.g. a surface water treatment plant or a groundwater well field) that is capable of meeting the peak day demand for the water distribution area being served and the plant and the redundant potable water source are on separate electrical grids or power supplies.
- A plant that is 100% redundant to another potable water source (e.g. a surface water treatment plant or a groundwater well field) that is capable of meeting the peak day demand for the water distribution area being served and the redundant potable water source has redundant feeds from two different electrical grids or an emergency power supply.
- A plant which serves a water distribution area that has sufficient system storage capacity to meet the peak day demand and it can be demonstrated that the plant can be restored to normal operation within 24 hours after the interruption of service.

Requests for an exception will be reviewed and approved by the MCESD on a case-by-case basis. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

2. Is emergency power required for groundwater production facilities?: Groundwater production facilities (typically a groundwater well, reservoir and booster pump station that do not treat the groundwater) usually do not require emergency power. However, emergency power may be required to meet the regulatory requirements for the distribution system. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

3. Is emergency power required for distribution system facilities?: The requirement for back-up power for distribution system facilities is driven by 3 Arizona Administrative Code requirements.

4. What are the requirements for equipment and process redundancy for a water treatment plant?: The Arizona Department of Environmental Quality's (ADEQ) Engineering Bulletin No. 10, "Guidelines for the Construction of Water Systems", Chapter 4, Section A.4 states: "Unless the treatment plant can be taken out of service for a period of time for maintenance and repair work, 2 or more of all essential treatment units or items shall be provided. With 1 unit or item out of service, the remaining units or items shall meet the design capacity of the plant. When deciding whether or not to install more than 1 unit, the consequences of failure of that unit should be considered."

An engineering analysis should be performed when designing a new or modifying an existing water treatment plant to determine what process units and types of equipment require redundancy and increased reliability. The analysis should address the impact and the criticality of process interruptions and equipment failure and assess the length of time the process or system would be out of service. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

5. What are the requirements related to the rated capacity of a water treatment plant?: The rated capacity of a water treatment plant is based upon the ‘firm capacity’ of the facility. Firm capacity refers to the available capacity of a system or process with the largest unit out of service. Thus, the reliability and redundancy of a water treatment plant's equipment and process units are integral to the plant's firm capacity.

Reliability and redundancy requirements are based on installed redundant equipment and process units. Using analytical or statistical methods such as ‘predicted downtime,' ‘mean time between failure’ or other types of failure mode analysis to justify the reliability of systems or processes within a water treatment plant is not an acceptable means of determining the rated capacity of the plant. A water treatment plant's rated capacity is solely based on its firm capacity.

The rated capacity of a water treatment plant is critical in determining when an expansion of a plant is required. The Arizona Department of Environmental Quality's (ADEQ) Engineering Bulletin No. 10, "Guidelines for the Construction of Water Systems", Chapter 4, Section A.6 states: "Expansion of the plant is indicated when the maximum daily demands of the system approach the rated capacity of the existing plant. As a general rule, steps to provide additional treatment capacity should be taken at least 5 years before present capacity is reached to allow sufficient time for engineering investigations, design, financing and construction." For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov

6. What are some key issues when converting a groundwater production facility to a water treatment plant?: A number of key issues need to be addressed when converting an groundwater production facility to a water treatment plant.

7. What are the design requirements for venting wet wells, clearwells, tanks and reservoirs?: The requirements are specified in the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality's (ADEQ) Engineering Bulletin No. 10, "Guidelines for the Construction of Water Systems", Chapter 6, Section E.9.

In addition to the installation of inverted 'U' type vents, MCESD also allows the use of recent designs such as 'chair' or cross-flow vents provided these vents have an air flow direction change of 90 degrees in the horizontal plane prior to air entering/leaving the containment vessel.

In all cases, vents shall have a 16-mesh corrosion resistant screen installed to prevent the ingress of birds and insects. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

8. What are the design requirements for wet well, clearwell, tank or reservoir overflows?: The requirements are specified in the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality's (ADEQ) Engineering Bulletin No. 10, "Guidelines for the Construction of Water Systems", Chapter 6, Section E.6.

In addition to the installation of overflow piping with a 16-mesh corrosion resistant screen, MCESD also allows the use of alternative designs such as the use of counter-weighted flapper valves or self-sealing valves that will open and close automatically when an overflow occurs.

In all cases, overflows shall have a 16-mesh corrosion resistant screen installed or provide a mechanical means of sealing the overflow opening to prevent the ingress of birds and insects.

If the overflow from a storage vessel is not connected to a sewer or storm water system a suitable means on onsite containment must be included in the design. Onsite retention basins with riprap line channels and sides are typically used to contain an overflow and prevent erosion. Care should be taken in the design to insure that underground vaults and access points are not located in close proximity to overflow channels or retention basins. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

9. What are the design requirements for entry hatches on wet wells, clearwells, tanks and reservoirs?: The requirements are specified in the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality's (ADEQ) Engineering Bulletin No. 10, "Guidelines for the Construction of Water Systems", Chapter 6, Section E.8.

Entry hatches shall be constructed with seals to prevent the entry of unsafe water, birds and insects into the containment vessel. Typical entry hatch designs include frames with integral curbs and frame overlapping covers with rubber or plastic seals. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

10. Can pump seal water be discharged to a pump wet well?: Pump seal water shall only be discharged to a wet well if the seal water is free of contaminants and of equal water quality to the water contained in the wet well. A finished water pump utilizing plant service water for the pump seal water source cannot discharge the seal water into the wet well as this installation would be a cross connection between potable and non-potable water systems. For more information, please email treatmentplantprogram@maricopa.gov.

▼
Water & Waste Management: MAG 208 Certification

3. Why is a MAG 208 certification required?

1. What is the MAG 208 planning process?: The Maricopa Association of Governments (MAG) 208 planning process is an area wide water quality management plan for pollution control. As such, it directly impacts and is integral to the approval process for wastewater treatment facilities. Find more information about the MAG 208 planning process.

2. When is a MAG 208 certification required?: MAG 208 certification is designed to address 2 key issues related to wastewater treatment plants. The MAG 208 Water Quality Management Plan identifies the following types of wastewater treatment plants as requiring approval:
- Plants greater than 2.0 million gallons per day and those with a discharge requiring an NPDES permit or AZPDES permit which are not specifically identified in the MAG 208 Plan would be required to go through a formal 208 analysis or amendment.
- A small plant is a reclamation plant with an ultimate capacity of 2.0 million gallons per day (mgd) or less with no discharge requiring an NPDES or AZPDES permit.

Additional information about the review and approval process can be found in the MAG 208 Water Quality Management Plan (PDF).

MAG 208 certification is designed to address 2 key issues related to wastewater treatment plants:
- Wastewater treatment plants are point sources of pollution impacting the local environment
- Wastewater treatment plants are regional infrastructure components

Find information about

In regards to being a point source of pollution, the MAG 208 Water Quality Management Plan states:

The major effort of this 208 Plan Revision was in the Point Source Plan. Point source planning is primarily directed at compiling the preferred wastewater collection and treatment system for the Maricopa County area through the year 2020. Toward this end, the Point Source Plan examines population and wastewater flow projections, treatment methods, effluent disposal, reclaimed water reuse, and sludge management.

In regards to the regional infrastructure issue, the MAG 208 Water Quality Management Plan. states:

By requiring proposed plants in the area to obtain approval using this formal process, an uncontrolled proliferation of small plants that could cause problems in the future should be prevented. The communities adopted a small plant process goal of allowing the cities and towns the maximum level of control in the approval of small plants. The County must consider the comments of the nearby city or town concerning proposed small plant facilities within three miles of their borders.

The MAG 208 Water Quality Management Plan. addresses these issues and other planning issues in detail.
MAG 208 requirements.

4. Who sponsors MAG 208 plan amendments?: MAG 208 plan amendments are sponsored by the city or town in whose planning area the wastewater treatment plant is located. If the plant is located in an unincorporated area of the County, then the plan amendment is sponsored by Maricopa County. For more information, please contact the Solid Waste Program.

▼
Water & Waste Management: Operating Permits

1. What types of facilities and systems need to be permitted?: Operating permits for the following types of facilities and systems are issued by Water and Wastewater Treatment Program:
- Water Treatment Plants - includes surface water, and ground water treatment facilities. Point-of-use treatment systems are not individually permitted but are permitted as a component of their respective Public Water System.
- Wastewater Treatment Plants - includes facilities treating domestic sewage but excludes non-pretreatment industrial wastewater treatment facilities and non-hazardous liquid waste facilities.
- Treatment/Disposal Wetlands - includes wetlands treating domestic wastewater but excludes wetlands treating or disposing of reclaimed water.
- Reuse Water Systems - including irrigation and disposal systems, lakes and impoundments, water features, booster pump stations, pressure reducing valve stations and flow control or monitoring stations.

Operating permits are not required for the following types of facilities and systems:
- Reclaimed Water Facilities - including recharge basins, injection/recovery wells, storage reservoirs and booster pump stations.
- Sanitary Sewer System Odor Control Treatment Facilities.

Projects to construct and/or modify any of the above facilities or systems require review and approval by the Water and Wastewater Treatment Program prior to undertaking the work even if the facility or system does not require an operating permit. Additional information about the approval process may be found on the Approvals Page.

2. When/how are permits renewed and how much does it cost?: Permits for water and wastewater facilities are renewed on an annual basis by the Department’s Business Office. The permit holder will receive a renewal notice in the mail approximately 30 days prior to the expiration date of the permit. Find the annual renewal fee for water treatment facilities.

3. How can a permit be closed?: A permit can be closed when a water or wastewater treatment facility is decommissioned. Additional information about the decommissioning approval process may be found on the Permits Page.

▼
Water & Waste Management: Operations & Maintenance